Injury Trends in Major League Baseball Over 18 Seasons: 1998-2015

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Injury Trends in Major League Baseball Over 18 Seasons: 1998-2015

While the exact origins of the game of baseball are commonly debated, one thing is certain: statistics have been an integral part of the game since its existence.1-3 This is true at nearly every level of baseball, especially in Major League Baseball (MLB). As our knowledge and technical capabilities advance, new statistical measures of baseball performance are added at a rapid pace.1,3 One example is the Pitch f/x video tracking system (Sportvision, Inc.), which now analyzes over 60 variables on each of the estimated 660,000 pitches thrown in the MLB annually. In addition to measuring performance and production, these advancements are being leveraged to better understand the epidemiology and impact of injuries in MLB players.4,5 As with any sport, performance at the most elite level is highly dependent upon player health and functional capacity. Accordingly, player injuries can have a profound impact not only on individual performance but also on the success of the team as a whole.

The first epidemiologic study of injuries in professional baseball was published by Conte and colleagues4 in 2001. This work utilized publically available disabled list (DL) data to perform a comprehensive review of injury patterns in MLB from 1989 to 1999. They demonstrated that injuries were on the rise and that pitchers were more commonly injured (48.4% of all DL reports) and had greater time out of play compared to players of other positions.4 Shoulder and elbow injuries were responsible for 49.8% of all DL assignments, distantly followed by knee (7.3%), wrist/hand (6.1%), and back (5.0%).4 In a later study, Posner and colleagues5 analyzed DL data spanning the 2002 to 2008 seasons. Similarly, they found that injuries continued to increase, and over half (51.2%) of DL assignments occurred secondary to upper extremity injuries.5 Although the DL is primarily designed as a roster management tool rather than an injury database, it has provided valuable epidemiologic injury information through the years. Out of concern for player health and well-being, MLB and the MLB Players Association (MLBPA) worked together to create and implement an electronic medical record and Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS) for all MLB and Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players. Now active for over 5 seasons, this database has provided valuable, detailed reports regarding specific injuries occurring in professional baseball, such as hamstring strains and concussions.6,7

With shoulder and elbow injuries in pitchers representing the greatest proportion of DL assignments in recent years, a large body of literature on these injuries, particularly medial ulnar collateral ligament (MUCL) injuries, has been published.8-13 Since the initial description of MUCL reconstruction, or “Tommy John surgery,” by Dr. Frank Jobe in 1986, much has been done to improve the technique and rehabilitation to maximize player performance following surgery.10,14-16 Despite this increased attention, large-scale epidemiologic reporting of MUCL injuries in MLB is lacking, but such a report is desirable. The purpose of this work is to: 1) provide a large-scale analysis of injuries occurring in MLB baseball over the course of 18 seasons (1998-2015); 2) highlight the financial implications of these injuries; and 3) detail the evolution of MUCL injuries and reconstructive surgery since it was first performed on a MLB pitcher in 1974. Our study represents the largest longitudinal analysis of MLB injuries since the league expanded to its current level of 30 teams in 1998. It is our hope that this work will serve as a framework for future study of the most common and highest impact injuries occurring in baseball.

Materials And Methods

We performed a retrospective review of the MLB DL from 1998 to 2015. Data analyzed included player demographics such as club, year of placement, age, and position. Injury-specific variables included date of placement on DL, length of time on DL, date of reinstatement, body part injured, diagnosis, and cost of replacement. If a player was put on the DL multiple times during a season, each placement was viewed as a different injury, even if it was to the same body part. If a player was put on the DL for injuries to multiple body parts, the primary injury was analyzed.

Disabled List Data

Although the DL has existed since 1916, this current study covers 18 seasons from 1998 to 2015. The 1998 season was chosen as a starting point because this is the year when MLB expanded to 30 teams. Since then, the number of teams and the active roster limits (25 players) have remained constant, allowing for reliable comparisons across seasons. Initially designed as a roster management tool to allow injured players to temporarily be replaced with healthy players, the DL was not created as an injury database. However, the rules and regulations of the DL have remained fairly constant over the last 18 years, allowing reasonable comparisons of injury data and trends across this timespan. In order for a player to be assigned to the DL, the nature and extent of injury must be certified by a physician. Once designated for the DL, a player cannot return to the major league team for a minimum of 15 days. If the injury is severe, the player can remain on the DL for the remainder of the season or until he is deemed healthy enough to return to play by a physician. One notable exception is the treatment of concussions. Since 2011, a player diagnosed with a concussion may be placed on the DL for a minimum of 7 days rather than 15. The introduction of the HITS database in 2010 should allow for more detailed and reliable study of injuries in baseball moving forward. Although it contains robust data for every injury that has occurred in MLB and MiLB over the last 5 seasons, it does not allow for epidemiologic and longitudinal study of injury patterns and trends in baseball prior to 2010.

 

 

Cost of Placing Players on the DL

The dollars lost were calculated by prorating the injured player’s daily salary and multiplying by the number of days missed on the DL. For example, if a player’s annual salary is $1,820,000, his daily salary for the 182 day season is $10,000. If assigned to the DL for 15 days, $150,000 is paid to that player while he is inactive and unable to play. An additional cost is the salary of the replacement player who fills the roster spot. For this work, the replacement player’s prorated, daily salary was assumed to be the league minimum for that specific year. For example, if the league minimum for a given season is $182,000, and the season is 182 days long, a replacement player earns a minimum of $1,000 per day while he is on the 25-man active roster. Thus, the dollars paid to the replacement would be $15,000. In this scenario, that brings the team’s total cost to $165,000 ($150,000 plus $15,000). Because the league minimum salary changes year to year, salaries specific to the year of injury were utilized in this analysis.

MUCL Injury Analysis

In order to better understand the evaluation of MUCL injuries over time, all MLB players undergoing MUCL reconstruction (“Tommy John surgery”) were analyzed separately. Similar to prior studies of UCL injuries, these players were identified using DL data, team websites, and publically available internet databases (primarily www.heatmaps.com).9,12,17-19 Variables studied include the number of procedures, year of surgery, player position, and mean time until return to play at the MLB level. All MLB players undergoing MUCL reconstruction since 1974 (the year the first procedure was performed) were included.

Statistical Methods

Epidemiologic data are reported using descriptive statistics (mean, range, and percentage) where indicated. To determine the significance of trends over time, a best-fit line was generated to illustrate the change over the years. These lines are reported with corresponding R2 values. To assess the trend for significance, the slope was compared to a line with a slope of zero (no change over time) using t tests. For all statistical comparisons, the threshold for alpha was set to P < .05.

Results

Between 1998 and 2015, there were 8357 placements of players on the DL, at an average rate of 464 designations per year (Table 1, Figure 1). This resulted in 460,432 days lost to injury, with a mean of 25,186 days out of play per season (Table 1, Figure 2). The mean length of DL assignment per year was 55.1 days per injury, with a low of 49.1 days in 2011 and a high of 59.2 days in 2001 (Table 1, Figure 3). During the study period, the number of players placed on the DL and the total number of DL days steadily increased (P < .001 and P = .003, respectively), while the average length of DL assignments remained steady (P = .647). When analyzing the data by body region injured, the shoulder (20.6%) and elbow (19.6%) were the 2 leading causes of time out of play (Table 2). This was followed distantly by the chest/back/spine (13.7%), wrist/hand/fingers (10.1%), lower leg/knee (9.8%), and the upper leg/thigh (9.5%). Although the percentage of injuries occurring to the upper extremity remained stable, the rate of shoulder injuries steadily decreased (P = .023) as elbow injuries increased (P = .015) (Table 3, Figure 4). This inverse relationship was also demonstrated for the annual number of DL days for shoulder (P = .033) and elbow (P = 0.005) injuries (Figure 5).

 

           

Regarding the financial impact of these injuries, the mean annual cost of replacing players on the DL was $423,267,633.78 (Table 4). This ranged from a low of $136,397,147 in 1998 to a high of $694,835,359 in 2015. There was a steady increase in the cost of replacement during the study period (P < .001) that coincides with the increasing salaries during that time span (Figure 6). In total, $6,732,167,180 was paid to players assigned to the DL and $886,650,228 was spent to fill their positions. This brings the total cost of DL assignments to $7,618,817,407 for the study period.

 

Looking specifically at MUCL injuries, a total of 400 MUCL reconstructions have been performed on MLB players since the procedure was first developed in 1974. The vast majority of these were performed in pitchers (n = 361, 90.3%) followed by outfielders (n = 16, 4.0%), infielders (n = 14, 3.5%) and catchers (n = 9, 2.3%) (Table 5). The mean time to return to competition at the MLB level was 17.8 months for pitchers, 11.1 months for outfielders, 9.6 months for infielders, and 10.5 months for catchers. The overall mean time to return was 17.1 months. The annual number of MUCL reconstructions continues to rise dramatically (P < .001) (Figure 7). During the first 12 years (1974-1985), a total of 8 (2.0%) MUCL reconstructions were performed on MLB players. In subsequent decades, this number increased to 44 (11.0%) from 1986-1995, 123 (30.8%) from 1996-2005, and 225 (56.3%) from 2006-2015. Of all Tommy John surgeries performed over 42 years, nearly one-third (n = 131, 32.75%) were performed in the last 5 years alone (2011-2015).

 

 

 

Discussion

To date, a number of studies have been published on injuries in professional baseball. These can primarily be categorized as either studies with a detailed focus on a single injury type or body region6-13,17,19 or broader reviews that are limited by the relatively short time span covered.4,5 The purpose of this work was to provide a comprehensive review of injury trends in MLB since the league expanded to 30 teams in 1998 while paying special attention to the financial impact of those injuries. Additionally, we sought to provide an up-to-date review of MUCL injuries and surgeries since the procedure was first developed in 1974. Ultimately, this data demonstrates that injuries continue to rise in MLB and this increase is accompanied by increased expense for teams. Thankfully, the rates of DL assignments for shoulder injuries are on the decline; however, this decrease is countered by a reciprocal increase in elbow injuries. Similarly, the rates of MUCL reconstruction have also risen dramatically in recent years.

The fact that injury rates are on the rise is confirmed by other published reports. This trend was demonstrated in prior analyses of DL data from the 1989 to 19984 and 2002 to 2008 seasons.5 These 2 studies represent the only comprehensive reviews of MLB injury trends to date, and each provides valuable information. Both are consistent with the current study findings that pitchers are the most commonly injured players and that shoulder and elbow injuries represent about half of all injuries.4,5 Similar injury rates and characteristics have been reported at the collegiate20 and minor league levels.21 Despite this consistency, this analysis of injuries from 1998 to 2015 is the first to report that DL designations for shoulder injuries are on the decline while designations for elbow injuries continue to rise. Although the exact etiology of this decline in shoulder injuries remains unknown, there are a number of possible explanations. In recent years, increased emphasis has been placed on shoulder rehabilitation, reduction of glenohumeral internal rotation deficits, scapular stabilization, and overall kinetic chain balance and coordination. However, this does not explain why elbow injuries continue to rise annually.

With this increase in injuries, the cost of maintaining an active 25-man roster is also climbing. As expected, this growing expense is primarily due to the increased number of DL days each year as well as the increase in league salaries. Fortunately, this increased financial strain has been met with steadily increased annual revenues in professional baseball. In 2014, the prorated salary cost to players designated to the DL and their replacements was $579,568,059. This figure represents an estimated 6.4% of the $9 billion in total revenue for MLB that same year.22 Although this may represent a small percentage of the whole, it still embodies an exceptionally large financial responsibility. This does not include the medical expenses incurred to treat and rehabilitate the players’ injuries.

Every injury that occurs in MLB players has the potential to adversely affect players, teams, and MLB as a whole. With its increasing prevalence, need for surgical treatment, and prolonged return to play, injuries to the MUCL of the elbow may represent the most costly of all injuries. Although a multitude of reports on MUCL injuries, treatments, techniques, rehabilitation, and outcomes have been reported,8,9,12,14-19,23-25 to our knowledge, a comprehensive and longitudinal incidence study in MLB players has not yet been published. By including every MUCL reconstruction that has been performed on a MLB player, our study demonstrates the dramatic increase in the annual incidence of MUCL surgeries. Studies performed over shorter time intervals corroborate these findings. A recent review of a privately insured patient database revealed an annual increase in MUCL reconstructions of 4.2% in that cohort.26 When looking specifically at the MLB, a recent survey of all 30 clubs found that 25% (96 of 382) of MLB pitchers and 15% (341 of 2324) of minor league pitchers have undergone MUCL reconstruction.8 Because it occurs so frequently and requires a mean of 17 months to return to sport, MUCL injuries represent a very significant cause of time out of play.

While this study represents a unique epidemiologic report on injuries in baseball, it is certainly not without its limitations. As stated previously, it relies on DL data that was initially intended to serve as a roster management tool rather than an injury database. Accordingly, detailed and specific information about every injury is not always available. The limitations of DL data will largely be overcome in future studies thanks to the implementation of the HITS database in 2010. Moving forward, this system will allow for more detailed analysis of injury patterns, characteristics, time out of play, treatments rendered, etc. Its main limitation is that the earliest data dates back to 2010, making it less applicable for longitudinal studies like the present one. Another limitation of this study is the estimations used for the cost of replacing players designated to the DL. For each injury, it was assumed that the replacement player was paid a prorated portion of the league minimum salary while on the major league roster, but in some instances, that may not have been the case. It is possible that some players filling roster spots were already under contract for amounts higher than the league minimum. Since that player would be making that amount regardless of the level of play, the team may not have paid them any additional salary while filling the position of the injured player. The strengths of this study are its comprehensive nature and inclusion of 18 years of data, making it the longest such study of injuries in MLB. It also represents the first report of cost of replacement for players designated to the DL. To our knowledge, this study also represents the first comprehensive report of every MUCL surgery that has been performed on MLB players.

 

 

Conclusion

Injury rates continue to rise in MLB, and upper extremity injuries continue to represent approximately half of all injuries resulting in time out of play. Although shoulder injuries have been on the decline in recent years, this decline is offset by a steady increase in elbow injuries. Each year, MLB players are designated to the DL an average of 464 times for a total of 25,579.6 days. This results in a mean annual cost of over $400 million dollars to replace players lost to injury. Looking specifically at MUCL injuries, a total of 400 MUCL reconstructions have been performed in the MLB since 1974, and nearly one-third of these were performed in the last 5 years. Pitchers represent 90.3% of players requiring MUCL surgery, and the average time to return to sport for all players is 17 months. These data may serve as a foundation for identifying appropriate targets for continued study into the etiologies, strategies for prevention, and optimal treatments of injuries commonly affecting professional baseball players.

References

1.    Lewis M. Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game. Vol 1. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Company; 2004.

2.    Block D. Baseball Before We Knew It: A Search for the Roots of the Game. Vol 1. Lincoln, NE: Bison Books; 2006.

3.    James B. The New Bill James Historical Baseball Abstract. Vol 2. Detroit, MI: Free Press; 2003.

4.    Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.

5.    Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.

6.    Ahmad CS, Dick RW, Snell E, et al. Major and Minor League Baseball hamstring injuries: epidemiologic findings from the Major League Baseball Injury Surveillance System. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):1464-1470.

7.    Green GA, Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury in major and Minor League Baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1118-1126.

8.    Conte SA, Fleisig GS, Dines JS, et al. Prevalence of ulnar collateral ligament surgery in professional baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(7):1764-1769.

9.    Jones KJ, Conte S, Patterson N, ElAttrache NS, Dines JS. Functional outcomes following revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2013;22(5):642-646.

10.  Jones KJ, Osbahr DC, Schrumpf MA, Dines JS, Altchek DW. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in throwing athletes: a review of current concepts. AAOS exhibit selection. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(8):e49.

11.  Dodson CC, Thomas A, Dines JS, Nho SJ, Williams RJ 3rd, Altchek DW. Medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(12):1926-1932.

12.  Erickson BJ, Gupta AK, Harris JD, et al. Rate of return to pitching and performance after Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(3):536-543.

13.  Makhni EC, Lee RW, Morrow ZS, Gualtieri AP, Gorroochurn P, Ahmad CS. Performance, return to competition, and reinjury after Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers: A review of 147 cases. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):
1323-1332.

14.  Jobe FW, Stark H, Lombardo SJ. Reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(8):1158-1163.

15.  Rohrbough JT, Altchek DW, Hyman J, Williams RJ 3rd, Botts JD. Medial collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow using the docking technique. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(4):541-548.

16.  Andrews JR, Jost PW, Cain EL. The ulnar collateral ligament procedure revisited: the procedure we use. Sports Health. 2012;4(5):438-441.

17.  Keller RA, Steffes MJ, Zhuo D, Bey MJ, Moutzouros V. The effects of medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction on Major League pitching performance. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(11):1591-1598.

18.  Marshall NE, Keller RA, Lynch JR, Bey MJ, Moutzouros V. Pitching performance and longevity after revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1051-1056.

19.  Liu JN, Garcia GH, Conte S, ElAttrache N, Altchek DW, Dines JS. Outcomes in revision Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2016;25(1):90-97.

20.  McFarland EG, Wasik M. Epidemiology of collegiate baseball injuries. Clin J Sport Med. 1998;8(1):10-13.

21.  Chambless KM, Knudtson J, Eck JC, Covington LA. Rate of injury in minor league baseball by level of play. Am J Orthop. 2000;29(11):869-872.

22.  Brown M. Major League Baseball Sees Record $9 Billion In Revenues For 2014. Forbes. http://www.forbes.com/sites/maurybrown/2014/12/10/major-league-baseball-sees-record-9-billion-in-revenues-for-2014/. Published December 10, 2014. Accessed February 3, 2016.

23.  Jones KJ, Dines JS, Rebolledo BJ, et al. Operative management of ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency in adolescent athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(1):117-121.

24.  Vitale MA, Ahmad CS. The outcome of elbow ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in overhead athletes: a systematic review. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1193-1205.

25.  Wilk KE, Meister K, Andrews JR. Current concepts in the rehabilitation of the overhead throwing athlete. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(1):136-151.

26.  Erickson BJ, Nwachukwu BU, Rosas S, et al. Trends in medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in the United States: A retrospective review of a large private-payer database from 2007 to 2011. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(7):1770-1774.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Stan Conte, PT, DPT, ATC, Christopher L. Camp, MD, and Joshua S. Dines, MD

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(3)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
116-123
Legacy Keywords
study, original study, major league baseball, MLB, baseball, sports medicine, injury, trends, seasons, athletes, athletics, sports, Conte, Camp, Dines, disabled list, DL, revenue, medial ulnar collateral ligament, MUCL, reconstruction
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Stan Conte, PT, DPT, ATC, Christopher L. Camp, MD, and Joshua S. Dines, MD

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Stan Conte, PT, DPT, ATC, Christopher L. Camp, MD, and Joshua S. Dines, MD

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

While the exact origins of the game of baseball are commonly debated, one thing is certain: statistics have been an integral part of the game since its existence.1-3 This is true at nearly every level of baseball, especially in Major League Baseball (MLB). As our knowledge and technical capabilities advance, new statistical measures of baseball performance are added at a rapid pace.1,3 One example is the Pitch f/x video tracking system (Sportvision, Inc.), which now analyzes over 60 variables on each of the estimated 660,000 pitches thrown in the MLB annually. In addition to measuring performance and production, these advancements are being leveraged to better understand the epidemiology and impact of injuries in MLB players.4,5 As with any sport, performance at the most elite level is highly dependent upon player health and functional capacity. Accordingly, player injuries can have a profound impact not only on individual performance but also on the success of the team as a whole.

The first epidemiologic study of injuries in professional baseball was published by Conte and colleagues4 in 2001. This work utilized publically available disabled list (DL) data to perform a comprehensive review of injury patterns in MLB from 1989 to 1999. They demonstrated that injuries were on the rise and that pitchers were more commonly injured (48.4% of all DL reports) and had greater time out of play compared to players of other positions.4 Shoulder and elbow injuries were responsible for 49.8% of all DL assignments, distantly followed by knee (7.3%), wrist/hand (6.1%), and back (5.0%).4 In a later study, Posner and colleagues5 analyzed DL data spanning the 2002 to 2008 seasons. Similarly, they found that injuries continued to increase, and over half (51.2%) of DL assignments occurred secondary to upper extremity injuries.5 Although the DL is primarily designed as a roster management tool rather than an injury database, it has provided valuable epidemiologic injury information through the years. Out of concern for player health and well-being, MLB and the MLB Players Association (MLBPA) worked together to create and implement an electronic medical record and Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS) for all MLB and Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players. Now active for over 5 seasons, this database has provided valuable, detailed reports regarding specific injuries occurring in professional baseball, such as hamstring strains and concussions.6,7

With shoulder and elbow injuries in pitchers representing the greatest proportion of DL assignments in recent years, a large body of literature on these injuries, particularly medial ulnar collateral ligament (MUCL) injuries, has been published.8-13 Since the initial description of MUCL reconstruction, or “Tommy John surgery,” by Dr. Frank Jobe in 1986, much has been done to improve the technique and rehabilitation to maximize player performance following surgery.10,14-16 Despite this increased attention, large-scale epidemiologic reporting of MUCL injuries in MLB is lacking, but such a report is desirable. The purpose of this work is to: 1) provide a large-scale analysis of injuries occurring in MLB baseball over the course of 18 seasons (1998-2015); 2) highlight the financial implications of these injuries; and 3) detail the evolution of MUCL injuries and reconstructive surgery since it was first performed on a MLB pitcher in 1974. Our study represents the largest longitudinal analysis of MLB injuries since the league expanded to its current level of 30 teams in 1998. It is our hope that this work will serve as a framework for future study of the most common and highest impact injuries occurring in baseball.

Materials And Methods

We performed a retrospective review of the MLB DL from 1998 to 2015. Data analyzed included player demographics such as club, year of placement, age, and position. Injury-specific variables included date of placement on DL, length of time on DL, date of reinstatement, body part injured, diagnosis, and cost of replacement. If a player was put on the DL multiple times during a season, each placement was viewed as a different injury, even if it was to the same body part. If a player was put on the DL for injuries to multiple body parts, the primary injury was analyzed.

Disabled List Data

Although the DL has existed since 1916, this current study covers 18 seasons from 1998 to 2015. The 1998 season was chosen as a starting point because this is the year when MLB expanded to 30 teams. Since then, the number of teams and the active roster limits (25 players) have remained constant, allowing for reliable comparisons across seasons. Initially designed as a roster management tool to allow injured players to temporarily be replaced with healthy players, the DL was not created as an injury database. However, the rules and regulations of the DL have remained fairly constant over the last 18 years, allowing reasonable comparisons of injury data and trends across this timespan. In order for a player to be assigned to the DL, the nature and extent of injury must be certified by a physician. Once designated for the DL, a player cannot return to the major league team for a minimum of 15 days. If the injury is severe, the player can remain on the DL for the remainder of the season or until he is deemed healthy enough to return to play by a physician. One notable exception is the treatment of concussions. Since 2011, a player diagnosed with a concussion may be placed on the DL for a minimum of 7 days rather than 15. The introduction of the HITS database in 2010 should allow for more detailed and reliable study of injuries in baseball moving forward. Although it contains robust data for every injury that has occurred in MLB and MiLB over the last 5 seasons, it does not allow for epidemiologic and longitudinal study of injury patterns and trends in baseball prior to 2010.

 

 

Cost of Placing Players on the DL

The dollars lost were calculated by prorating the injured player’s daily salary and multiplying by the number of days missed on the DL. For example, if a player’s annual salary is $1,820,000, his daily salary for the 182 day season is $10,000. If assigned to the DL for 15 days, $150,000 is paid to that player while he is inactive and unable to play. An additional cost is the salary of the replacement player who fills the roster spot. For this work, the replacement player’s prorated, daily salary was assumed to be the league minimum for that specific year. For example, if the league minimum for a given season is $182,000, and the season is 182 days long, a replacement player earns a minimum of $1,000 per day while he is on the 25-man active roster. Thus, the dollars paid to the replacement would be $15,000. In this scenario, that brings the team’s total cost to $165,000 ($150,000 plus $15,000). Because the league minimum salary changes year to year, salaries specific to the year of injury were utilized in this analysis.

MUCL Injury Analysis

In order to better understand the evaluation of MUCL injuries over time, all MLB players undergoing MUCL reconstruction (“Tommy John surgery”) were analyzed separately. Similar to prior studies of UCL injuries, these players were identified using DL data, team websites, and publically available internet databases (primarily www.heatmaps.com).9,12,17-19 Variables studied include the number of procedures, year of surgery, player position, and mean time until return to play at the MLB level. All MLB players undergoing MUCL reconstruction since 1974 (the year the first procedure was performed) were included.

Statistical Methods

Epidemiologic data are reported using descriptive statistics (mean, range, and percentage) where indicated. To determine the significance of trends over time, a best-fit line was generated to illustrate the change over the years. These lines are reported with corresponding R2 values. To assess the trend for significance, the slope was compared to a line with a slope of zero (no change over time) using t tests. For all statistical comparisons, the threshold for alpha was set to P < .05.

Results

Between 1998 and 2015, there were 8357 placements of players on the DL, at an average rate of 464 designations per year (Table 1, Figure 1). This resulted in 460,432 days lost to injury, with a mean of 25,186 days out of play per season (Table 1, Figure 2). The mean length of DL assignment per year was 55.1 days per injury, with a low of 49.1 days in 2011 and a high of 59.2 days in 2001 (Table 1, Figure 3). During the study period, the number of players placed on the DL and the total number of DL days steadily increased (P < .001 and P = .003, respectively), while the average length of DL assignments remained steady (P = .647). When analyzing the data by body region injured, the shoulder (20.6%) and elbow (19.6%) were the 2 leading causes of time out of play (Table 2). This was followed distantly by the chest/back/spine (13.7%), wrist/hand/fingers (10.1%), lower leg/knee (9.8%), and the upper leg/thigh (9.5%). Although the percentage of injuries occurring to the upper extremity remained stable, the rate of shoulder injuries steadily decreased (P = .023) as elbow injuries increased (P = .015) (Table 3, Figure 4). This inverse relationship was also demonstrated for the annual number of DL days for shoulder (P = .033) and elbow (P = 0.005) injuries (Figure 5).

 

           

Regarding the financial impact of these injuries, the mean annual cost of replacing players on the DL was $423,267,633.78 (Table 4). This ranged from a low of $136,397,147 in 1998 to a high of $694,835,359 in 2015. There was a steady increase in the cost of replacement during the study period (P < .001) that coincides with the increasing salaries during that time span (Figure 6). In total, $6,732,167,180 was paid to players assigned to the DL and $886,650,228 was spent to fill their positions. This brings the total cost of DL assignments to $7,618,817,407 for the study period.

 

Looking specifically at MUCL injuries, a total of 400 MUCL reconstructions have been performed on MLB players since the procedure was first developed in 1974. The vast majority of these were performed in pitchers (n = 361, 90.3%) followed by outfielders (n = 16, 4.0%), infielders (n = 14, 3.5%) and catchers (n = 9, 2.3%) (Table 5). The mean time to return to competition at the MLB level was 17.8 months for pitchers, 11.1 months for outfielders, 9.6 months for infielders, and 10.5 months for catchers. The overall mean time to return was 17.1 months. The annual number of MUCL reconstructions continues to rise dramatically (P < .001) (Figure 7). During the first 12 years (1974-1985), a total of 8 (2.0%) MUCL reconstructions were performed on MLB players. In subsequent decades, this number increased to 44 (11.0%) from 1986-1995, 123 (30.8%) from 1996-2005, and 225 (56.3%) from 2006-2015. Of all Tommy John surgeries performed over 42 years, nearly one-third (n = 131, 32.75%) were performed in the last 5 years alone (2011-2015).

 

 

 

Discussion

To date, a number of studies have been published on injuries in professional baseball. These can primarily be categorized as either studies with a detailed focus on a single injury type or body region6-13,17,19 or broader reviews that are limited by the relatively short time span covered.4,5 The purpose of this work was to provide a comprehensive review of injury trends in MLB since the league expanded to 30 teams in 1998 while paying special attention to the financial impact of those injuries. Additionally, we sought to provide an up-to-date review of MUCL injuries and surgeries since the procedure was first developed in 1974. Ultimately, this data demonstrates that injuries continue to rise in MLB and this increase is accompanied by increased expense for teams. Thankfully, the rates of DL assignments for shoulder injuries are on the decline; however, this decrease is countered by a reciprocal increase in elbow injuries. Similarly, the rates of MUCL reconstruction have also risen dramatically in recent years.

The fact that injury rates are on the rise is confirmed by other published reports. This trend was demonstrated in prior analyses of DL data from the 1989 to 19984 and 2002 to 2008 seasons.5 These 2 studies represent the only comprehensive reviews of MLB injury trends to date, and each provides valuable information. Both are consistent with the current study findings that pitchers are the most commonly injured players and that shoulder and elbow injuries represent about half of all injuries.4,5 Similar injury rates and characteristics have been reported at the collegiate20 and minor league levels.21 Despite this consistency, this analysis of injuries from 1998 to 2015 is the first to report that DL designations for shoulder injuries are on the decline while designations for elbow injuries continue to rise. Although the exact etiology of this decline in shoulder injuries remains unknown, there are a number of possible explanations. In recent years, increased emphasis has been placed on shoulder rehabilitation, reduction of glenohumeral internal rotation deficits, scapular stabilization, and overall kinetic chain balance and coordination. However, this does not explain why elbow injuries continue to rise annually.

With this increase in injuries, the cost of maintaining an active 25-man roster is also climbing. As expected, this growing expense is primarily due to the increased number of DL days each year as well as the increase in league salaries. Fortunately, this increased financial strain has been met with steadily increased annual revenues in professional baseball. In 2014, the prorated salary cost to players designated to the DL and their replacements was $579,568,059. This figure represents an estimated 6.4% of the $9 billion in total revenue for MLB that same year.22 Although this may represent a small percentage of the whole, it still embodies an exceptionally large financial responsibility. This does not include the medical expenses incurred to treat and rehabilitate the players’ injuries.

Every injury that occurs in MLB players has the potential to adversely affect players, teams, and MLB as a whole. With its increasing prevalence, need for surgical treatment, and prolonged return to play, injuries to the MUCL of the elbow may represent the most costly of all injuries. Although a multitude of reports on MUCL injuries, treatments, techniques, rehabilitation, and outcomes have been reported,8,9,12,14-19,23-25 to our knowledge, a comprehensive and longitudinal incidence study in MLB players has not yet been published. By including every MUCL reconstruction that has been performed on a MLB player, our study demonstrates the dramatic increase in the annual incidence of MUCL surgeries. Studies performed over shorter time intervals corroborate these findings. A recent review of a privately insured patient database revealed an annual increase in MUCL reconstructions of 4.2% in that cohort.26 When looking specifically at the MLB, a recent survey of all 30 clubs found that 25% (96 of 382) of MLB pitchers and 15% (341 of 2324) of minor league pitchers have undergone MUCL reconstruction.8 Because it occurs so frequently and requires a mean of 17 months to return to sport, MUCL injuries represent a very significant cause of time out of play.

While this study represents a unique epidemiologic report on injuries in baseball, it is certainly not without its limitations. As stated previously, it relies on DL data that was initially intended to serve as a roster management tool rather than an injury database. Accordingly, detailed and specific information about every injury is not always available. The limitations of DL data will largely be overcome in future studies thanks to the implementation of the HITS database in 2010. Moving forward, this system will allow for more detailed analysis of injury patterns, characteristics, time out of play, treatments rendered, etc. Its main limitation is that the earliest data dates back to 2010, making it less applicable for longitudinal studies like the present one. Another limitation of this study is the estimations used for the cost of replacing players designated to the DL. For each injury, it was assumed that the replacement player was paid a prorated portion of the league minimum salary while on the major league roster, but in some instances, that may not have been the case. It is possible that some players filling roster spots were already under contract for amounts higher than the league minimum. Since that player would be making that amount regardless of the level of play, the team may not have paid them any additional salary while filling the position of the injured player. The strengths of this study are its comprehensive nature and inclusion of 18 years of data, making it the longest such study of injuries in MLB. It also represents the first report of cost of replacement for players designated to the DL. To our knowledge, this study also represents the first comprehensive report of every MUCL surgery that has been performed on MLB players.

 

 

Conclusion

Injury rates continue to rise in MLB, and upper extremity injuries continue to represent approximately half of all injuries resulting in time out of play. Although shoulder injuries have been on the decline in recent years, this decline is offset by a steady increase in elbow injuries. Each year, MLB players are designated to the DL an average of 464 times for a total of 25,579.6 days. This results in a mean annual cost of over $400 million dollars to replace players lost to injury. Looking specifically at MUCL injuries, a total of 400 MUCL reconstructions have been performed in the MLB since 1974, and nearly one-third of these were performed in the last 5 years. Pitchers represent 90.3% of players requiring MUCL surgery, and the average time to return to sport for all players is 17 months. These data may serve as a foundation for identifying appropriate targets for continued study into the etiologies, strategies for prevention, and optimal treatments of injuries commonly affecting professional baseball players.

While the exact origins of the game of baseball are commonly debated, one thing is certain: statistics have been an integral part of the game since its existence.1-3 This is true at nearly every level of baseball, especially in Major League Baseball (MLB). As our knowledge and technical capabilities advance, new statistical measures of baseball performance are added at a rapid pace.1,3 One example is the Pitch f/x video tracking system (Sportvision, Inc.), which now analyzes over 60 variables on each of the estimated 660,000 pitches thrown in the MLB annually. In addition to measuring performance and production, these advancements are being leveraged to better understand the epidemiology and impact of injuries in MLB players.4,5 As with any sport, performance at the most elite level is highly dependent upon player health and functional capacity. Accordingly, player injuries can have a profound impact not only on individual performance but also on the success of the team as a whole.

The first epidemiologic study of injuries in professional baseball was published by Conte and colleagues4 in 2001. This work utilized publically available disabled list (DL) data to perform a comprehensive review of injury patterns in MLB from 1989 to 1999. They demonstrated that injuries were on the rise and that pitchers were more commonly injured (48.4% of all DL reports) and had greater time out of play compared to players of other positions.4 Shoulder and elbow injuries were responsible for 49.8% of all DL assignments, distantly followed by knee (7.3%), wrist/hand (6.1%), and back (5.0%).4 In a later study, Posner and colleagues5 analyzed DL data spanning the 2002 to 2008 seasons. Similarly, they found that injuries continued to increase, and over half (51.2%) of DL assignments occurred secondary to upper extremity injuries.5 Although the DL is primarily designed as a roster management tool rather than an injury database, it has provided valuable epidemiologic injury information through the years. Out of concern for player health and well-being, MLB and the MLB Players Association (MLBPA) worked together to create and implement an electronic medical record and Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS) for all MLB and Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players. Now active for over 5 seasons, this database has provided valuable, detailed reports regarding specific injuries occurring in professional baseball, such as hamstring strains and concussions.6,7

With shoulder and elbow injuries in pitchers representing the greatest proportion of DL assignments in recent years, a large body of literature on these injuries, particularly medial ulnar collateral ligament (MUCL) injuries, has been published.8-13 Since the initial description of MUCL reconstruction, or “Tommy John surgery,” by Dr. Frank Jobe in 1986, much has been done to improve the technique and rehabilitation to maximize player performance following surgery.10,14-16 Despite this increased attention, large-scale epidemiologic reporting of MUCL injuries in MLB is lacking, but such a report is desirable. The purpose of this work is to: 1) provide a large-scale analysis of injuries occurring in MLB baseball over the course of 18 seasons (1998-2015); 2) highlight the financial implications of these injuries; and 3) detail the evolution of MUCL injuries and reconstructive surgery since it was first performed on a MLB pitcher in 1974. Our study represents the largest longitudinal analysis of MLB injuries since the league expanded to its current level of 30 teams in 1998. It is our hope that this work will serve as a framework for future study of the most common and highest impact injuries occurring in baseball.

Materials And Methods

We performed a retrospective review of the MLB DL from 1998 to 2015. Data analyzed included player demographics such as club, year of placement, age, and position. Injury-specific variables included date of placement on DL, length of time on DL, date of reinstatement, body part injured, diagnosis, and cost of replacement. If a player was put on the DL multiple times during a season, each placement was viewed as a different injury, even if it was to the same body part. If a player was put on the DL for injuries to multiple body parts, the primary injury was analyzed.

Disabled List Data

Although the DL has existed since 1916, this current study covers 18 seasons from 1998 to 2015. The 1998 season was chosen as a starting point because this is the year when MLB expanded to 30 teams. Since then, the number of teams and the active roster limits (25 players) have remained constant, allowing for reliable comparisons across seasons. Initially designed as a roster management tool to allow injured players to temporarily be replaced with healthy players, the DL was not created as an injury database. However, the rules and regulations of the DL have remained fairly constant over the last 18 years, allowing reasonable comparisons of injury data and trends across this timespan. In order for a player to be assigned to the DL, the nature and extent of injury must be certified by a physician. Once designated for the DL, a player cannot return to the major league team for a minimum of 15 days. If the injury is severe, the player can remain on the DL for the remainder of the season or until he is deemed healthy enough to return to play by a physician. One notable exception is the treatment of concussions. Since 2011, a player diagnosed with a concussion may be placed on the DL for a minimum of 7 days rather than 15. The introduction of the HITS database in 2010 should allow for more detailed and reliable study of injuries in baseball moving forward. Although it contains robust data for every injury that has occurred in MLB and MiLB over the last 5 seasons, it does not allow for epidemiologic and longitudinal study of injury patterns and trends in baseball prior to 2010.

 

 

Cost of Placing Players on the DL

The dollars lost were calculated by prorating the injured player’s daily salary and multiplying by the number of days missed on the DL. For example, if a player’s annual salary is $1,820,000, his daily salary for the 182 day season is $10,000. If assigned to the DL for 15 days, $150,000 is paid to that player while he is inactive and unable to play. An additional cost is the salary of the replacement player who fills the roster spot. For this work, the replacement player’s prorated, daily salary was assumed to be the league minimum for that specific year. For example, if the league minimum for a given season is $182,000, and the season is 182 days long, a replacement player earns a minimum of $1,000 per day while he is on the 25-man active roster. Thus, the dollars paid to the replacement would be $15,000. In this scenario, that brings the team’s total cost to $165,000 ($150,000 plus $15,000). Because the league minimum salary changes year to year, salaries specific to the year of injury were utilized in this analysis.

MUCL Injury Analysis

In order to better understand the evaluation of MUCL injuries over time, all MLB players undergoing MUCL reconstruction (“Tommy John surgery”) were analyzed separately. Similar to prior studies of UCL injuries, these players were identified using DL data, team websites, and publically available internet databases (primarily www.heatmaps.com).9,12,17-19 Variables studied include the number of procedures, year of surgery, player position, and mean time until return to play at the MLB level. All MLB players undergoing MUCL reconstruction since 1974 (the year the first procedure was performed) were included.

Statistical Methods

Epidemiologic data are reported using descriptive statistics (mean, range, and percentage) where indicated. To determine the significance of trends over time, a best-fit line was generated to illustrate the change over the years. These lines are reported with corresponding R2 values. To assess the trend for significance, the slope was compared to a line with a slope of zero (no change over time) using t tests. For all statistical comparisons, the threshold for alpha was set to P < .05.

Results

Between 1998 and 2015, there were 8357 placements of players on the DL, at an average rate of 464 designations per year (Table 1, Figure 1). This resulted in 460,432 days lost to injury, with a mean of 25,186 days out of play per season (Table 1, Figure 2). The mean length of DL assignment per year was 55.1 days per injury, with a low of 49.1 days in 2011 and a high of 59.2 days in 2001 (Table 1, Figure 3). During the study period, the number of players placed on the DL and the total number of DL days steadily increased (P < .001 and P = .003, respectively), while the average length of DL assignments remained steady (P = .647). When analyzing the data by body region injured, the shoulder (20.6%) and elbow (19.6%) were the 2 leading causes of time out of play (Table 2). This was followed distantly by the chest/back/spine (13.7%), wrist/hand/fingers (10.1%), lower leg/knee (9.8%), and the upper leg/thigh (9.5%). Although the percentage of injuries occurring to the upper extremity remained stable, the rate of shoulder injuries steadily decreased (P = .023) as elbow injuries increased (P = .015) (Table 3, Figure 4). This inverse relationship was also demonstrated for the annual number of DL days for shoulder (P = .033) and elbow (P = 0.005) injuries (Figure 5).

 

           

Regarding the financial impact of these injuries, the mean annual cost of replacing players on the DL was $423,267,633.78 (Table 4). This ranged from a low of $136,397,147 in 1998 to a high of $694,835,359 in 2015. There was a steady increase in the cost of replacement during the study period (P < .001) that coincides with the increasing salaries during that time span (Figure 6). In total, $6,732,167,180 was paid to players assigned to the DL and $886,650,228 was spent to fill their positions. This brings the total cost of DL assignments to $7,618,817,407 for the study period.

 

Looking specifically at MUCL injuries, a total of 400 MUCL reconstructions have been performed on MLB players since the procedure was first developed in 1974. The vast majority of these were performed in pitchers (n = 361, 90.3%) followed by outfielders (n = 16, 4.0%), infielders (n = 14, 3.5%) and catchers (n = 9, 2.3%) (Table 5). The mean time to return to competition at the MLB level was 17.8 months for pitchers, 11.1 months for outfielders, 9.6 months for infielders, and 10.5 months for catchers. The overall mean time to return was 17.1 months. The annual number of MUCL reconstructions continues to rise dramatically (P < .001) (Figure 7). During the first 12 years (1974-1985), a total of 8 (2.0%) MUCL reconstructions were performed on MLB players. In subsequent decades, this number increased to 44 (11.0%) from 1986-1995, 123 (30.8%) from 1996-2005, and 225 (56.3%) from 2006-2015. Of all Tommy John surgeries performed over 42 years, nearly one-third (n = 131, 32.75%) were performed in the last 5 years alone (2011-2015).

 

 

 

Discussion

To date, a number of studies have been published on injuries in professional baseball. These can primarily be categorized as either studies with a detailed focus on a single injury type or body region6-13,17,19 or broader reviews that are limited by the relatively short time span covered.4,5 The purpose of this work was to provide a comprehensive review of injury trends in MLB since the league expanded to 30 teams in 1998 while paying special attention to the financial impact of those injuries. Additionally, we sought to provide an up-to-date review of MUCL injuries and surgeries since the procedure was first developed in 1974. Ultimately, this data demonstrates that injuries continue to rise in MLB and this increase is accompanied by increased expense for teams. Thankfully, the rates of DL assignments for shoulder injuries are on the decline; however, this decrease is countered by a reciprocal increase in elbow injuries. Similarly, the rates of MUCL reconstruction have also risen dramatically in recent years.

The fact that injury rates are on the rise is confirmed by other published reports. This trend was demonstrated in prior analyses of DL data from the 1989 to 19984 and 2002 to 2008 seasons.5 These 2 studies represent the only comprehensive reviews of MLB injury trends to date, and each provides valuable information. Both are consistent with the current study findings that pitchers are the most commonly injured players and that shoulder and elbow injuries represent about half of all injuries.4,5 Similar injury rates and characteristics have been reported at the collegiate20 and minor league levels.21 Despite this consistency, this analysis of injuries from 1998 to 2015 is the first to report that DL designations for shoulder injuries are on the decline while designations for elbow injuries continue to rise. Although the exact etiology of this decline in shoulder injuries remains unknown, there are a number of possible explanations. In recent years, increased emphasis has been placed on shoulder rehabilitation, reduction of glenohumeral internal rotation deficits, scapular stabilization, and overall kinetic chain balance and coordination. However, this does not explain why elbow injuries continue to rise annually.

With this increase in injuries, the cost of maintaining an active 25-man roster is also climbing. As expected, this growing expense is primarily due to the increased number of DL days each year as well as the increase in league salaries. Fortunately, this increased financial strain has been met with steadily increased annual revenues in professional baseball. In 2014, the prorated salary cost to players designated to the DL and their replacements was $579,568,059. This figure represents an estimated 6.4% of the $9 billion in total revenue for MLB that same year.22 Although this may represent a small percentage of the whole, it still embodies an exceptionally large financial responsibility. This does not include the medical expenses incurred to treat and rehabilitate the players’ injuries.

Every injury that occurs in MLB players has the potential to adversely affect players, teams, and MLB as a whole. With its increasing prevalence, need for surgical treatment, and prolonged return to play, injuries to the MUCL of the elbow may represent the most costly of all injuries. Although a multitude of reports on MUCL injuries, treatments, techniques, rehabilitation, and outcomes have been reported,8,9,12,14-19,23-25 to our knowledge, a comprehensive and longitudinal incidence study in MLB players has not yet been published. By including every MUCL reconstruction that has been performed on a MLB player, our study demonstrates the dramatic increase in the annual incidence of MUCL surgeries. Studies performed over shorter time intervals corroborate these findings. A recent review of a privately insured patient database revealed an annual increase in MUCL reconstructions of 4.2% in that cohort.26 When looking specifically at the MLB, a recent survey of all 30 clubs found that 25% (96 of 382) of MLB pitchers and 15% (341 of 2324) of minor league pitchers have undergone MUCL reconstruction.8 Because it occurs so frequently and requires a mean of 17 months to return to sport, MUCL injuries represent a very significant cause of time out of play.

While this study represents a unique epidemiologic report on injuries in baseball, it is certainly not without its limitations. As stated previously, it relies on DL data that was initially intended to serve as a roster management tool rather than an injury database. Accordingly, detailed and specific information about every injury is not always available. The limitations of DL data will largely be overcome in future studies thanks to the implementation of the HITS database in 2010. Moving forward, this system will allow for more detailed analysis of injury patterns, characteristics, time out of play, treatments rendered, etc. Its main limitation is that the earliest data dates back to 2010, making it less applicable for longitudinal studies like the present one. Another limitation of this study is the estimations used for the cost of replacing players designated to the DL. For each injury, it was assumed that the replacement player was paid a prorated portion of the league minimum salary while on the major league roster, but in some instances, that may not have been the case. It is possible that some players filling roster spots were already under contract for amounts higher than the league minimum. Since that player would be making that amount regardless of the level of play, the team may not have paid them any additional salary while filling the position of the injured player. The strengths of this study are its comprehensive nature and inclusion of 18 years of data, making it the longest such study of injuries in MLB. It also represents the first report of cost of replacement for players designated to the DL. To our knowledge, this study also represents the first comprehensive report of every MUCL surgery that has been performed on MLB players.

 

 

Conclusion

Injury rates continue to rise in MLB, and upper extremity injuries continue to represent approximately half of all injuries resulting in time out of play. Although shoulder injuries have been on the decline in recent years, this decline is offset by a steady increase in elbow injuries. Each year, MLB players are designated to the DL an average of 464 times for a total of 25,579.6 days. This results in a mean annual cost of over $400 million dollars to replace players lost to injury. Looking specifically at MUCL injuries, a total of 400 MUCL reconstructions have been performed in the MLB since 1974, and nearly one-third of these were performed in the last 5 years. Pitchers represent 90.3% of players requiring MUCL surgery, and the average time to return to sport for all players is 17 months. These data may serve as a foundation for identifying appropriate targets for continued study into the etiologies, strategies for prevention, and optimal treatments of injuries commonly affecting professional baseball players.

References

1.    Lewis M. Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game. Vol 1. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Company; 2004.

2.    Block D. Baseball Before We Knew It: A Search for the Roots of the Game. Vol 1. Lincoln, NE: Bison Books; 2006.

3.    James B. The New Bill James Historical Baseball Abstract. Vol 2. Detroit, MI: Free Press; 2003.

4.    Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.

5.    Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.

6.    Ahmad CS, Dick RW, Snell E, et al. Major and Minor League Baseball hamstring injuries: epidemiologic findings from the Major League Baseball Injury Surveillance System. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):1464-1470.

7.    Green GA, Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury in major and Minor League Baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1118-1126.

8.    Conte SA, Fleisig GS, Dines JS, et al. Prevalence of ulnar collateral ligament surgery in professional baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(7):1764-1769.

9.    Jones KJ, Conte S, Patterson N, ElAttrache NS, Dines JS. Functional outcomes following revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2013;22(5):642-646.

10.  Jones KJ, Osbahr DC, Schrumpf MA, Dines JS, Altchek DW. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in throwing athletes: a review of current concepts. AAOS exhibit selection. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(8):e49.

11.  Dodson CC, Thomas A, Dines JS, Nho SJ, Williams RJ 3rd, Altchek DW. Medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(12):1926-1932.

12.  Erickson BJ, Gupta AK, Harris JD, et al. Rate of return to pitching and performance after Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(3):536-543.

13.  Makhni EC, Lee RW, Morrow ZS, Gualtieri AP, Gorroochurn P, Ahmad CS. Performance, return to competition, and reinjury after Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers: A review of 147 cases. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):
1323-1332.

14.  Jobe FW, Stark H, Lombardo SJ. Reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(8):1158-1163.

15.  Rohrbough JT, Altchek DW, Hyman J, Williams RJ 3rd, Botts JD. Medial collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow using the docking technique. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(4):541-548.

16.  Andrews JR, Jost PW, Cain EL. The ulnar collateral ligament procedure revisited: the procedure we use. Sports Health. 2012;4(5):438-441.

17.  Keller RA, Steffes MJ, Zhuo D, Bey MJ, Moutzouros V. The effects of medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction on Major League pitching performance. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(11):1591-1598.

18.  Marshall NE, Keller RA, Lynch JR, Bey MJ, Moutzouros V. Pitching performance and longevity after revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1051-1056.

19.  Liu JN, Garcia GH, Conte S, ElAttrache N, Altchek DW, Dines JS. Outcomes in revision Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2016;25(1):90-97.

20.  McFarland EG, Wasik M. Epidemiology of collegiate baseball injuries. Clin J Sport Med. 1998;8(1):10-13.

21.  Chambless KM, Knudtson J, Eck JC, Covington LA. Rate of injury in minor league baseball by level of play. Am J Orthop. 2000;29(11):869-872.

22.  Brown M. Major League Baseball Sees Record $9 Billion In Revenues For 2014. Forbes. http://www.forbes.com/sites/maurybrown/2014/12/10/major-league-baseball-sees-record-9-billion-in-revenues-for-2014/. Published December 10, 2014. Accessed February 3, 2016.

23.  Jones KJ, Dines JS, Rebolledo BJ, et al. Operative management of ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency in adolescent athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(1):117-121.

24.  Vitale MA, Ahmad CS. The outcome of elbow ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in overhead athletes: a systematic review. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1193-1205.

25.  Wilk KE, Meister K, Andrews JR. Current concepts in the rehabilitation of the overhead throwing athlete. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(1):136-151.

26.  Erickson BJ, Nwachukwu BU, Rosas S, et al. Trends in medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in the United States: A retrospective review of a large private-payer database from 2007 to 2011. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(7):1770-1774.

References

1.    Lewis M. Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game. Vol 1. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Company; 2004.

2.    Block D. Baseball Before We Knew It: A Search for the Roots of the Game. Vol 1. Lincoln, NE: Bison Books; 2006.

3.    James B. The New Bill James Historical Baseball Abstract. Vol 2. Detroit, MI: Free Press; 2003.

4.    Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.

5.    Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.

6.    Ahmad CS, Dick RW, Snell E, et al. Major and Minor League Baseball hamstring injuries: epidemiologic findings from the Major League Baseball Injury Surveillance System. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):1464-1470.

7.    Green GA, Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury in major and Minor League Baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1118-1126.

8.    Conte SA, Fleisig GS, Dines JS, et al. Prevalence of ulnar collateral ligament surgery in professional baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(7):1764-1769.

9.    Jones KJ, Conte S, Patterson N, ElAttrache NS, Dines JS. Functional outcomes following revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2013;22(5):642-646.

10.  Jones KJ, Osbahr DC, Schrumpf MA, Dines JS, Altchek DW. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in throwing athletes: a review of current concepts. AAOS exhibit selection. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(8):e49.

11.  Dodson CC, Thomas A, Dines JS, Nho SJ, Williams RJ 3rd, Altchek DW. Medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(12):1926-1932.

12.  Erickson BJ, Gupta AK, Harris JD, et al. Rate of return to pitching and performance after Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(3):536-543.

13.  Makhni EC, Lee RW, Morrow ZS, Gualtieri AP, Gorroochurn P, Ahmad CS. Performance, return to competition, and reinjury after Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers: A review of 147 cases. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):
1323-1332.

14.  Jobe FW, Stark H, Lombardo SJ. Reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(8):1158-1163.

15.  Rohrbough JT, Altchek DW, Hyman J, Williams RJ 3rd, Botts JD. Medial collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow using the docking technique. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(4):541-548.

16.  Andrews JR, Jost PW, Cain EL. The ulnar collateral ligament procedure revisited: the procedure we use. Sports Health. 2012;4(5):438-441.

17.  Keller RA, Steffes MJ, Zhuo D, Bey MJ, Moutzouros V. The effects of medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction on Major League pitching performance. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(11):1591-1598.

18.  Marshall NE, Keller RA, Lynch JR, Bey MJ, Moutzouros V. Pitching performance and longevity after revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1051-1056.

19.  Liu JN, Garcia GH, Conte S, ElAttrache N, Altchek DW, Dines JS. Outcomes in revision Tommy John surgery in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2016;25(1):90-97.

20.  McFarland EG, Wasik M. Epidemiology of collegiate baseball injuries. Clin J Sport Med. 1998;8(1):10-13.

21.  Chambless KM, Knudtson J, Eck JC, Covington LA. Rate of injury in minor league baseball by level of play. Am J Orthop. 2000;29(11):869-872.

22.  Brown M. Major League Baseball Sees Record $9 Billion In Revenues For 2014. Forbes. http://www.forbes.com/sites/maurybrown/2014/12/10/major-league-baseball-sees-record-9-billion-in-revenues-for-2014/. Published December 10, 2014. Accessed February 3, 2016.

23.  Jones KJ, Dines JS, Rebolledo BJ, et al. Operative management of ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency in adolescent athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(1):117-121.

24.  Vitale MA, Ahmad CS. The outcome of elbow ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in overhead athletes: a systematic review. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1193-1205.

25.  Wilk KE, Meister K, Andrews JR. Current concepts in the rehabilitation of the overhead throwing athlete. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(1):136-151.

26.  Erickson BJ, Nwachukwu BU, Rosas S, et al. Trends in medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in the United States: A retrospective review of a large private-payer database from 2007 to 2011. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(7):1770-1774.

Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(3)
Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(3)
Page Number
116-123
Page Number
116-123
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Injury Trends in Major League Baseball Over 18 Seasons: 1998-2015
Display Headline
Injury Trends in Major League Baseball Over 18 Seasons: 1998-2015
Legacy Keywords
study, original study, major league baseball, MLB, baseball, sports medicine, injury, trends, seasons, athletes, athletics, sports, Conte, Camp, Dines, disabled list, DL, revenue, medial ulnar collateral ligament, MUCL, reconstruction
Legacy Keywords
study, original study, major league baseball, MLB, baseball, sports medicine, injury, trends, seasons, athletes, athletics, sports, Conte, Camp, Dines, disabled list, DL, revenue, medial ulnar collateral ligament, MUCL, reconstruction
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Guttate Psoriasis Outcomes

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Guttate Psoriasis Outcomes

Guttate psoriasis (GP) typically occurs abruptly following an acute infection such as streptococcal pharyngitis. It is thought to have a good prognosis and show rapid resolution; however, there are limited studies addressing long-term outcomes of GP, particularly the probability of developing chronic plaque psoriasis (PP) following a single episode of acute GP.

Ko et al1 reported a long-term follow-up study of Korean patients with acute GP. The investigators determined that 19 of 36 participants (38.9%) with acute GP went on to develop chronic PP over a mean follow-up period of 6.3 years. Martin et al2 reported a smaller follow-up study of 15 patients in England; 5 of 15 patients (33.3%) developed chronic PP within 10 years.

Methods

A retrospective cohort study was performed using data from the Geisinger Medical Center (Danville, Pennsylvania) electronic medical records from January 2000 to September 2012 to identify medical records that showed a specific clinical diagnosis of GP or a diagnosis of either dermatitis or psoriasis with a positive molecular probe for streptococci or antistreptolysin O (ASO) titer. (A molecular probe is used in place of culture for streptococcal pharyngeal specimens at our institution.) A separate search of the Co-Path database for biopsy-proven GP also was performed. Each medical record was reviewed by one of the authors (L.F.P.) to confirm the true diagnosis of GP. Exclusion criteria included a prior diagnosis of PP or a follow-up period of less than 1 year. Based on this chart review, the prevalence of developing chronic PP in patients with GP was determined. The patients were split into 2 cohorts: those who had a single episode of GP with resolution versus those who developed PP. We compared the clinical characteristics to those who developed chronic PP. The clinical characteristics that were recorded included patient age; whether or not the patient developed PP; length of time for clearance of GP; molecular probe or ASO results; family history; GP treatment used; smoking status; and comorbid conditions such as hyperlipidemia, hypertension, diabete mellitus, and obesity, which were lumped under the category of metabolic syndrome due to their low prevalence individually.

The study group data set contained 79 patients with GP who had a history of at least 1 year of follow-up. Descriptive statistics of the patients were provided for continuous and categorical variables in the study. Continuous variables were described using the mean and SD or, for skewed distributions, the median and interquartile range (25th-75th percentiles), while categorical variables were presented using frequency counts and percentages. Comparisons between groups were tested using 2-sample t tests or Wilcoxon rank sum tests, or Pearson χ2 or Fisher exact tests, as appropriate.

Results

A total of 79 patients were included in the study. Descriptive statistics for the total patient population as well as those who did and did not develop PP are shown in Table 1. The median age of patients was 37 years. The median follow-up time was 5 years. The majority of patients were female (68.4%). There were 20 patients (25.3%) who developed PP and 59 (74.7%) who did not (95% CI, 0.1-0.36).

Molecular probes for streptoccoci were obtained from 31 patients (39.2%) during the workup for GP. Patients who had a molecular probe and developed PP were less likely to have had a molecular probe that was positive for streptococci versus patients who did not develop PP (0% vs 61.5%; P=.0177)(Table 2). Patients who developed PP were more likely to have persistent GP at 12 months than patients who did not develop PP (26.3% vs 6.8%, respectively; P=.0414). At the end of the observation period, 4 patients (5.1%) did not yet show GP clearance. The patients who developed PP were more likely to have had a case of GP that never cleared than patients who did not develop PP (15.8% vs 1.7%; P=.0505)(Table 3).

No significant differences were detected among those who developed PP compared to those who did not with respect to any degree of family history of psoriasis (22.2% vs 26.4%; P=1.0000)(Table 4). There were no significant differences in the value of a positive ASO titer between groups (Table 2), but it should be noted that the small number of patients with positive values in each group impacts a test’s power to detect statistically significant differences. There were no significant differences in the likelihood of developing PP if a patient was treated with systemic steroids or antibiotics (data not shown). Additionally, smoking status, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and obesity were not predictive of evolution of GP into PP (data not shown).

 

 

Comment

Ryan et al3 noted in a report on research gaps in psoriasis that studies are needed to validate frequency and characteristic factors associated with spontaneous remission for different phenotypes of psoriasis, including disease severity, patient age, morphologic attributes of plaques, and comorbidities. Our analysis attempts to bridge this gap in reference to type, specifically GP, and factors associated with development of chronic PP.

Our study showed that 20 of 79 patients (25.3%) with GP went on to develop chronic PP. The incidence is slightly lower than in prior smaller studies from Korea and England, which reported incidence rates of 38.9% and 33.3%, respectively.1,2 Although Ko et al1 noted that a younger age of onset was more frequently found in the cohort with complete remission of GP, this finding was not observed in our study. Although only a minority of patients underwent a molecular probe for streptococci, of those who were tested and had positive results, they were significantly less likely to develop chronic PP (P=.0177). This finding supports the classic teaching that GP originates after an episode of a streptococcal infection. Of those who developed PP, only one-fourth had been tested for streptococci via molecular probe and all were negative. Interestingly, there was no difference noted in those that had ASO titers drawn (P=1.0000). Although the data were too low to achieve statistical significance, this finding contrasts with Ko et al1 who reported that a high ASO titer correlated with a good prognosis (ie, GP did not evolve into PP). There was no difference in the likelihood of developing PP seen in patients that were treated with antibiotics (P=.1651), suggesting that obtaining a molecular probe that is positive for streptococci may be predictive of prognosis (ie, resolution) and thus is a reasonable diagnostic test to obtain. We do recognize that nonpharyngeal sources for streptococci may occur (ie, perianal), but these data were not captured in our patient population.

In our study, patients were more likely to develop chronic PP if they had a GP history that was longer than 12 months. Ko et al1 also showed that GP patients who did not develop PP were typically cleared after 8 months. There were no statistical differences noted when comparing the different treatments used to treat GP. It appears that the rapidity with which the episode clears is more predictive than the method used to clear it.

There were several limitations to this study including the small number of patients, the median 5-year follow-up time, and the retrospective design.

Conclusion

Based on our cohort study, we have concluded that GP evolves into chronic PP in approximately 25% of cases. Obtaining a group A streptococcal molecular probe or culture may serve as a prognostic tool, as physicians should recognize that GP flares associated with a positive result indicate a favorable prognosis. Additionally, GP flares that resolve within the first year of an outbreak, regardless of treatment choice, are less likely to be followed by chronic PP.

References
  1. Ko HC, Jwa SW, Song M, et al. Clinical course of guttate psoriasis: long-term follow up study. J Dermatol. 2010;37:894-899.
  2. Martin BA, Chalmers RJ, Telfer NR. How great is the risk of further psoriasis following a single episode of acute guttate psoriasis? Arch Dermatol. 1996;132:717-718.
  3. Ryan C, Korman NJ, Gelfand JM, et al. Research gaps in psoriasis: opportunities for future studies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:146-167.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

From Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, Pennsylvania.

The authors report no conflict of interest.

The results of this study were presented at the 73rd Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Dermatology; March 20-24, 2015; San Francisco, California.

Correspondence: Lisa F. Pfingstler, MD, 105 Beaver Dr, Ste 200, DuBois, PA 15801 ([email protected]).

Issue
Cutis - 97(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
140-144
Legacy Keywords
guttate psoriasis, chronic plaque psoriasis, outcomes, strep molecular probe, treatments, prognosis
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

From Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, Pennsylvania.

The authors report no conflict of interest.

The results of this study were presented at the 73rd Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Dermatology; March 20-24, 2015; San Francisco, California.

Correspondence: Lisa F. Pfingstler, MD, 105 Beaver Dr, Ste 200, DuBois, PA 15801 ([email protected]).

Author and Disclosure Information

From Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, Pennsylvania.

The authors report no conflict of interest.

The results of this study were presented at the 73rd Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Dermatology; March 20-24, 2015; San Francisco, California.

Correspondence: Lisa F. Pfingstler, MD, 105 Beaver Dr, Ste 200, DuBois, PA 15801 ([email protected]).

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Guttate psoriasis (GP) typically occurs abruptly following an acute infection such as streptococcal pharyngitis. It is thought to have a good prognosis and show rapid resolution; however, there are limited studies addressing long-term outcomes of GP, particularly the probability of developing chronic plaque psoriasis (PP) following a single episode of acute GP.

Ko et al1 reported a long-term follow-up study of Korean patients with acute GP. The investigators determined that 19 of 36 participants (38.9%) with acute GP went on to develop chronic PP over a mean follow-up period of 6.3 years. Martin et al2 reported a smaller follow-up study of 15 patients in England; 5 of 15 patients (33.3%) developed chronic PP within 10 years.

Methods

A retrospective cohort study was performed using data from the Geisinger Medical Center (Danville, Pennsylvania) electronic medical records from January 2000 to September 2012 to identify medical records that showed a specific clinical diagnosis of GP or a diagnosis of either dermatitis or psoriasis with a positive molecular probe for streptococci or antistreptolysin O (ASO) titer. (A molecular probe is used in place of culture for streptococcal pharyngeal specimens at our institution.) A separate search of the Co-Path database for biopsy-proven GP also was performed. Each medical record was reviewed by one of the authors (L.F.P.) to confirm the true diagnosis of GP. Exclusion criteria included a prior diagnosis of PP or a follow-up period of less than 1 year. Based on this chart review, the prevalence of developing chronic PP in patients with GP was determined. The patients were split into 2 cohorts: those who had a single episode of GP with resolution versus those who developed PP. We compared the clinical characteristics to those who developed chronic PP. The clinical characteristics that were recorded included patient age; whether or not the patient developed PP; length of time for clearance of GP; molecular probe or ASO results; family history; GP treatment used; smoking status; and comorbid conditions such as hyperlipidemia, hypertension, diabete mellitus, and obesity, which were lumped under the category of metabolic syndrome due to their low prevalence individually.

The study group data set contained 79 patients with GP who had a history of at least 1 year of follow-up. Descriptive statistics of the patients were provided for continuous and categorical variables in the study. Continuous variables were described using the mean and SD or, for skewed distributions, the median and interquartile range (25th-75th percentiles), while categorical variables were presented using frequency counts and percentages. Comparisons between groups were tested using 2-sample t tests or Wilcoxon rank sum tests, or Pearson χ2 or Fisher exact tests, as appropriate.

Results

A total of 79 patients were included in the study. Descriptive statistics for the total patient population as well as those who did and did not develop PP are shown in Table 1. The median age of patients was 37 years. The median follow-up time was 5 years. The majority of patients were female (68.4%). There were 20 patients (25.3%) who developed PP and 59 (74.7%) who did not (95% CI, 0.1-0.36).

Molecular probes for streptoccoci were obtained from 31 patients (39.2%) during the workup for GP. Patients who had a molecular probe and developed PP were less likely to have had a molecular probe that was positive for streptococci versus patients who did not develop PP (0% vs 61.5%; P=.0177)(Table 2). Patients who developed PP were more likely to have persistent GP at 12 months than patients who did not develop PP (26.3% vs 6.8%, respectively; P=.0414). At the end of the observation period, 4 patients (5.1%) did not yet show GP clearance. The patients who developed PP were more likely to have had a case of GP that never cleared than patients who did not develop PP (15.8% vs 1.7%; P=.0505)(Table 3).

No significant differences were detected among those who developed PP compared to those who did not with respect to any degree of family history of psoriasis (22.2% vs 26.4%; P=1.0000)(Table 4). There were no significant differences in the value of a positive ASO titer between groups (Table 2), but it should be noted that the small number of patients with positive values in each group impacts a test’s power to detect statistically significant differences. There were no significant differences in the likelihood of developing PP if a patient was treated with systemic steroids or antibiotics (data not shown). Additionally, smoking status, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and obesity were not predictive of evolution of GP into PP (data not shown).

 

 

Comment

Ryan et al3 noted in a report on research gaps in psoriasis that studies are needed to validate frequency and characteristic factors associated with spontaneous remission for different phenotypes of psoriasis, including disease severity, patient age, morphologic attributes of plaques, and comorbidities. Our analysis attempts to bridge this gap in reference to type, specifically GP, and factors associated with development of chronic PP.

Our study showed that 20 of 79 patients (25.3%) with GP went on to develop chronic PP. The incidence is slightly lower than in prior smaller studies from Korea and England, which reported incidence rates of 38.9% and 33.3%, respectively.1,2 Although Ko et al1 noted that a younger age of onset was more frequently found in the cohort with complete remission of GP, this finding was not observed in our study. Although only a minority of patients underwent a molecular probe for streptococci, of those who were tested and had positive results, they were significantly less likely to develop chronic PP (P=.0177). This finding supports the classic teaching that GP originates after an episode of a streptococcal infection. Of those who developed PP, only one-fourth had been tested for streptococci via molecular probe and all were negative. Interestingly, there was no difference noted in those that had ASO titers drawn (P=1.0000). Although the data were too low to achieve statistical significance, this finding contrasts with Ko et al1 who reported that a high ASO titer correlated with a good prognosis (ie, GP did not evolve into PP). There was no difference in the likelihood of developing PP seen in patients that were treated with antibiotics (P=.1651), suggesting that obtaining a molecular probe that is positive for streptococci may be predictive of prognosis (ie, resolution) and thus is a reasonable diagnostic test to obtain. We do recognize that nonpharyngeal sources for streptococci may occur (ie, perianal), but these data were not captured in our patient population.

In our study, patients were more likely to develop chronic PP if they had a GP history that was longer than 12 months. Ko et al1 also showed that GP patients who did not develop PP were typically cleared after 8 months. There were no statistical differences noted when comparing the different treatments used to treat GP. It appears that the rapidity with which the episode clears is more predictive than the method used to clear it.

There were several limitations to this study including the small number of patients, the median 5-year follow-up time, and the retrospective design.

Conclusion

Based on our cohort study, we have concluded that GP evolves into chronic PP in approximately 25% of cases. Obtaining a group A streptococcal molecular probe or culture may serve as a prognostic tool, as physicians should recognize that GP flares associated with a positive result indicate a favorable prognosis. Additionally, GP flares that resolve within the first year of an outbreak, regardless of treatment choice, are less likely to be followed by chronic PP.

Guttate psoriasis (GP) typically occurs abruptly following an acute infection such as streptococcal pharyngitis. It is thought to have a good prognosis and show rapid resolution; however, there are limited studies addressing long-term outcomes of GP, particularly the probability of developing chronic plaque psoriasis (PP) following a single episode of acute GP.

Ko et al1 reported a long-term follow-up study of Korean patients with acute GP. The investigators determined that 19 of 36 participants (38.9%) with acute GP went on to develop chronic PP over a mean follow-up period of 6.3 years. Martin et al2 reported a smaller follow-up study of 15 patients in England; 5 of 15 patients (33.3%) developed chronic PP within 10 years.

Methods

A retrospective cohort study was performed using data from the Geisinger Medical Center (Danville, Pennsylvania) electronic medical records from January 2000 to September 2012 to identify medical records that showed a specific clinical diagnosis of GP or a diagnosis of either dermatitis or psoriasis with a positive molecular probe for streptococci or antistreptolysin O (ASO) titer. (A molecular probe is used in place of culture for streptococcal pharyngeal specimens at our institution.) A separate search of the Co-Path database for biopsy-proven GP also was performed. Each medical record was reviewed by one of the authors (L.F.P.) to confirm the true diagnosis of GP. Exclusion criteria included a prior diagnosis of PP or a follow-up period of less than 1 year. Based on this chart review, the prevalence of developing chronic PP in patients with GP was determined. The patients were split into 2 cohorts: those who had a single episode of GP with resolution versus those who developed PP. We compared the clinical characteristics to those who developed chronic PP. The clinical characteristics that were recorded included patient age; whether or not the patient developed PP; length of time for clearance of GP; molecular probe or ASO results; family history; GP treatment used; smoking status; and comorbid conditions such as hyperlipidemia, hypertension, diabete mellitus, and obesity, which were lumped under the category of metabolic syndrome due to their low prevalence individually.

The study group data set contained 79 patients with GP who had a history of at least 1 year of follow-up. Descriptive statistics of the patients were provided for continuous and categorical variables in the study. Continuous variables were described using the mean and SD or, for skewed distributions, the median and interquartile range (25th-75th percentiles), while categorical variables were presented using frequency counts and percentages. Comparisons between groups were tested using 2-sample t tests or Wilcoxon rank sum tests, or Pearson χ2 or Fisher exact tests, as appropriate.

Results

A total of 79 patients were included in the study. Descriptive statistics for the total patient population as well as those who did and did not develop PP are shown in Table 1. The median age of patients was 37 years. The median follow-up time was 5 years. The majority of patients were female (68.4%). There were 20 patients (25.3%) who developed PP and 59 (74.7%) who did not (95% CI, 0.1-0.36).

Molecular probes for streptoccoci were obtained from 31 patients (39.2%) during the workup for GP. Patients who had a molecular probe and developed PP were less likely to have had a molecular probe that was positive for streptococci versus patients who did not develop PP (0% vs 61.5%; P=.0177)(Table 2). Patients who developed PP were more likely to have persistent GP at 12 months than patients who did not develop PP (26.3% vs 6.8%, respectively; P=.0414). At the end of the observation period, 4 patients (5.1%) did not yet show GP clearance. The patients who developed PP were more likely to have had a case of GP that never cleared than patients who did not develop PP (15.8% vs 1.7%; P=.0505)(Table 3).

No significant differences were detected among those who developed PP compared to those who did not with respect to any degree of family history of psoriasis (22.2% vs 26.4%; P=1.0000)(Table 4). There were no significant differences in the value of a positive ASO titer between groups (Table 2), but it should be noted that the small number of patients with positive values in each group impacts a test’s power to detect statistically significant differences. There were no significant differences in the likelihood of developing PP if a patient was treated with systemic steroids or antibiotics (data not shown). Additionally, smoking status, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and obesity were not predictive of evolution of GP into PP (data not shown).

 

 

Comment

Ryan et al3 noted in a report on research gaps in psoriasis that studies are needed to validate frequency and characteristic factors associated with spontaneous remission for different phenotypes of psoriasis, including disease severity, patient age, morphologic attributes of plaques, and comorbidities. Our analysis attempts to bridge this gap in reference to type, specifically GP, and factors associated with development of chronic PP.

Our study showed that 20 of 79 patients (25.3%) with GP went on to develop chronic PP. The incidence is slightly lower than in prior smaller studies from Korea and England, which reported incidence rates of 38.9% and 33.3%, respectively.1,2 Although Ko et al1 noted that a younger age of onset was more frequently found in the cohort with complete remission of GP, this finding was not observed in our study. Although only a minority of patients underwent a molecular probe for streptococci, of those who were tested and had positive results, they were significantly less likely to develop chronic PP (P=.0177). This finding supports the classic teaching that GP originates after an episode of a streptococcal infection. Of those who developed PP, only one-fourth had been tested for streptococci via molecular probe and all were negative. Interestingly, there was no difference noted in those that had ASO titers drawn (P=1.0000). Although the data were too low to achieve statistical significance, this finding contrasts with Ko et al1 who reported that a high ASO titer correlated with a good prognosis (ie, GP did not evolve into PP). There was no difference in the likelihood of developing PP seen in patients that were treated with antibiotics (P=.1651), suggesting that obtaining a molecular probe that is positive for streptococci may be predictive of prognosis (ie, resolution) and thus is a reasonable diagnostic test to obtain. We do recognize that nonpharyngeal sources for streptococci may occur (ie, perianal), but these data were not captured in our patient population.

In our study, patients were more likely to develop chronic PP if they had a GP history that was longer than 12 months. Ko et al1 also showed that GP patients who did not develop PP were typically cleared after 8 months. There were no statistical differences noted when comparing the different treatments used to treat GP. It appears that the rapidity with which the episode clears is more predictive than the method used to clear it.

There were several limitations to this study including the small number of patients, the median 5-year follow-up time, and the retrospective design.

Conclusion

Based on our cohort study, we have concluded that GP evolves into chronic PP in approximately 25% of cases. Obtaining a group A streptococcal molecular probe or culture may serve as a prognostic tool, as physicians should recognize that GP flares associated with a positive result indicate a favorable prognosis. Additionally, GP flares that resolve within the first year of an outbreak, regardless of treatment choice, are less likely to be followed by chronic PP.

References
  1. Ko HC, Jwa SW, Song M, et al. Clinical course of guttate psoriasis: long-term follow up study. J Dermatol. 2010;37:894-899.
  2. Martin BA, Chalmers RJ, Telfer NR. How great is the risk of further psoriasis following a single episode of acute guttate psoriasis? Arch Dermatol. 1996;132:717-718.
  3. Ryan C, Korman NJ, Gelfand JM, et al. Research gaps in psoriasis: opportunities for future studies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:146-167.
References
  1. Ko HC, Jwa SW, Song M, et al. Clinical course of guttate psoriasis: long-term follow up study. J Dermatol. 2010;37:894-899.
  2. Martin BA, Chalmers RJ, Telfer NR. How great is the risk of further psoriasis following a single episode of acute guttate psoriasis? Arch Dermatol. 1996;132:717-718.
  3. Ryan C, Korman NJ, Gelfand JM, et al. Research gaps in psoriasis: opportunities for future studies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:146-167.
Issue
Cutis - 97(2)
Issue
Cutis - 97(2)
Page Number
140-144
Page Number
140-144
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Guttate Psoriasis Outcomes
Display Headline
Guttate Psoriasis Outcomes
Legacy Keywords
guttate psoriasis, chronic plaque psoriasis, outcomes, strep molecular probe, treatments, prognosis
Legacy Keywords
guttate psoriasis, chronic plaque psoriasis, outcomes, strep molecular probe, treatments, prognosis
Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Following an initial episode of guttate psoriasis, a patient has a 25.3% chance of developing plaque psoriasis (PP).
  • A streptococci culture can be prognostic; if the culture is positive, the patient is less likely to develop PP.
  • If the patient’s rash clears within 1 year, he/she is less likely to develop PP.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Psychiatric Morbidity in Patients With Psoriasis

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Psychiatric Morbidity in Patients With Psoriasis

Psoriasis is a common immune-mediated papulosquamous skin disease with a generally chronic course. Impairments in quality of life (QOL) and psychological morbidity in the form of anxiety and depression have been reported.1 Because psoriasis is not known to directly affect the central nervous system, the associated psychiatric morbidity is likely caused by the complex interplay of the stress, physical discomfort, and possible disfigurement inherent to psoriasis, as well as the emotional response to the condition mediated by the patient’s personality, emotional and cognitive state, and other social factors (eg, self-stigma and perceived stigma, lack of knowledge about the illness in the patient and in the community and family, lack of resources and support).2 Because a variety of methodologies have been used in research on the association of psoriasis with psychiatric morbidity, it is not easy to compare findings. Most studies have assessed psychiatric symptoms rather than findings from psychiatric diagnostic instruments.3 The diagnosis of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis rather than focusing on symptoms alone is likely to be more useful in generating scientific epidemiologic data and also would serve as a guide in making treatment and policy decisions. Validated clinician-rated instruments are useful in generating these data. However, psychiatric diagnoses are often missed by dermatologists, which may have an adverse impact on eventual outcomes in psoriasis patients.4,5 Patient-assessed diagnostic instruments may help dermatologists overcome this problem.

This study investigated the prevalence and determinants of psychiatric disorders in a cohort of psoriasis patients in North India using both patient self-assessment and clinician-administered instruments.

Methods

Study Participants

The study was conducted from January 2013 to November 2013 at the Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, a tertiary-level teaching hospital in Chandigarh, India, which serves the population of a large geographic area in North India. Clearance for this study was obtained from the institute ethics committee.

Patients with chronic plaque psoriasis who presented consecutively to the outpatient clinic of the Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology during the study period were approached for participation. Written informed consent was obtained from all participants. Inclusion criteria were the ability to read the self-assessment questionnaires, and no financial compensation was offered for inclusion in the study. Patients with psoriatic arthritis as well as erythrodermic and pustular variants of psoriasis were excluded. Exclusion criteria also included patients with known diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular disease, chronic respiratory ailments, or other notable systemic comorbidities; however, patients did not undergo biochemical testing.

Assessments

A 2-stage methodology was employed. In the first stage of the assessment, sociodemographic and clinical data were recorded. Thereafter, psychiatric symptoms and morbidity were assessed using the patient health questionnaire (PHQ).6 Quality of life was assessed using the dermatology life quality index (DLQI).7 Both tools were based on patient self-assessment. Study participants could seek assistance from the clinician in completing the questionnaires, if needed. Psoriasis severity was evaluated by the clinician using the psoriasis area severity index (PASI) score.8

In the second stage of the assessment, participants underwent subsequent evaluation by a psychiatrist who was blinded to the results of the first assessments. All participants were screened using the Mini international neuropsychiatric interview (MINI)9 and a formal psychiatric diagnosis was made. In subsequent analyses, we considered psychiatric diagnoses as generated with MINI as the gold standard against which other results were compared.

A participant was considered positive for psychiatric morbidity if he/she was positive for at least 1 PHQ or MINI diagnosis.

To assess for concordance between the 2 diagnostic instruments, the following diagnostic groups were compared against each other: (1) MINI depressive disorders (DDs)(ie, major depressive episode, current and recurrent; dysthymia) versus PHQ depressive disorders (ie, major DDs and other DDs); (2) MINI anxiety disorders (ie, panic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder) versus PHQ anxiety disorders (ie, panic syndrome and other anxiety syndromes); (3) MINI alcohol abuse (ie, alcohol dependence and abuse) versus PHQ alcohol abuse; (4) comorbid disorders if more than 1 diagnosis was made; and (5) any positive score on the MINI suicide module with a response other than not at all on PHQ depression module item 2(i), which deals with thoughts of self-harm and wishing that one was dead. The MINI depressive disorders and PHQ depressive disorders indicate the presence of a clinically significant depressive state and a need for assessment and treatment.

The PHQ can be used to diagnose somatoform disorders, while the MINI cannot be used. Because the somatoform disorders diagnosed were few in number and comorbid with DDs (n=3) and anxiety disorders (n=1), we included these cases with DDs and anxiety disorders, respectively, for purposes of statistical analysis. All data were analyzed using SPSS software.

 

 

Results

One hundred four participants were included in this study. The sociodemographic, clinical, and diagnostic profiles, as well as the determinants of MINI diagnosis, are provided in Tables 1 through 4. The PASI and DLQI scores indicated that most participants had mild to moderate psoriasis severity.10 The prevalence of alcohol-related disorders was only found in the male subpopulation, which is consistent with the sociocultural context of North India. Psoriasis severity (ie, PASI score) was not found to be a determinant of psychiatric diagnoses in the study population. There was no statistical difference in measures of current clinical status and treatment modality when those with or without any psychiatric diagnoses were compared. When the variables of disease duration, treatment duration, and DLQI were entered into a binary logistic regression with positive status for a MINI diagnosis as a dependent variable indicating the presence of a psychiatric disorder, it was found that the DLQI score was a significant predictor (b=0.19; SE=0.47; χ2=17.92; P<.05). This finding was the same for regression analyses for males and females separately and also for DD as a dependent variable.

Mean DLQI and PASI scores were positively correlated with each other (Pearson r=0.23; P=.01). This relationship was maintained in males (Pearson r=0.24; P=.03) but not in females (Pearson r=0.14; P=.30). The correlations between DLQI and PASI scores and both disease duration and treatment duration were not significant. The Cohen κ values for the interrater reliability analyses done to assess the concordance of the PHQ and MINI diagnostic groups were modest (0.31-0.42), which was true even when MINI depressive disorders without dysthymia and PHQ depressive disorders were compared.
 

 

 

Comment

Studies investigating psychiatric morbidity in psoriasis have varying methodologies, mostly assessing psychiatric symptoms rather than screening for psychiatric disorders.3 In chronic diseases such as psoriasis, there often is an overlap between disease symptoms and common psychiatric disorders (eg, depression).11 Therefore, assessment of symptoms can be misleading. The current study was designed to detect psychiatric disorders in psoriasis patients using both patient self-assessment and clinician-administered instruments. We also investigated the contribution of sociodemographic and clinical variables (eg, psoriasis severity, impairment in QOL) on psychiatric morbidity.

An increased risk for depression, anxiety, and suicidality associated with greater psoriasis severity has been reported.12 The results of the current study indicate that even in a patient population with predominantly mild to moderate psoriasis, psychiatric morbidity, particularly DDs, is common. This finding was seen both on patient self-assessment and clinician-administered evaluations. Earlier studies from this institution and region have reported a lower prevalence of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis (24.7%–36.7%).13-16 However, prior studies were based on assessment of specific symptoms and clinical diagnoses derived from history and mental status examination rather than the administration of more rigorous research diagnostic assessment tools. A systematic review and meta-analysis also revealed a lower prevalence of clinical depression using International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision, and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (Fourth Edition) codes.3 A possible reason for this apparent discrepancy is the fact that psychiatric morbidity in a majority of participants in the current study was constituted by the diagnosis of dysthymia. If the diagnosis of dysthymia is removed from the current analysis, the prevalence of clinical major depressive syndromes is similar to other data. We found that chronic low-grade depression (dysthymia) was the most common diagnosis from the MINI. Lower prevalence was noted in a prior study, but methodology using clinical interviewing may have resulted in an underestimated prevalence.13 It also is possible that chronic low-grade depression in psoriasis patients may be missed or underestimated in comparison to more readily diagnosed and severe depressive syndromes in other studies. However, there is enough evidence to suggest that dysthymia is clinically relevant in the causation of morbidity and disability (eg, physical, psychological, or cognitive impairment) in patients with chronic physical disorders.17 This distinction between clinical major depressive syndrome and dysthymia is important because different treatment methods may be required; the former may warrant treatment with antidepressants in addition to psychosocial treatment modalities (eg, learning to cope with stress, problem-solving techniques), while the latter may benefit predominantly from psychosocial treatment modalities alone.18,19 In the current study, most of the participants who were diagnosed with dysthymia refused treatment with any psychotropic medications but perceived benefit from discussing their problems with a professional. Our results indicated that chronic low-grade depression is more common than more severe major depressive states, and mental health professionals who are well versed in psychosocial treatment modalities should play an integral role in treatment planning for patients with psoriasis.

In the current study, there was only a modest correlation between the results of the patient self-assessment and clinician-administered evaluations, which indicated that psychiatric disorders may not be obvious to clinicians unless specifically investigated, even for some severely depressed and suicidal patients. Given the high prevalence of clinically relevant psychiatric morbidity among psoriasis patients, dermatology professionals should be more sensitive to the possible presence of psychiatric disorders in this patient population and should consider the use of formal screening or other diagnostic tools for detection of depression and anxiety in psoriasis patients.

The main determinant of psychiatric morbidity in our study population was impairment in QOL. Interestingly enough, psoriasis severity was not associated with psychiatric morbidity in our study. Depressive states in patients with chronic physical illnesses are well known and could be due to the chronic stress of illness or impaired QOL, or depression may be a direct effect of the illness and/or treatment on the central nervous system. Psoriasis is not known to have any direct effect on the central nervous system. Our findings suggest that QOL impairment plays an important role in psychiatric morbidity in patients with psoriasis. Even though the DLQI is designed to measure QOL over the preceding week, our findings suggest that impairment in QOL in psoriasis is a manifestation of a more long-term effect of interplay between many factors; the impairment in activities of daily living, disease-related physical discomfort and impaired self-esteem and self-perception, impairments in interpersonal relationships, and the stress of chronicity of illness seem to play an important role. Additionally, variables such as emotional dysfunction, magnitude and site of the area of involvement, nature and magnitude of comorbidities, and complications of illness and coping also may be relevant.20 Although these factors are common in other chronic disorders, psoriasis in particular may predisposepatients to depression due to its unpredictable and relapsing nature, lack of any curative therapy, and the stigmatizing prominent lesions that often are impossible to camouflage. In chronic diseases such as psoriasis, the amelioration of impairment of different aspects of QOL may be more important than mere symptom control.

Our study was limited in that the study population was predominantly male. Fewer females may have consented to participate in the study due to time constraints associated with domestic responsibilities, reluctance to discuss psychological distress, or inability to meet the inclusion criteria (eg, level of education required to read questionnaires). However, there was no significant difference between males and females for sociodemographic variables or diagnoses other than alcohol-related disorders. Our study also had a cross-sectional design and there was no control group, without which it is difficult to assess the true prevalence and determinants of these psychiatric morbidities. Moreover, the sample size was small and did not include enough participants with moderate to severe psoriasis (ie, PASI score ≥10) to be able to detect a correlation between psychiatric morbidities and psoriasis severity. Our findings underline the need for effective screening and integrated management of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis.

References
  1. Griffiths CE, Barker JN. Pathogenesis and clinical features of psoriasis. Lancet. 2007;370:263-271.
  2. Fried RG, Gupta MA, Gupta AK. Depression and skin disease. Dermatol Clin. 2005;23:657-664.
  3. Dowlatshahi EA, Wakkee M, Arends LR, et al. The prevalence and odds of depressive symptoms and clinical depression in psoriasis patients: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Invest Dermatol. 2014;134:1542-1551.
  4. Richards HL, Fortune DG, Weidmann A, et al. Detection of psychological distress in patients with psoriasis: low consensus between dermatologist and patient. Br J Dermatol. 2004;151:1227-1233.
  5. Scharloo M, Kaptein AA, Weinman J, et al. Patients’ illness perceptions and coping as predictors of functional status in psoriasis: a 1-year follow-up. Br J Dermatol. 2000;142:899-907.
  6. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB. Validation and utility of a self-report version of PRIME-MD: the PHQ primary care study. primary care evaluation of mental disorders. patient health questionnaire. JAMA. 1999;282:1737-1744.
  7. Finlay AY, Khan GK. Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI)—a simple practical measure for routine clinical use. Clin Exp Dermatol. 1994;19:210-216.
  8. Langley RG, Ellis CN. Evaluating psoriasis with Psoriasis Area and Severity Index, Psoriasis Global Assessment, and Lattice System Physician’s Global Assessment. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:563-569.
  9. Sheehan DV, Lecrubier Y, Sheehan KH, et al. The Mini-International Neuropsychiatric Interview (M.I.N.I.): the development and validation of a structured diagnostic psychiatric interview for DSM-IV and ICD-10. J Clin Psychiatry. 1998;59(suppl 20):22-33, quiz 34-57.
  10. Mrowietz U, Kragballe K, Reich K, et al. Definition of treatment goals for moderate to severe psoriasis: a European consensus. Arch Dermatol Res. 2011;303:1-10.
  11. Ellis GK, Robinson JA, Crawford GB. When symptoms of disease overlap with symptoms of depression. Aust Fam Physician. 2006;35:647-649.
  12. Kurd SK, Troxel AB, Crits-Christoph P, et al. The risk of depression, anxiety, and suicidality in patients with psoriasis: a population-based cohort study. Arch Dermatol. 2010;146:891-895.
  13. Kumar V, Mattoo SK, Handa S. Psychiatric morbidity in pemphigus and psoriasis: a comparative study from India. Asian J Psychiatry. 2013;6:151-156.
  14. Mattoo S, Handa S, Kaur I, et al. Psychiatric morbidity in psoriasis: prevalence and correlates in India. Ger J Psychiatry. 2005;8:17-22.
  15. Mattoo SK, Handa S, Kaur I, et al. Psychiatric morbidity in vitiligo and psoriasis: a comparative study from India. J Dermatol. 2001;28:424-432.
  16. Mehta V, Malhotra S. Psychiatric evaluation of patients with psoriasis vulgaris and chronic urticaria. Ger J Psychiatry. 2007;10:104-110.
  17. Meeks TW, Vahia IV, Lavretsky H, et al. A tune in “a minor” can “b major”: a review of epidemiology, illness course, and public health implications of subthreshold depression in older adults. J Affect Disord. 2011;129:126-142.
  18. Hegerl U, Schönknecht P, Mergl R. Are antidepressants useful in the treatment of minor depression: a critical update of the current literature. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2012;25:1-6.
  19. Rizzo M, Creed F, Goldberg D, et al. A systematic review of non-pharmacological treatments for depression in people with chronic physical health problems. J Psychosom Res. 2011;71:18-27.
  20. de Korte J, Sprangers MA, Mombers FM, et al. Quality of life in patients with psoriasis: a systematic literature review. J Investig Dermatol Symp Proc. 2004;9:140-147.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Drs. Singh, Narang, Dogra, and Handa are from Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh, India. Dr. Singh is from the Department of Psychiatry; Drs. Narang, Dogra, and Handa are from the Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology. Dr. Verma is from the Department of Psychiatry, Vardhman Institute of Medical Sciences, Pawapuri, Nalanda, Bihar, India. Dr. Gupta is from the Department of Psychiatry, National Institute of Medical Sciences & Research, Jaipur, India.

The authors report no conflict of interest.

This study was conducted at the Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh, India, as a part of a project supported by an institute intramural grant. This intramural grant scheme is open to all faculty members of the institute, strict ethical standards are maintained, projects are invited and reviewed by an ethics review committee, and requisite funds are provided. This scheme aims to promote research and no conflict of interest, financial or otherwise, is involved.

Correspondence: Tarun Narang, MD, Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh 16012 India ([email protected]).

Issue
Cutis - 97(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
107-112
Legacy Keywords
psoriasis, psycological morbidity, depressive illness, PASI, QOL
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Drs. Singh, Narang, Dogra, and Handa are from Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh, India. Dr. Singh is from the Department of Psychiatry; Drs. Narang, Dogra, and Handa are from the Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology. Dr. Verma is from the Department of Psychiatry, Vardhman Institute of Medical Sciences, Pawapuri, Nalanda, Bihar, India. Dr. Gupta is from the Department of Psychiatry, National Institute of Medical Sciences & Research, Jaipur, India.

The authors report no conflict of interest.

This study was conducted at the Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh, India, as a part of a project supported by an institute intramural grant. This intramural grant scheme is open to all faculty members of the institute, strict ethical standards are maintained, projects are invited and reviewed by an ethics review committee, and requisite funds are provided. This scheme aims to promote research and no conflict of interest, financial or otherwise, is involved.

Correspondence: Tarun Narang, MD, Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh 16012 India ([email protected]).

Author and Disclosure Information

Drs. Singh, Narang, Dogra, and Handa are from Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh, India. Dr. Singh is from the Department of Psychiatry; Drs. Narang, Dogra, and Handa are from the Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology. Dr. Verma is from the Department of Psychiatry, Vardhman Institute of Medical Sciences, Pawapuri, Nalanda, Bihar, India. Dr. Gupta is from the Department of Psychiatry, National Institute of Medical Sciences & Research, Jaipur, India.

The authors report no conflict of interest.

This study was conducted at the Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh, India, as a part of a project supported by an institute intramural grant. This intramural grant scheme is open to all faculty members of the institute, strict ethical standards are maintained, projects are invited and reviewed by an ethics review committee, and requisite funds are provided. This scheme aims to promote research and no conflict of interest, financial or otherwise, is involved.

Correspondence: Tarun Narang, MD, Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh 16012 India ([email protected]).

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Psoriasis is a common immune-mediated papulosquamous skin disease with a generally chronic course. Impairments in quality of life (QOL) and psychological morbidity in the form of anxiety and depression have been reported.1 Because psoriasis is not known to directly affect the central nervous system, the associated psychiatric morbidity is likely caused by the complex interplay of the stress, physical discomfort, and possible disfigurement inherent to psoriasis, as well as the emotional response to the condition mediated by the patient’s personality, emotional and cognitive state, and other social factors (eg, self-stigma and perceived stigma, lack of knowledge about the illness in the patient and in the community and family, lack of resources and support).2 Because a variety of methodologies have been used in research on the association of psoriasis with psychiatric morbidity, it is not easy to compare findings. Most studies have assessed psychiatric symptoms rather than findings from psychiatric diagnostic instruments.3 The diagnosis of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis rather than focusing on symptoms alone is likely to be more useful in generating scientific epidemiologic data and also would serve as a guide in making treatment and policy decisions. Validated clinician-rated instruments are useful in generating these data. However, psychiatric diagnoses are often missed by dermatologists, which may have an adverse impact on eventual outcomes in psoriasis patients.4,5 Patient-assessed diagnostic instruments may help dermatologists overcome this problem.

This study investigated the prevalence and determinants of psychiatric disorders in a cohort of psoriasis patients in North India using both patient self-assessment and clinician-administered instruments.

Methods

Study Participants

The study was conducted from January 2013 to November 2013 at the Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, a tertiary-level teaching hospital in Chandigarh, India, which serves the population of a large geographic area in North India. Clearance for this study was obtained from the institute ethics committee.

Patients with chronic plaque psoriasis who presented consecutively to the outpatient clinic of the Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology during the study period were approached for participation. Written informed consent was obtained from all participants. Inclusion criteria were the ability to read the self-assessment questionnaires, and no financial compensation was offered for inclusion in the study. Patients with psoriatic arthritis as well as erythrodermic and pustular variants of psoriasis were excluded. Exclusion criteria also included patients with known diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular disease, chronic respiratory ailments, or other notable systemic comorbidities; however, patients did not undergo biochemical testing.

Assessments

A 2-stage methodology was employed. In the first stage of the assessment, sociodemographic and clinical data were recorded. Thereafter, psychiatric symptoms and morbidity were assessed using the patient health questionnaire (PHQ).6 Quality of life was assessed using the dermatology life quality index (DLQI).7 Both tools were based on patient self-assessment. Study participants could seek assistance from the clinician in completing the questionnaires, if needed. Psoriasis severity was evaluated by the clinician using the psoriasis area severity index (PASI) score.8

In the second stage of the assessment, participants underwent subsequent evaluation by a psychiatrist who was blinded to the results of the first assessments. All participants were screened using the Mini international neuropsychiatric interview (MINI)9 and a formal psychiatric diagnosis was made. In subsequent analyses, we considered psychiatric diagnoses as generated with MINI as the gold standard against which other results were compared.

A participant was considered positive for psychiatric morbidity if he/she was positive for at least 1 PHQ or MINI diagnosis.

To assess for concordance between the 2 diagnostic instruments, the following diagnostic groups were compared against each other: (1) MINI depressive disorders (DDs)(ie, major depressive episode, current and recurrent; dysthymia) versus PHQ depressive disorders (ie, major DDs and other DDs); (2) MINI anxiety disorders (ie, panic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder) versus PHQ anxiety disorders (ie, panic syndrome and other anxiety syndromes); (3) MINI alcohol abuse (ie, alcohol dependence and abuse) versus PHQ alcohol abuse; (4) comorbid disorders if more than 1 diagnosis was made; and (5) any positive score on the MINI suicide module with a response other than not at all on PHQ depression module item 2(i), which deals with thoughts of self-harm and wishing that one was dead. The MINI depressive disorders and PHQ depressive disorders indicate the presence of a clinically significant depressive state and a need for assessment and treatment.

The PHQ can be used to diagnose somatoform disorders, while the MINI cannot be used. Because the somatoform disorders diagnosed were few in number and comorbid with DDs (n=3) and anxiety disorders (n=1), we included these cases with DDs and anxiety disorders, respectively, for purposes of statistical analysis. All data were analyzed using SPSS software.

 

 

Results

One hundred four participants were included in this study. The sociodemographic, clinical, and diagnostic profiles, as well as the determinants of MINI diagnosis, are provided in Tables 1 through 4. The PASI and DLQI scores indicated that most participants had mild to moderate psoriasis severity.10 The prevalence of alcohol-related disorders was only found in the male subpopulation, which is consistent with the sociocultural context of North India. Psoriasis severity (ie, PASI score) was not found to be a determinant of psychiatric diagnoses in the study population. There was no statistical difference in measures of current clinical status and treatment modality when those with or without any psychiatric diagnoses were compared. When the variables of disease duration, treatment duration, and DLQI were entered into a binary logistic regression with positive status for a MINI diagnosis as a dependent variable indicating the presence of a psychiatric disorder, it was found that the DLQI score was a significant predictor (b=0.19; SE=0.47; χ2=17.92; P<.05). This finding was the same for regression analyses for males and females separately and also for DD as a dependent variable.

Mean DLQI and PASI scores were positively correlated with each other (Pearson r=0.23; P=.01). This relationship was maintained in males (Pearson r=0.24; P=.03) but not in females (Pearson r=0.14; P=.30). The correlations between DLQI and PASI scores and both disease duration and treatment duration were not significant. The Cohen κ values for the interrater reliability analyses done to assess the concordance of the PHQ and MINI diagnostic groups were modest (0.31-0.42), which was true even when MINI depressive disorders without dysthymia and PHQ depressive disorders were compared.
 

 

 

Comment

Studies investigating psychiatric morbidity in psoriasis have varying methodologies, mostly assessing psychiatric symptoms rather than screening for psychiatric disorders.3 In chronic diseases such as psoriasis, there often is an overlap between disease symptoms and common psychiatric disorders (eg, depression).11 Therefore, assessment of symptoms can be misleading. The current study was designed to detect psychiatric disorders in psoriasis patients using both patient self-assessment and clinician-administered instruments. We also investigated the contribution of sociodemographic and clinical variables (eg, psoriasis severity, impairment in QOL) on psychiatric morbidity.

An increased risk for depression, anxiety, and suicidality associated with greater psoriasis severity has been reported.12 The results of the current study indicate that even in a patient population with predominantly mild to moderate psoriasis, psychiatric morbidity, particularly DDs, is common. This finding was seen both on patient self-assessment and clinician-administered evaluations. Earlier studies from this institution and region have reported a lower prevalence of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis (24.7%–36.7%).13-16 However, prior studies were based on assessment of specific symptoms and clinical diagnoses derived from history and mental status examination rather than the administration of more rigorous research diagnostic assessment tools. A systematic review and meta-analysis also revealed a lower prevalence of clinical depression using International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision, and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (Fourth Edition) codes.3 A possible reason for this apparent discrepancy is the fact that psychiatric morbidity in a majority of participants in the current study was constituted by the diagnosis of dysthymia. If the diagnosis of dysthymia is removed from the current analysis, the prevalence of clinical major depressive syndromes is similar to other data. We found that chronic low-grade depression (dysthymia) was the most common diagnosis from the MINI. Lower prevalence was noted in a prior study, but methodology using clinical interviewing may have resulted in an underestimated prevalence.13 It also is possible that chronic low-grade depression in psoriasis patients may be missed or underestimated in comparison to more readily diagnosed and severe depressive syndromes in other studies. However, there is enough evidence to suggest that dysthymia is clinically relevant in the causation of morbidity and disability (eg, physical, psychological, or cognitive impairment) in patients with chronic physical disorders.17 This distinction between clinical major depressive syndrome and dysthymia is important because different treatment methods may be required; the former may warrant treatment with antidepressants in addition to psychosocial treatment modalities (eg, learning to cope with stress, problem-solving techniques), while the latter may benefit predominantly from psychosocial treatment modalities alone.18,19 In the current study, most of the participants who were diagnosed with dysthymia refused treatment with any psychotropic medications but perceived benefit from discussing their problems with a professional. Our results indicated that chronic low-grade depression is more common than more severe major depressive states, and mental health professionals who are well versed in psychosocial treatment modalities should play an integral role in treatment planning for patients with psoriasis.

In the current study, there was only a modest correlation between the results of the patient self-assessment and clinician-administered evaluations, which indicated that psychiatric disorders may not be obvious to clinicians unless specifically investigated, even for some severely depressed and suicidal patients. Given the high prevalence of clinically relevant psychiatric morbidity among psoriasis patients, dermatology professionals should be more sensitive to the possible presence of psychiatric disorders in this patient population and should consider the use of formal screening or other diagnostic tools for detection of depression and anxiety in psoriasis patients.

The main determinant of psychiatric morbidity in our study population was impairment in QOL. Interestingly enough, psoriasis severity was not associated with psychiatric morbidity in our study. Depressive states in patients with chronic physical illnesses are well known and could be due to the chronic stress of illness or impaired QOL, or depression may be a direct effect of the illness and/or treatment on the central nervous system. Psoriasis is not known to have any direct effect on the central nervous system. Our findings suggest that QOL impairment plays an important role in psychiatric morbidity in patients with psoriasis. Even though the DLQI is designed to measure QOL over the preceding week, our findings suggest that impairment in QOL in psoriasis is a manifestation of a more long-term effect of interplay between many factors; the impairment in activities of daily living, disease-related physical discomfort and impaired self-esteem and self-perception, impairments in interpersonal relationships, and the stress of chronicity of illness seem to play an important role. Additionally, variables such as emotional dysfunction, magnitude and site of the area of involvement, nature and magnitude of comorbidities, and complications of illness and coping also may be relevant.20 Although these factors are common in other chronic disorders, psoriasis in particular may predisposepatients to depression due to its unpredictable and relapsing nature, lack of any curative therapy, and the stigmatizing prominent lesions that often are impossible to camouflage. In chronic diseases such as psoriasis, the amelioration of impairment of different aspects of QOL may be more important than mere symptom control.

Our study was limited in that the study population was predominantly male. Fewer females may have consented to participate in the study due to time constraints associated with domestic responsibilities, reluctance to discuss psychological distress, or inability to meet the inclusion criteria (eg, level of education required to read questionnaires). However, there was no significant difference between males and females for sociodemographic variables or diagnoses other than alcohol-related disorders. Our study also had a cross-sectional design and there was no control group, without which it is difficult to assess the true prevalence and determinants of these psychiatric morbidities. Moreover, the sample size was small and did not include enough participants with moderate to severe psoriasis (ie, PASI score ≥10) to be able to detect a correlation between psychiatric morbidities and psoriasis severity. Our findings underline the need for effective screening and integrated management of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis.

Psoriasis is a common immune-mediated papulosquamous skin disease with a generally chronic course. Impairments in quality of life (QOL) and psychological morbidity in the form of anxiety and depression have been reported.1 Because psoriasis is not known to directly affect the central nervous system, the associated psychiatric morbidity is likely caused by the complex interplay of the stress, physical discomfort, and possible disfigurement inherent to psoriasis, as well as the emotional response to the condition mediated by the patient’s personality, emotional and cognitive state, and other social factors (eg, self-stigma and perceived stigma, lack of knowledge about the illness in the patient and in the community and family, lack of resources and support).2 Because a variety of methodologies have been used in research on the association of psoriasis with psychiatric morbidity, it is not easy to compare findings. Most studies have assessed psychiatric symptoms rather than findings from psychiatric diagnostic instruments.3 The diagnosis of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis rather than focusing on symptoms alone is likely to be more useful in generating scientific epidemiologic data and also would serve as a guide in making treatment and policy decisions. Validated clinician-rated instruments are useful in generating these data. However, psychiatric diagnoses are often missed by dermatologists, which may have an adverse impact on eventual outcomes in psoriasis patients.4,5 Patient-assessed diagnostic instruments may help dermatologists overcome this problem.

This study investigated the prevalence and determinants of psychiatric disorders in a cohort of psoriasis patients in North India using both patient self-assessment and clinician-administered instruments.

Methods

Study Participants

The study was conducted from January 2013 to November 2013 at the Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, a tertiary-level teaching hospital in Chandigarh, India, which serves the population of a large geographic area in North India. Clearance for this study was obtained from the institute ethics committee.

Patients with chronic plaque psoriasis who presented consecutively to the outpatient clinic of the Departments of Dermatology, Venereology, and Leprology during the study period were approached for participation. Written informed consent was obtained from all participants. Inclusion criteria were the ability to read the self-assessment questionnaires, and no financial compensation was offered for inclusion in the study. Patients with psoriatic arthritis as well as erythrodermic and pustular variants of psoriasis were excluded. Exclusion criteria also included patients with known diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular disease, chronic respiratory ailments, or other notable systemic comorbidities; however, patients did not undergo biochemical testing.

Assessments

A 2-stage methodology was employed. In the first stage of the assessment, sociodemographic and clinical data were recorded. Thereafter, psychiatric symptoms and morbidity were assessed using the patient health questionnaire (PHQ).6 Quality of life was assessed using the dermatology life quality index (DLQI).7 Both tools were based on patient self-assessment. Study participants could seek assistance from the clinician in completing the questionnaires, if needed. Psoriasis severity was evaluated by the clinician using the psoriasis area severity index (PASI) score.8

In the second stage of the assessment, participants underwent subsequent evaluation by a psychiatrist who was blinded to the results of the first assessments. All participants were screened using the Mini international neuropsychiatric interview (MINI)9 and a formal psychiatric diagnosis was made. In subsequent analyses, we considered psychiatric diagnoses as generated with MINI as the gold standard against which other results were compared.

A participant was considered positive for psychiatric morbidity if he/she was positive for at least 1 PHQ or MINI diagnosis.

To assess for concordance between the 2 diagnostic instruments, the following diagnostic groups were compared against each other: (1) MINI depressive disorders (DDs)(ie, major depressive episode, current and recurrent; dysthymia) versus PHQ depressive disorders (ie, major DDs and other DDs); (2) MINI anxiety disorders (ie, panic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder) versus PHQ anxiety disorders (ie, panic syndrome and other anxiety syndromes); (3) MINI alcohol abuse (ie, alcohol dependence and abuse) versus PHQ alcohol abuse; (4) comorbid disorders if more than 1 diagnosis was made; and (5) any positive score on the MINI suicide module with a response other than not at all on PHQ depression module item 2(i), which deals with thoughts of self-harm and wishing that one was dead. The MINI depressive disorders and PHQ depressive disorders indicate the presence of a clinically significant depressive state and a need for assessment and treatment.

The PHQ can be used to diagnose somatoform disorders, while the MINI cannot be used. Because the somatoform disorders diagnosed were few in number and comorbid with DDs (n=3) and anxiety disorders (n=1), we included these cases with DDs and anxiety disorders, respectively, for purposes of statistical analysis. All data were analyzed using SPSS software.

 

 

Results

One hundred four participants were included in this study. The sociodemographic, clinical, and diagnostic profiles, as well as the determinants of MINI diagnosis, are provided in Tables 1 through 4. The PASI and DLQI scores indicated that most participants had mild to moderate psoriasis severity.10 The prevalence of alcohol-related disorders was only found in the male subpopulation, which is consistent with the sociocultural context of North India. Psoriasis severity (ie, PASI score) was not found to be a determinant of psychiatric diagnoses in the study population. There was no statistical difference in measures of current clinical status and treatment modality when those with or without any psychiatric diagnoses were compared. When the variables of disease duration, treatment duration, and DLQI were entered into a binary logistic regression with positive status for a MINI diagnosis as a dependent variable indicating the presence of a psychiatric disorder, it was found that the DLQI score was a significant predictor (b=0.19; SE=0.47; χ2=17.92; P<.05). This finding was the same for regression analyses for males and females separately and also for DD as a dependent variable.

Mean DLQI and PASI scores were positively correlated with each other (Pearson r=0.23; P=.01). This relationship was maintained in males (Pearson r=0.24; P=.03) but not in females (Pearson r=0.14; P=.30). The correlations between DLQI and PASI scores and both disease duration and treatment duration were not significant. The Cohen κ values for the interrater reliability analyses done to assess the concordance of the PHQ and MINI diagnostic groups were modest (0.31-0.42), which was true even when MINI depressive disorders without dysthymia and PHQ depressive disorders were compared.
 

 

 

Comment

Studies investigating psychiatric morbidity in psoriasis have varying methodologies, mostly assessing psychiatric symptoms rather than screening for psychiatric disorders.3 In chronic diseases such as psoriasis, there often is an overlap between disease symptoms and common psychiatric disorders (eg, depression).11 Therefore, assessment of symptoms can be misleading. The current study was designed to detect psychiatric disorders in psoriasis patients using both patient self-assessment and clinician-administered instruments. We also investigated the contribution of sociodemographic and clinical variables (eg, psoriasis severity, impairment in QOL) on psychiatric morbidity.

An increased risk for depression, anxiety, and suicidality associated with greater psoriasis severity has been reported.12 The results of the current study indicate that even in a patient population with predominantly mild to moderate psoriasis, psychiatric morbidity, particularly DDs, is common. This finding was seen both on patient self-assessment and clinician-administered evaluations. Earlier studies from this institution and region have reported a lower prevalence of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis (24.7%–36.7%).13-16 However, prior studies were based on assessment of specific symptoms and clinical diagnoses derived from history and mental status examination rather than the administration of more rigorous research diagnostic assessment tools. A systematic review and meta-analysis also revealed a lower prevalence of clinical depression using International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision, and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (Fourth Edition) codes.3 A possible reason for this apparent discrepancy is the fact that psychiatric morbidity in a majority of participants in the current study was constituted by the diagnosis of dysthymia. If the diagnosis of dysthymia is removed from the current analysis, the prevalence of clinical major depressive syndromes is similar to other data. We found that chronic low-grade depression (dysthymia) was the most common diagnosis from the MINI. Lower prevalence was noted in a prior study, but methodology using clinical interviewing may have resulted in an underestimated prevalence.13 It also is possible that chronic low-grade depression in psoriasis patients may be missed or underestimated in comparison to more readily diagnosed and severe depressive syndromes in other studies. However, there is enough evidence to suggest that dysthymia is clinically relevant in the causation of morbidity and disability (eg, physical, psychological, or cognitive impairment) in patients with chronic physical disorders.17 This distinction between clinical major depressive syndrome and dysthymia is important because different treatment methods may be required; the former may warrant treatment with antidepressants in addition to psychosocial treatment modalities (eg, learning to cope with stress, problem-solving techniques), while the latter may benefit predominantly from psychosocial treatment modalities alone.18,19 In the current study, most of the participants who were diagnosed with dysthymia refused treatment with any psychotropic medications but perceived benefit from discussing their problems with a professional. Our results indicated that chronic low-grade depression is more common than more severe major depressive states, and mental health professionals who are well versed in psychosocial treatment modalities should play an integral role in treatment planning for patients with psoriasis.

In the current study, there was only a modest correlation between the results of the patient self-assessment and clinician-administered evaluations, which indicated that psychiatric disorders may not be obvious to clinicians unless specifically investigated, even for some severely depressed and suicidal patients. Given the high prevalence of clinically relevant psychiatric morbidity among psoriasis patients, dermatology professionals should be more sensitive to the possible presence of psychiatric disorders in this patient population and should consider the use of formal screening or other diagnostic tools for detection of depression and anxiety in psoriasis patients.

The main determinant of psychiatric morbidity in our study population was impairment in QOL. Interestingly enough, psoriasis severity was not associated with psychiatric morbidity in our study. Depressive states in patients with chronic physical illnesses are well known and could be due to the chronic stress of illness or impaired QOL, or depression may be a direct effect of the illness and/or treatment on the central nervous system. Psoriasis is not known to have any direct effect on the central nervous system. Our findings suggest that QOL impairment plays an important role in psychiatric morbidity in patients with psoriasis. Even though the DLQI is designed to measure QOL over the preceding week, our findings suggest that impairment in QOL in psoriasis is a manifestation of a more long-term effect of interplay between many factors; the impairment in activities of daily living, disease-related physical discomfort and impaired self-esteem and self-perception, impairments in interpersonal relationships, and the stress of chronicity of illness seem to play an important role. Additionally, variables such as emotional dysfunction, magnitude and site of the area of involvement, nature and magnitude of comorbidities, and complications of illness and coping also may be relevant.20 Although these factors are common in other chronic disorders, psoriasis in particular may predisposepatients to depression due to its unpredictable and relapsing nature, lack of any curative therapy, and the stigmatizing prominent lesions that often are impossible to camouflage. In chronic diseases such as psoriasis, the amelioration of impairment of different aspects of QOL may be more important than mere symptom control.

Our study was limited in that the study population was predominantly male. Fewer females may have consented to participate in the study due to time constraints associated with domestic responsibilities, reluctance to discuss psychological distress, or inability to meet the inclusion criteria (eg, level of education required to read questionnaires). However, there was no significant difference between males and females for sociodemographic variables or diagnoses other than alcohol-related disorders. Our study also had a cross-sectional design and there was no control group, without which it is difficult to assess the true prevalence and determinants of these psychiatric morbidities. Moreover, the sample size was small and did not include enough participants with moderate to severe psoriasis (ie, PASI score ≥10) to be able to detect a correlation between psychiatric morbidities and psoriasis severity. Our findings underline the need for effective screening and integrated management of psychiatric disorders in patients with psoriasis.

References
  1. Griffiths CE, Barker JN. Pathogenesis and clinical features of psoriasis. Lancet. 2007;370:263-271.
  2. Fried RG, Gupta MA, Gupta AK. Depression and skin disease. Dermatol Clin. 2005;23:657-664.
  3. Dowlatshahi EA, Wakkee M, Arends LR, et al. The prevalence and odds of depressive symptoms and clinical depression in psoriasis patients: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Invest Dermatol. 2014;134:1542-1551.
  4. Richards HL, Fortune DG, Weidmann A, et al. Detection of psychological distress in patients with psoriasis: low consensus between dermatologist and patient. Br J Dermatol. 2004;151:1227-1233.
  5. Scharloo M, Kaptein AA, Weinman J, et al. Patients’ illness perceptions and coping as predictors of functional status in psoriasis: a 1-year follow-up. Br J Dermatol. 2000;142:899-907.
  6. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB. Validation and utility of a self-report version of PRIME-MD: the PHQ primary care study. primary care evaluation of mental disorders. patient health questionnaire. JAMA. 1999;282:1737-1744.
  7. Finlay AY, Khan GK. Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI)—a simple practical measure for routine clinical use. Clin Exp Dermatol. 1994;19:210-216.
  8. Langley RG, Ellis CN. Evaluating psoriasis with Psoriasis Area and Severity Index, Psoriasis Global Assessment, and Lattice System Physician’s Global Assessment. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:563-569.
  9. Sheehan DV, Lecrubier Y, Sheehan KH, et al. The Mini-International Neuropsychiatric Interview (M.I.N.I.): the development and validation of a structured diagnostic psychiatric interview for DSM-IV and ICD-10. J Clin Psychiatry. 1998;59(suppl 20):22-33, quiz 34-57.
  10. Mrowietz U, Kragballe K, Reich K, et al. Definition of treatment goals for moderate to severe psoriasis: a European consensus. Arch Dermatol Res. 2011;303:1-10.
  11. Ellis GK, Robinson JA, Crawford GB. When symptoms of disease overlap with symptoms of depression. Aust Fam Physician. 2006;35:647-649.
  12. Kurd SK, Troxel AB, Crits-Christoph P, et al. The risk of depression, anxiety, and suicidality in patients with psoriasis: a population-based cohort study. Arch Dermatol. 2010;146:891-895.
  13. Kumar V, Mattoo SK, Handa S. Psychiatric morbidity in pemphigus and psoriasis: a comparative study from India. Asian J Psychiatry. 2013;6:151-156.
  14. Mattoo S, Handa S, Kaur I, et al. Psychiatric morbidity in psoriasis: prevalence and correlates in India. Ger J Psychiatry. 2005;8:17-22.
  15. Mattoo SK, Handa S, Kaur I, et al. Psychiatric morbidity in vitiligo and psoriasis: a comparative study from India. J Dermatol. 2001;28:424-432.
  16. Mehta V, Malhotra S. Psychiatric evaluation of patients with psoriasis vulgaris and chronic urticaria. Ger J Psychiatry. 2007;10:104-110.
  17. Meeks TW, Vahia IV, Lavretsky H, et al. A tune in “a minor” can “b major”: a review of epidemiology, illness course, and public health implications of subthreshold depression in older adults. J Affect Disord. 2011;129:126-142.
  18. Hegerl U, Schönknecht P, Mergl R. Are antidepressants useful in the treatment of minor depression: a critical update of the current literature. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2012;25:1-6.
  19. Rizzo M, Creed F, Goldberg D, et al. A systematic review of non-pharmacological treatments for depression in people with chronic physical health problems. J Psychosom Res. 2011;71:18-27.
  20. de Korte J, Sprangers MA, Mombers FM, et al. Quality of life in patients with psoriasis: a systematic literature review. J Investig Dermatol Symp Proc. 2004;9:140-147.
References
  1. Griffiths CE, Barker JN. Pathogenesis and clinical features of psoriasis. Lancet. 2007;370:263-271.
  2. Fried RG, Gupta MA, Gupta AK. Depression and skin disease. Dermatol Clin. 2005;23:657-664.
  3. Dowlatshahi EA, Wakkee M, Arends LR, et al. The prevalence and odds of depressive symptoms and clinical depression in psoriasis patients: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Invest Dermatol. 2014;134:1542-1551.
  4. Richards HL, Fortune DG, Weidmann A, et al. Detection of psychological distress in patients with psoriasis: low consensus between dermatologist and patient. Br J Dermatol. 2004;151:1227-1233.
  5. Scharloo M, Kaptein AA, Weinman J, et al. Patients’ illness perceptions and coping as predictors of functional status in psoriasis: a 1-year follow-up. Br J Dermatol. 2000;142:899-907.
  6. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB. Validation and utility of a self-report version of PRIME-MD: the PHQ primary care study. primary care evaluation of mental disorders. patient health questionnaire. JAMA. 1999;282:1737-1744.
  7. Finlay AY, Khan GK. Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI)—a simple practical measure for routine clinical use. Clin Exp Dermatol. 1994;19:210-216.
  8. Langley RG, Ellis CN. Evaluating psoriasis with Psoriasis Area and Severity Index, Psoriasis Global Assessment, and Lattice System Physician’s Global Assessment. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:563-569.
  9. Sheehan DV, Lecrubier Y, Sheehan KH, et al. The Mini-International Neuropsychiatric Interview (M.I.N.I.): the development and validation of a structured diagnostic psychiatric interview for DSM-IV and ICD-10. J Clin Psychiatry. 1998;59(suppl 20):22-33, quiz 34-57.
  10. Mrowietz U, Kragballe K, Reich K, et al. Definition of treatment goals for moderate to severe psoriasis: a European consensus. Arch Dermatol Res. 2011;303:1-10.
  11. Ellis GK, Robinson JA, Crawford GB. When symptoms of disease overlap with symptoms of depression. Aust Fam Physician. 2006;35:647-649.
  12. Kurd SK, Troxel AB, Crits-Christoph P, et al. The risk of depression, anxiety, and suicidality in patients with psoriasis: a population-based cohort study. Arch Dermatol. 2010;146:891-895.
  13. Kumar V, Mattoo SK, Handa S. Psychiatric morbidity in pemphigus and psoriasis: a comparative study from India. Asian J Psychiatry. 2013;6:151-156.
  14. Mattoo S, Handa S, Kaur I, et al. Psychiatric morbidity in psoriasis: prevalence and correlates in India. Ger J Psychiatry. 2005;8:17-22.
  15. Mattoo SK, Handa S, Kaur I, et al. Psychiatric morbidity in vitiligo and psoriasis: a comparative study from India. J Dermatol. 2001;28:424-432.
  16. Mehta V, Malhotra S. Psychiatric evaluation of patients with psoriasis vulgaris and chronic urticaria. Ger J Psychiatry. 2007;10:104-110.
  17. Meeks TW, Vahia IV, Lavretsky H, et al. A tune in “a minor” can “b major”: a review of epidemiology, illness course, and public health implications of subthreshold depression in older adults. J Affect Disord. 2011;129:126-142.
  18. Hegerl U, Schönknecht P, Mergl R. Are antidepressants useful in the treatment of minor depression: a critical update of the current literature. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2012;25:1-6.
  19. Rizzo M, Creed F, Goldberg D, et al. A systematic review of non-pharmacological treatments for depression in people with chronic physical health problems. J Psychosom Res. 2011;71:18-27.
  20. de Korte J, Sprangers MA, Mombers FM, et al. Quality of life in patients with psoriasis: a systematic literature review. J Investig Dermatol Symp Proc. 2004;9:140-147.
Issue
Cutis - 97(2)
Issue
Cutis - 97(2)
Page Number
107-112
Page Number
107-112
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Psychiatric Morbidity in Patients With Psoriasis
Display Headline
Psychiatric Morbidity in Patients With Psoriasis
Legacy Keywords
psoriasis, psycological morbidity, depressive illness, PASI, QOL
Legacy Keywords
psoriasis, psycological morbidity, depressive illness, PASI, QOL
Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Psychiatric disorders, especially depressive disorders, are common in patients with psoriasis.
  • Impairments in quality of life in patients with psoriasis can predict psychiatric morbidity.
  • Screening for psychiatric disorders and depression in particular should be considered in patients with psoriasis.
  • Treatment should focus not just on symptom alleviation but also coping with the effects of living with a chronic illness such as psoriasis and improving quality of life.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Electronic Assessment of Mental Status

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Testing the functional assessment of mentation: A mobile application based assessment of mental status

Altered mental status (AMS) is a complex spectrum of cognitive deficits that includes orientation, memory, language, visuospatial ability, and perception.[1] The clinical definitions of both delirium and dementia include AMS as a hallmark clinical prerequisite. Regardless of etiology, this broader AMS definition is particularly salient in the hospital setting, where AMS is present in up to 60% of inpatients and is associated with longer hospital stay as well as increased morbidity and mortality.[2, 3] Not surprisingly, due to the complexity of identifying and assessing changes in mental status, clinically relevant AMS is often undetected among inpatients.[2] However, when detected, the most common causes of AMS (infection, polypharmacy, and pain) are treatable, suggesting that early AMS identification could alert clinicians to early signs of clinical decompensation, potentially improving clinical outcomes.[4]

Because rapid and systemic clinical detection of AMS is limited by the complexity of mental status, a number of assessments have been created, each with their own advantages, limitations, and target populations. These assessments are often limited by time‐intensive administration, subjectivity of mental status assessment, and lack of sensitivity in general medicine patients. Time‐intensive measures, such as the Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire (SPMSQ) have utility in the research setting, whereas current common clinical risk stratification tools (eg, National Early Warning Score) utilize simpler measures such as the Alert, Voice, Pain, Unresponsive (AVPU) and Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS) as measures of mental status.[2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]

To address the need for a brief, clinically feasible, accurate tool in clinical detection of AMS, our group developed a mobile application for working memory testing, the Functional Assessment of Mentation (FAMTM). In this study, we aimed to identify baseline scoring distributions of the FAMTM in a nonhospitalized subgroup, as well as assess the correlation of the FAMTM to discharge disposition and compare it to the SPMSQ in inpatients.

METHODS

Study Design

We conducted a prospective observational study. Data were collected from both hospitalized and nonhospitalized adult participants as 2 distinct subgroups. Nonhospitalized adult subjects were recruited from a university medical campus (June 2013July 2013; IRB‐12‐0175). Hospitalized participants were recruited from the general medicine service as part of an ongoing study measuring quality of care and resource allocation at the same academic medical center (June 2014August 2014; IRB‐9967).[10]

FAMTM Application

The FAMTM application is a bedside tool for working memory assessment developed for the iPhone mobile operating system (Apple Inc., Cupertino, CA) and presented on an iPad mini (Apple). The application interface displays 4 colored rectangles individually labeled with a number (see Supporting Figure 1 in the online version of this article). The testing portion of the application presents a sequence of numbered rectangles, illuminated 1 at a time in random order. Subjects are prompted first to watch and remember the sequence and then repeat the sequence by touching the screen within each numbered rectangle. Successful reproduction of the sequence is followed by a distinct and longer sequence, whereas unsuccessful attempts are followed by a shorter sequence. The final FAMTM score corresponds to the longest sequence of rectangles successfully repeated by the subject.

Figure 1
FAMTM vs GCS by SPMSQ score. Box plot of FAMTM (light grey boxes) and GCS scores (dark grey boxes). Median, and 25th and 75th quartile results are demonstrated by vertical lines within in the box, and range is shown by the whiskers. One subject was excluded from analysis due to lack of a GCS score in the medical record. Abbreviations: FAMTM, Functional Assessment of Mentation; GCS, Glasgow Coma Scale; SPMSQ, Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire.

Data Collection

In the nonhospitalized subject population, research assistants collected demographic data immediately prior to FAMTM administration. Among hospitalized subjects, GCS information was collected by nursing staff as part of standard clinical care. One research assistant administered the SPMSQ while a second assistant, blinded to the SPMSQ and GCS scores, administered the FAMTM. Clinical data were obtained from medical records (EPIC Systems Corp., Verona, WI). Discharge disposition was dichotomized as discharged home or not.

Statistical Analyses

Demographic characteristics of the 2 subject populations were compared using Student t tests (continuous variables) and 2 tests (categorical variables). Score distribution and discharge disposition comparison was conducted with the Mann‐Whitney U test and area under receiver operating characteristic curve (AUC) analysis, using the trapezoidal rule.[11] Multivariable linear regression was used to investigate the impact of age, race, education, discharge disposition, and hospitalization status on patient scores and times. Correlations between the FAMTM and SPMSQ scores and between the GCS and SPMSQ scores were calculated using the Spearman rank test. Significance was set at a 2‐sided P value of 0.05. Analyses were conducted using Stata version 13.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).

RESULTS

A total of 931 subjects were enrolled in the study. In the nonhospitalized subgroup, 651 consented to study participation and 612 were included in final analysis. Subjects were excluded if they started but did not complete the application (n = 36) or were under the age of 18 years (n = 3). Of the 363 hospitalized subjects approached for enrollment, 319 were included in the final analysis. Subjects were excluded if they refused to participate (n = 23), were under the age of 18 (n = 2), had technical failures (n = 5), or had physical or visual limitations that precluded them from participation (n = 14). Within the hospitalized subgroup, 268 subjects were discharged home (85%). The table displays demographics and score distributions by subgroup.1

Demographics and FAMTM Score Distribution by Hospitalization Category
Nonhospitalized Subjects, n = 612 Hospitalized Subjects Discharged Home, n = 268 Hospitalized Subjects Discharged Elsewhere, n = 48 P Value
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: FAMTM, Functional Assessment of Mentation; IQR, interquartile range. Three hospitalized subjects were excluded from analysis due to being discharged against medical advice. FAMTM score comparisons were significant for all stepwise comparisons using P 0.05.

Age, y 52 18 52 19 62 17 0.001
Female sex 343 (56%) 158 (59%) 26 (54%) 0.63
Education 0.001
Less than high school graduate 31 (5%) 32 (12%) 7 (15%)
High school graduate 312 (51%) 153 (57%) 26 (54%)
College graduate 263 (43%) 43 (16%) 8 (17%)
Missing 6 (1%) 40 (15%) 7 (15%)
Race 0.001
Black 196 (32%) 185 (69%) 34 (71%)
White 324 (53%) 75 (28%) 13 (27%)
Other 86 (14%) 4 (1%) 4 (1%)
Missing 6 (1%) 4 (1%) 0 (0%)
FAMTM score, median (IQR) 5 (47) 5 (36) 3 (15) 0.001

The median FAMTM score for the combined study population was 5 (interquartile range [IQR] 36), and median time to completion was 55 seconds (IQR 4567 seconds). A graded reduction was found in the FAMTM score for all stepwise comparisons between nonhospitalized subjects, hospitalized subjects discharged home, and hospitalized subjects not discharged home (median 5 [IQR 47] vs 5 [IQR 36] vs 3 [IQR 15]; P 0.001 for all pairwise comparisons). The AUC for the FAMTM predicting discharge disposition (home vs not) was 0.66 (95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.58‐0.74]. After adjusting for confounders, higher FAMTM scores were independently associated with not being hospitalized, being discharged home, higher levels of education, younger age, and white race (see Supporting Table 1 in the online version of this article). Additionally, in the hospitalized subgroup, decreasing FAMTM score was significantly correlated with increasing errors on the SPMSQ (Spearman = 0.27, P 0.001), whereas the GCS score was not correlated with the SPMSQ (Spearman = 0.05, P = 0.40) (Figure 1).

DISCUSSION

We demonstrated the utility of a rapid and accurate mobile application for assessment of mental status. The FAMTM was able to be quickly administered with a median time to completion of approximately 1 minute. The ability to detect mild alterations in mental status was shown through concurrent validity by FAMTM correlation with the SPMSQ and predictive validity with the association between the FAMTM and discharge disposition. Our study highlights the potential for the FAMTM to be used as a sensitive marker of AMS.

The novel design of the FAMTM presents unique advantages compared to current mental status testing. First, the FAMTM could allow patients with hearing impairment or language barriers to complete a mental status assessment. Additionally, the approximately 1‐minute median time to completion is much faster than other established mental status assessments including the SPMSQ (510 minutes). Compared to the SPMSQ taking 5 minutes, in a 400‐bed hospital, taken once per nursing shift, the FAMTM would save approximately 20,000 hours and 10 nursing full‐time equivalents per year.[5] Finally, many current mental status tests such as the Confusion Assessment Model utilize subjective mental status assessments.[2] However, the FAMTM is designed to be conducted through self‐assessment and, thus, could theoretically be free of observer bias. This potential for self‐administration expands beyond other proposed alternative testing mechanisms of the AMS such as ultrabrief assessments that include items such as asking subjects the months of the year backwards, and what is the day of the week?, and assessing arousal.[12, 13, 14]

In research settings and commonly in hospitals, the GCS and AVPU are used clinically for mental status assessment of hospitalized patients.[6, 15] However, similar to previous literature, our study found that the vast majority of hospitalized patients were defined as neurologically intact by the GCS, which is the more accurate predictor of the 2.[7] One major strength of the FAMTM was that it identified an extensive gradation of scores for patients previously labeled as merely alert, providing greater resolution than the GCS in quantifying mental status.

One of the key benefits of the FAMTM is that it can be measured longitudinally over the course of a patient's hospital stay. Therefore, once a baseline FAMTM score is established, variation from the patient's personal baseline could indicate mental status deterioration, which would not be affected by the patient's demographics, health status, or underlying neurocognitive deficits.

There were important limitations to this study. First, limited generalizability of these data may exist due to the single‐center setting and patient population. However, this initial study provides pilot data for further expansion into the potential broad applicability of the FAMTM to other patient populations and settings. Additionally, the cost of large‐scale implementation of the FAMTM is unknown and was beyond the scope of this pilot study. However, to reduce costs, the FAMTM technology could be integrated into existing hospital technology infrastructure. Finally, the scope of this study prevented a complete assessment of all validity measures or comparison to other mental status assessments such as the digit span or serial sevens tests. However, predictive and concurrent validity were assessed with comparison by discharge disposition, SPMSQ, and GCS scores.

In conclusion, this pilot study identifies the FAMTM application as a potentially clinically useful, novel, rapid, and feasible assessment tool of mental status in a general medicine inpatient setting.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Frank Zadravecz, MPH, for his support with this project.

Disclosures: This research was supported in part by a grant from the National Institutes of Health (NIA 2T35AG029795‐07) and in part by career development awards granted to Dr. Churpek, Dr. Edelson, and Dr. Press by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K08 HL121080, K23 HL097157, and K23 HL118151, respectively). Dr. Churpek has received honoraria from Chest for invited speaking engagements. Drs. Churpek and Edelson have a patent pending (ARCD. P0535US.P2) for risk stratification algorithms for hospitalized patients. In addition, Dr. Edelson has received research support from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX), and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway). She has ownership interest in Quant HC (Chicago, IL), which is developing products for risk stratification of hospitalized patients. All other authors report no potential conflicts of interest.

Files
References
  1. Han JH, Wilber ST. Altered mental status in older patients in the emergency department. Clin Geriatr Med. 2013;29(1):101136.
  2. Inouye SK, Dyck CH, Alessi CA, Balkin S, Siegal AP, Horwitz RI. Clarifying confusion: the confusion assessment method. A new method for detection of delirium. Ann Intern Med. 1990;113(12):941948.
  3. Buist M, Bernard S, Nguyen TV, Moore G, Anderson J. Association between clinically abnormal observations and subsequent in‐hospital mortality: a prospective study. Resuscitation. 2004;62(2):137141.
  4. Schuurmans MJ, Duursma SA, Shortridge‐Baggett LM. Early recognition of delirium: review of the literature. J Clin Nurs. 2001;10(6):721729.
  5. Pfeiffer E. A short portable mental status questionnaire for the assessment of organic brain deficit in elderly patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1975;23(10):433441.
  6. Smith GB, Prytherch DR, Meredith P, Schmidt PE, Featherstone PI. The ability of the National Early Warning Score (NEWS) to discriminate patients at risk of early cardiac arrest, unanticipated intensive care unit admission, and death. Resuscitation. 2013;84(4):465470.
  7. Zadravecz FJ, Tien L, Robertson‐Dick BJ, et al. Comparison of mental‐status scales for predicting mortality on the general wards. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):658663.
  8. Teasdale G, Jennett B. Assessment of coma and impaired consciousness: a practical scale. Lancet. 1974;304(7872):8184.
  9. Erkinjuntti T, Sulkava R, Wikström J, Autio L. Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire as a Screening Test for Dementia and Delirium Among the Elderly. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1987;35(5):412416.
  10. Meltzer D, Manning W, Morrison J, et al. Effects of physician experience on costs and outcomes on an academic general medicine service: results of a trial of hospitalists. Ann Intern Med. 2002;137(11):866874.
  11. DeLong ER, DeLong DM, Clarke‐Pearson DL. Comparing the areas under two or more correlated receiver operating characteristic curves: a nonparametric approach. Biometrics. 1988;44(3):837845.
  12. Fick DM, Inouye SK, Guess J, et al. Preliminary development of an ultrabrief two‐item bedside test for delirium. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):645650.
  13. Yevchak AM, Doherty K, Archambault EG, Kelly B, Fonda JR, Rudolph JL. The association between an ultrabrief cognitive screening in older adults and hospital outcomes. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):651657.
  14. Yang FM, Jones RN, Inouye SK, et al. Selecting optimal screening items for delirium: an application of item response theory. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2013;13:8.
  15. Holdgate A, Ching N, Angonese L. Variability in agreement between physicians and nurses when measuring the Glasgow Coma Scale in the emergency department limits its clinical usefulness. Emerg Med Australas. 2006;18(4):379384.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 11(7)
Page Number
463-466
Sections
Files
Files
Article PDF
Article PDF

Altered mental status (AMS) is a complex spectrum of cognitive deficits that includes orientation, memory, language, visuospatial ability, and perception.[1] The clinical definitions of both delirium and dementia include AMS as a hallmark clinical prerequisite. Regardless of etiology, this broader AMS definition is particularly salient in the hospital setting, where AMS is present in up to 60% of inpatients and is associated with longer hospital stay as well as increased morbidity and mortality.[2, 3] Not surprisingly, due to the complexity of identifying and assessing changes in mental status, clinically relevant AMS is often undetected among inpatients.[2] However, when detected, the most common causes of AMS (infection, polypharmacy, and pain) are treatable, suggesting that early AMS identification could alert clinicians to early signs of clinical decompensation, potentially improving clinical outcomes.[4]

Because rapid and systemic clinical detection of AMS is limited by the complexity of mental status, a number of assessments have been created, each with their own advantages, limitations, and target populations. These assessments are often limited by time‐intensive administration, subjectivity of mental status assessment, and lack of sensitivity in general medicine patients. Time‐intensive measures, such as the Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire (SPMSQ) have utility in the research setting, whereas current common clinical risk stratification tools (eg, National Early Warning Score) utilize simpler measures such as the Alert, Voice, Pain, Unresponsive (AVPU) and Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS) as measures of mental status.[2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]

To address the need for a brief, clinically feasible, accurate tool in clinical detection of AMS, our group developed a mobile application for working memory testing, the Functional Assessment of Mentation (FAMTM). In this study, we aimed to identify baseline scoring distributions of the FAMTM in a nonhospitalized subgroup, as well as assess the correlation of the FAMTM to discharge disposition and compare it to the SPMSQ in inpatients.

METHODS

Study Design

We conducted a prospective observational study. Data were collected from both hospitalized and nonhospitalized adult participants as 2 distinct subgroups. Nonhospitalized adult subjects were recruited from a university medical campus (June 2013July 2013; IRB‐12‐0175). Hospitalized participants were recruited from the general medicine service as part of an ongoing study measuring quality of care and resource allocation at the same academic medical center (June 2014August 2014; IRB‐9967).[10]

FAMTM Application

The FAMTM application is a bedside tool for working memory assessment developed for the iPhone mobile operating system (Apple Inc., Cupertino, CA) and presented on an iPad mini (Apple). The application interface displays 4 colored rectangles individually labeled with a number (see Supporting Figure 1 in the online version of this article). The testing portion of the application presents a sequence of numbered rectangles, illuminated 1 at a time in random order. Subjects are prompted first to watch and remember the sequence and then repeat the sequence by touching the screen within each numbered rectangle. Successful reproduction of the sequence is followed by a distinct and longer sequence, whereas unsuccessful attempts are followed by a shorter sequence. The final FAMTM score corresponds to the longest sequence of rectangles successfully repeated by the subject.

Figure 1
FAMTM vs GCS by SPMSQ score. Box plot of FAMTM (light grey boxes) and GCS scores (dark grey boxes). Median, and 25th and 75th quartile results are demonstrated by vertical lines within in the box, and range is shown by the whiskers. One subject was excluded from analysis due to lack of a GCS score in the medical record. Abbreviations: FAMTM, Functional Assessment of Mentation; GCS, Glasgow Coma Scale; SPMSQ, Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire.

Data Collection

In the nonhospitalized subject population, research assistants collected demographic data immediately prior to FAMTM administration. Among hospitalized subjects, GCS information was collected by nursing staff as part of standard clinical care. One research assistant administered the SPMSQ while a second assistant, blinded to the SPMSQ and GCS scores, administered the FAMTM. Clinical data were obtained from medical records (EPIC Systems Corp., Verona, WI). Discharge disposition was dichotomized as discharged home or not.

Statistical Analyses

Demographic characteristics of the 2 subject populations were compared using Student t tests (continuous variables) and 2 tests (categorical variables). Score distribution and discharge disposition comparison was conducted with the Mann‐Whitney U test and area under receiver operating characteristic curve (AUC) analysis, using the trapezoidal rule.[11] Multivariable linear regression was used to investigate the impact of age, race, education, discharge disposition, and hospitalization status on patient scores and times. Correlations between the FAMTM and SPMSQ scores and between the GCS and SPMSQ scores were calculated using the Spearman rank test. Significance was set at a 2‐sided P value of 0.05. Analyses were conducted using Stata version 13.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).

RESULTS

A total of 931 subjects were enrolled in the study. In the nonhospitalized subgroup, 651 consented to study participation and 612 were included in final analysis. Subjects were excluded if they started but did not complete the application (n = 36) or were under the age of 18 years (n = 3). Of the 363 hospitalized subjects approached for enrollment, 319 were included in the final analysis. Subjects were excluded if they refused to participate (n = 23), were under the age of 18 (n = 2), had technical failures (n = 5), or had physical or visual limitations that precluded them from participation (n = 14). Within the hospitalized subgroup, 268 subjects were discharged home (85%). The table displays demographics and score distributions by subgroup.1

Demographics and FAMTM Score Distribution by Hospitalization Category
Nonhospitalized Subjects, n = 612 Hospitalized Subjects Discharged Home, n = 268 Hospitalized Subjects Discharged Elsewhere, n = 48 P Value
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: FAMTM, Functional Assessment of Mentation; IQR, interquartile range. Three hospitalized subjects were excluded from analysis due to being discharged against medical advice. FAMTM score comparisons were significant for all stepwise comparisons using P 0.05.

Age, y 52 18 52 19 62 17 0.001
Female sex 343 (56%) 158 (59%) 26 (54%) 0.63
Education 0.001
Less than high school graduate 31 (5%) 32 (12%) 7 (15%)
High school graduate 312 (51%) 153 (57%) 26 (54%)
College graduate 263 (43%) 43 (16%) 8 (17%)
Missing 6 (1%) 40 (15%) 7 (15%)
Race 0.001
Black 196 (32%) 185 (69%) 34 (71%)
White 324 (53%) 75 (28%) 13 (27%)
Other 86 (14%) 4 (1%) 4 (1%)
Missing 6 (1%) 4 (1%) 0 (0%)
FAMTM score, median (IQR) 5 (47) 5 (36) 3 (15) 0.001

The median FAMTM score for the combined study population was 5 (interquartile range [IQR] 36), and median time to completion was 55 seconds (IQR 4567 seconds). A graded reduction was found in the FAMTM score for all stepwise comparisons between nonhospitalized subjects, hospitalized subjects discharged home, and hospitalized subjects not discharged home (median 5 [IQR 47] vs 5 [IQR 36] vs 3 [IQR 15]; P 0.001 for all pairwise comparisons). The AUC for the FAMTM predicting discharge disposition (home vs not) was 0.66 (95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.58‐0.74]. After adjusting for confounders, higher FAMTM scores were independently associated with not being hospitalized, being discharged home, higher levels of education, younger age, and white race (see Supporting Table 1 in the online version of this article). Additionally, in the hospitalized subgroup, decreasing FAMTM score was significantly correlated with increasing errors on the SPMSQ (Spearman = 0.27, P 0.001), whereas the GCS score was not correlated with the SPMSQ (Spearman = 0.05, P = 0.40) (Figure 1).

DISCUSSION

We demonstrated the utility of a rapid and accurate mobile application for assessment of mental status. The FAMTM was able to be quickly administered with a median time to completion of approximately 1 minute. The ability to detect mild alterations in mental status was shown through concurrent validity by FAMTM correlation with the SPMSQ and predictive validity with the association between the FAMTM and discharge disposition. Our study highlights the potential for the FAMTM to be used as a sensitive marker of AMS.

The novel design of the FAMTM presents unique advantages compared to current mental status testing. First, the FAMTM could allow patients with hearing impairment or language barriers to complete a mental status assessment. Additionally, the approximately 1‐minute median time to completion is much faster than other established mental status assessments including the SPMSQ (510 minutes). Compared to the SPMSQ taking 5 minutes, in a 400‐bed hospital, taken once per nursing shift, the FAMTM would save approximately 20,000 hours and 10 nursing full‐time equivalents per year.[5] Finally, many current mental status tests such as the Confusion Assessment Model utilize subjective mental status assessments.[2] However, the FAMTM is designed to be conducted through self‐assessment and, thus, could theoretically be free of observer bias. This potential for self‐administration expands beyond other proposed alternative testing mechanisms of the AMS such as ultrabrief assessments that include items such as asking subjects the months of the year backwards, and what is the day of the week?, and assessing arousal.[12, 13, 14]

In research settings and commonly in hospitals, the GCS and AVPU are used clinically for mental status assessment of hospitalized patients.[6, 15] However, similar to previous literature, our study found that the vast majority of hospitalized patients were defined as neurologically intact by the GCS, which is the more accurate predictor of the 2.[7] One major strength of the FAMTM was that it identified an extensive gradation of scores for patients previously labeled as merely alert, providing greater resolution than the GCS in quantifying mental status.

One of the key benefits of the FAMTM is that it can be measured longitudinally over the course of a patient's hospital stay. Therefore, once a baseline FAMTM score is established, variation from the patient's personal baseline could indicate mental status deterioration, which would not be affected by the patient's demographics, health status, or underlying neurocognitive deficits.

There were important limitations to this study. First, limited generalizability of these data may exist due to the single‐center setting and patient population. However, this initial study provides pilot data for further expansion into the potential broad applicability of the FAMTM to other patient populations and settings. Additionally, the cost of large‐scale implementation of the FAMTM is unknown and was beyond the scope of this pilot study. However, to reduce costs, the FAMTM technology could be integrated into existing hospital technology infrastructure. Finally, the scope of this study prevented a complete assessment of all validity measures or comparison to other mental status assessments such as the digit span or serial sevens tests. However, predictive and concurrent validity were assessed with comparison by discharge disposition, SPMSQ, and GCS scores.

In conclusion, this pilot study identifies the FAMTM application as a potentially clinically useful, novel, rapid, and feasible assessment tool of mental status in a general medicine inpatient setting.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Frank Zadravecz, MPH, for his support with this project.

Disclosures: This research was supported in part by a grant from the National Institutes of Health (NIA 2T35AG029795‐07) and in part by career development awards granted to Dr. Churpek, Dr. Edelson, and Dr. Press by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K08 HL121080, K23 HL097157, and K23 HL118151, respectively). Dr. Churpek has received honoraria from Chest for invited speaking engagements. Drs. Churpek and Edelson have a patent pending (ARCD. P0535US.P2) for risk stratification algorithms for hospitalized patients. In addition, Dr. Edelson has received research support from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX), and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway). She has ownership interest in Quant HC (Chicago, IL), which is developing products for risk stratification of hospitalized patients. All other authors report no potential conflicts of interest.

Altered mental status (AMS) is a complex spectrum of cognitive deficits that includes orientation, memory, language, visuospatial ability, and perception.[1] The clinical definitions of both delirium and dementia include AMS as a hallmark clinical prerequisite. Regardless of etiology, this broader AMS definition is particularly salient in the hospital setting, where AMS is present in up to 60% of inpatients and is associated with longer hospital stay as well as increased morbidity and mortality.[2, 3] Not surprisingly, due to the complexity of identifying and assessing changes in mental status, clinically relevant AMS is often undetected among inpatients.[2] However, when detected, the most common causes of AMS (infection, polypharmacy, and pain) are treatable, suggesting that early AMS identification could alert clinicians to early signs of clinical decompensation, potentially improving clinical outcomes.[4]

Because rapid and systemic clinical detection of AMS is limited by the complexity of mental status, a number of assessments have been created, each with their own advantages, limitations, and target populations. These assessments are often limited by time‐intensive administration, subjectivity of mental status assessment, and lack of sensitivity in general medicine patients. Time‐intensive measures, such as the Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire (SPMSQ) have utility in the research setting, whereas current common clinical risk stratification tools (eg, National Early Warning Score) utilize simpler measures such as the Alert, Voice, Pain, Unresponsive (AVPU) and Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS) as measures of mental status.[2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]

To address the need for a brief, clinically feasible, accurate tool in clinical detection of AMS, our group developed a mobile application for working memory testing, the Functional Assessment of Mentation (FAMTM). In this study, we aimed to identify baseline scoring distributions of the FAMTM in a nonhospitalized subgroup, as well as assess the correlation of the FAMTM to discharge disposition and compare it to the SPMSQ in inpatients.

METHODS

Study Design

We conducted a prospective observational study. Data were collected from both hospitalized and nonhospitalized adult participants as 2 distinct subgroups. Nonhospitalized adult subjects were recruited from a university medical campus (June 2013July 2013; IRB‐12‐0175). Hospitalized participants were recruited from the general medicine service as part of an ongoing study measuring quality of care and resource allocation at the same academic medical center (June 2014August 2014; IRB‐9967).[10]

FAMTM Application

The FAMTM application is a bedside tool for working memory assessment developed for the iPhone mobile operating system (Apple Inc., Cupertino, CA) and presented on an iPad mini (Apple). The application interface displays 4 colored rectangles individually labeled with a number (see Supporting Figure 1 in the online version of this article). The testing portion of the application presents a sequence of numbered rectangles, illuminated 1 at a time in random order. Subjects are prompted first to watch and remember the sequence and then repeat the sequence by touching the screen within each numbered rectangle. Successful reproduction of the sequence is followed by a distinct and longer sequence, whereas unsuccessful attempts are followed by a shorter sequence. The final FAMTM score corresponds to the longest sequence of rectangles successfully repeated by the subject.

Figure 1
FAMTM vs GCS by SPMSQ score. Box plot of FAMTM (light grey boxes) and GCS scores (dark grey boxes). Median, and 25th and 75th quartile results are demonstrated by vertical lines within in the box, and range is shown by the whiskers. One subject was excluded from analysis due to lack of a GCS score in the medical record. Abbreviations: FAMTM, Functional Assessment of Mentation; GCS, Glasgow Coma Scale; SPMSQ, Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire.

Data Collection

In the nonhospitalized subject population, research assistants collected demographic data immediately prior to FAMTM administration. Among hospitalized subjects, GCS information was collected by nursing staff as part of standard clinical care. One research assistant administered the SPMSQ while a second assistant, blinded to the SPMSQ and GCS scores, administered the FAMTM. Clinical data were obtained from medical records (EPIC Systems Corp., Verona, WI). Discharge disposition was dichotomized as discharged home or not.

Statistical Analyses

Demographic characteristics of the 2 subject populations were compared using Student t tests (continuous variables) and 2 tests (categorical variables). Score distribution and discharge disposition comparison was conducted with the Mann‐Whitney U test and area under receiver operating characteristic curve (AUC) analysis, using the trapezoidal rule.[11] Multivariable linear regression was used to investigate the impact of age, race, education, discharge disposition, and hospitalization status on patient scores and times. Correlations between the FAMTM and SPMSQ scores and between the GCS and SPMSQ scores were calculated using the Spearman rank test. Significance was set at a 2‐sided P value of 0.05. Analyses were conducted using Stata version 13.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).

RESULTS

A total of 931 subjects were enrolled in the study. In the nonhospitalized subgroup, 651 consented to study participation and 612 were included in final analysis. Subjects were excluded if they started but did not complete the application (n = 36) or were under the age of 18 years (n = 3). Of the 363 hospitalized subjects approached for enrollment, 319 were included in the final analysis. Subjects were excluded if they refused to participate (n = 23), were under the age of 18 (n = 2), had technical failures (n = 5), or had physical or visual limitations that precluded them from participation (n = 14). Within the hospitalized subgroup, 268 subjects were discharged home (85%). The table displays demographics and score distributions by subgroup.1

Demographics and FAMTM Score Distribution by Hospitalization Category
Nonhospitalized Subjects, n = 612 Hospitalized Subjects Discharged Home, n = 268 Hospitalized Subjects Discharged Elsewhere, n = 48 P Value
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: FAMTM, Functional Assessment of Mentation; IQR, interquartile range. Three hospitalized subjects were excluded from analysis due to being discharged against medical advice. FAMTM score comparisons were significant for all stepwise comparisons using P 0.05.

Age, y 52 18 52 19 62 17 0.001
Female sex 343 (56%) 158 (59%) 26 (54%) 0.63
Education 0.001
Less than high school graduate 31 (5%) 32 (12%) 7 (15%)
High school graduate 312 (51%) 153 (57%) 26 (54%)
College graduate 263 (43%) 43 (16%) 8 (17%)
Missing 6 (1%) 40 (15%) 7 (15%)
Race 0.001
Black 196 (32%) 185 (69%) 34 (71%)
White 324 (53%) 75 (28%) 13 (27%)
Other 86 (14%) 4 (1%) 4 (1%)
Missing 6 (1%) 4 (1%) 0 (0%)
FAMTM score, median (IQR) 5 (47) 5 (36) 3 (15) 0.001

The median FAMTM score for the combined study population was 5 (interquartile range [IQR] 36), and median time to completion was 55 seconds (IQR 4567 seconds). A graded reduction was found in the FAMTM score for all stepwise comparisons between nonhospitalized subjects, hospitalized subjects discharged home, and hospitalized subjects not discharged home (median 5 [IQR 47] vs 5 [IQR 36] vs 3 [IQR 15]; P 0.001 for all pairwise comparisons). The AUC for the FAMTM predicting discharge disposition (home vs not) was 0.66 (95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.58‐0.74]. After adjusting for confounders, higher FAMTM scores were independently associated with not being hospitalized, being discharged home, higher levels of education, younger age, and white race (see Supporting Table 1 in the online version of this article). Additionally, in the hospitalized subgroup, decreasing FAMTM score was significantly correlated with increasing errors on the SPMSQ (Spearman = 0.27, P 0.001), whereas the GCS score was not correlated with the SPMSQ (Spearman = 0.05, P = 0.40) (Figure 1).

DISCUSSION

We demonstrated the utility of a rapid and accurate mobile application for assessment of mental status. The FAMTM was able to be quickly administered with a median time to completion of approximately 1 minute. The ability to detect mild alterations in mental status was shown through concurrent validity by FAMTM correlation with the SPMSQ and predictive validity with the association between the FAMTM and discharge disposition. Our study highlights the potential for the FAMTM to be used as a sensitive marker of AMS.

The novel design of the FAMTM presents unique advantages compared to current mental status testing. First, the FAMTM could allow patients with hearing impairment or language barriers to complete a mental status assessment. Additionally, the approximately 1‐minute median time to completion is much faster than other established mental status assessments including the SPMSQ (510 minutes). Compared to the SPMSQ taking 5 minutes, in a 400‐bed hospital, taken once per nursing shift, the FAMTM would save approximately 20,000 hours and 10 nursing full‐time equivalents per year.[5] Finally, many current mental status tests such as the Confusion Assessment Model utilize subjective mental status assessments.[2] However, the FAMTM is designed to be conducted through self‐assessment and, thus, could theoretically be free of observer bias. This potential for self‐administration expands beyond other proposed alternative testing mechanisms of the AMS such as ultrabrief assessments that include items such as asking subjects the months of the year backwards, and what is the day of the week?, and assessing arousal.[12, 13, 14]

In research settings and commonly in hospitals, the GCS and AVPU are used clinically for mental status assessment of hospitalized patients.[6, 15] However, similar to previous literature, our study found that the vast majority of hospitalized patients were defined as neurologically intact by the GCS, which is the more accurate predictor of the 2.[7] One major strength of the FAMTM was that it identified an extensive gradation of scores for patients previously labeled as merely alert, providing greater resolution than the GCS in quantifying mental status.

One of the key benefits of the FAMTM is that it can be measured longitudinally over the course of a patient's hospital stay. Therefore, once a baseline FAMTM score is established, variation from the patient's personal baseline could indicate mental status deterioration, which would not be affected by the patient's demographics, health status, or underlying neurocognitive deficits.

There were important limitations to this study. First, limited generalizability of these data may exist due to the single‐center setting and patient population. However, this initial study provides pilot data for further expansion into the potential broad applicability of the FAMTM to other patient populations and settings. Additionally, the cost of large‐scale implementation of the FAMTM is unknown and was beyond the scope of this pilot study. However, to reduce costs, the FAMTM technology could be integrated into existing hospital technology infrastructure. Finally, the scope of this study prevented a complete assessment of all validity measures or comparison to other mental status assessments such as the digit span or serial sevens tests. However, predictive and concurrent validity were assessed with comparison by discharge disposition, SPMSQ, and GCS scores.

In conclusion, this pilot study identifies the FAMTM application as a potentially clinically useful, novel, rapid, and feasible assessment tool of mental status in a general medicine inpatient setting.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Frank Zadravecz, MPH, for his support with this project.

Disclosures: This research was supported in part by a grant from the National Institutes of Health (NIA 2T35AG029795‐07) and in part by career development awards granted to Dr. Churpek, Dr. Edelson, and Dr. Press by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K08 HL121080, K23 HL097157, and K23 HL118151, respectively). Dr. Churpek has received honoraria from Chest for invited speaking engagements. Drs. Churpek and Edelson have a patent pending (ARCD. P0535US.P2) for risk stratification algorithms for hospitalized patients. In addition, Dr. Edelson has received research support from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX), and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway). She has ownership interest in Quant HC (Chicago, IL), which is developing products for risk stratification of hospitalized patients. All other authors report no potential conflicts of interest.

References
  1. Han JH, Wilber ST. Altered mental status in older patients in the emergency department. Clin Geriatr Med. 2013;29(1):101136.
  2. Inouye SK, Dyck CH, Alessi CA, Balkin S, Siegal AP, Horwitz RI. Clarifying confusion: the confusion assessment method. A new method for detection of delirium. Ann Intern Med. 1990;113(12):941948.
  3. Buist M, Bernard S, Nguyen TV, Moore G, Anderson J. Association between clinically abnormal observations and subsequent in‐hospital mortality: a prospective study. Resuscitation. 2004;62(2):137141.
  4. Schuurmans MJ, Duursma SA, Shortridge‐Baggett LM. Early recognition of delirium: review of the literature. J Clin Nurs. 2001;10(6):721729.
  5. Pfeiffer E. A short portable mental status questionnaire for the assessment of organic brain deficit in elderly patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1975;23(10):433441.
  6. Smith GB, Prytherch DR, Meredith P, Schmidt PE, Featherstone PI. The ability of the National Early Warning Score (NEWS) to discriminate patients at risk of early cardiac arrest, unanticipated intensive care unit admission, and death. Resuscitation. 2013;84(4):465470.
  7. Zadravecz FJ, Tien L, Robertson‐Dick BJ, et al. Comparison of mental‐status scales for predicting mortality on the general wards. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):658663.
  8. Teasdale G, Jennett B. Assessment of coma and impaired consciousness: a practical scale. Lancet. 1974;304(7872):8184.
  9. Erkinjuntti T, Sulkava R, Wikström J, Autio L. Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire as a Screening Test for Dementia and Delirium Among the Elderly. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1987;35(5):412416.
  10. Meltzer D, Manning W, Morrison J, et al. Effects of physician experience on costs and outcomes on an academic general medicine service: results of a trial of hospitalists. Ann Intern Med. 2002;137(11):866874.
  11. DeLong ER, DeLong DM, Clarke‐Pearson DL. Comparing the areas under two or more correlated receiver operating characteristic curves: a nonparametric approach. Biometrics. 1988;44(3):837845.
  12. Fick DM, Inouye SK, Guess J, et al. Preliminary development of an ultrabrief two‐item bedside test for delirium. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):645650.
  13. Yevchak AM, Doherty K, Archambault EG, Kelly B, Fonda JR, Rudolph JL. The association between an ultrabrief cognitive screening in older adults and hospital outcomes. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):651657.
  14. Yang FM, Jones RN, Inouye SK, et al. Selecting optimal screening items for delirium: an application of item response theory. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2013;13:8.
  15. Holdgate A, Ching N, Angonese L. Variability in agreement between physicians and nurses when measuring the Glasgow Coma Scale in the emergency department limits its clinical usefulness. Emerg Med Australas. 2006;18(4):379384.
References
  1. Han JH, Wilber ST. Altered mental status in older patients in the emergency department. Clin Geriatr Med. 2013;29(1):101136.
  2. Inouye SK, Dyck CH, Alessi CA, Balkin S, Siegal AP, Horwitz RI. Clarifying confusion: the confusion assessment method. A new method for detection of delirium. Ann Intern Med. 1990;113(12):941948.
  3. Buist M, Bernard S, Nguyen TV, Moore G, Anderson J. Association between clinically abnormal observations and subsequent in‐hospital mortality: a prospective study. Resuscitation. 2004;62(2):137141.
  4. Schuurmans MJ, Duursma SA, Shortridge‐Baggett LM. Early recognition of delirium: review of the literature. J Clin Nurs. 2001;10(6):721729.
  5. Pfeiffer E. A short portable mental status questionnaire for the assessment of organic brain deficit in elderly patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1975;23(10):433441.
  6. Smith GB, Prytherch DR, Meredith P, Schmidt PE, Featherstone PI. The ability of the National Early Warning Score (NEWS) to discriminate patients at risk of early cardiac arrest, unanticipated intensive care unit admission, and death. Resuscitation. 2013;84(4):465470.
  7. Zadravecz FJ, Tien L, Robertson‐Dick BJ, et al. Comparison of mental‐status scales for predicting mortality on the general wards. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):658663.
  8. Teasdale G, Jennett B. Assessment of coma and impaired consciousness: a practical scale. Lancet. 1974;304(7872):8184.
  9. Erkinjuntti T, Sulkava R, Wikström J, Autio L. Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire as a Screening Test for Dementia and Delirium Among the Elderly. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1987;35(5):412416.
  10. Meltzer D, Manning W, Morrison J, et al. Effects of physician experience on costs and outcomes on an academic general medicine service: results of a trial of hospitalists. Ann Intern Med. 2002;137(11):866874.
  11. DeLong ER, DeLong DM, Clarke‐Pearson DL. Comparing the areas under two or more correlated receiver operating characteristic curves: a nonparametric approach. Biometrics. 1988;44(3):837845.
  12. Fick DM, Inouye SK, Guess J, et al. Preliminary development of an ultrabrief two‐item bedside test for delirium. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):645650.
  13. Yevchak AM, Doherty K, Archambault EG, Kelly B, Fonda JR, Rudolph JL. The association between an ultrabrief cognitive screening in older adults and hospital outcomes. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(10):651657.
  14. Yang FM, Jones RN, Inouye SK, et al. Selecting optimal screening items for delirium: an application of item response theory. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2013;13:8.
  15. Holdgate A, Ching N, Angonese L. Variability in agreement between physicians and nurses when measuring the Glasgow Coma Scale in the emergency department limits its clinical usefulness. Emerg Med Australas. 2006;18(4):379384.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 11(7)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 11(7)
Page Number
463-466
Page Number
463-466
Article Type
Display Headline
Testing the functional assessment of mentation: A mobile application based assessment of mental status
Display Headline
Testing the functional assessment of mentation: A mobile application based assessment of mental status
Sections
Article Source
© 2016 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Address for correspondence and reprint requests: Dana P. Edelson, MD, University of Chicago Medicine, Section of Hospital Medicine, 5841 S. Maryland Avenue, MC 5000, Chicago, IL 60637; Telephone: 773‐834‐2191; Fax: 773‐795‐7398; E‐mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media
Media Files

Management of Diabetic Foot Ulcers: A Review

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Management of Diabetic Foot Ulcers: A Review
Early diagnosis and a multidisciplinary team approach to managing comorbidities are essential in treating foot ulcerations.

The prevalence of diabetes mellitus (DM) is growing at epidemic proportions in the U.S. and has been reported as the most common reason for hospital admissions in western countries.1 There continues to be an alarmingly steady increase in the incidence of type 2 DM (T2DM), especially among the young and obese. Long-term diabetes-related complications also are likely to rise in prevalence. In particular, the diabetic foot is associated with morbidity and disability, leading to a significant impairment of quality of life.2 People with DM develop foot ulcers because of neuropathy (sensory, motor, and autonomic deficits), ischemia, or both.3 The initiating injury may be from acute mechanical or thermal trauma or from repetitively or continuously applied mechanical stress.4

From foot ulcerations to neuropathy to peripheral vascular disease, the challenges are significant and can result in amputations and even premature death. To address these challenges, early diagnosis and a multidisciplinary team approach should be employed. Managing the numerous comorbidities is essential for treatment.1,2,5

Due to the longevity of patients with DM, diabetes-associated complications are expected to rise in prevalence.6 The American Diabetes Association recently reported that T2DM accounts for about 90% to 95% of all persons with DM.7,8 Today, many hospitalizations for patients with DM are for lower extremity conditions, such as ulceration, infection, or gangrene. Diabetic foot ulcerations (DFUs) are painful and costly for both the patient and the health care system. Every year, more than 1 million people with DM worldwide lose a leg as a consequence of this disease.9 Most DM-related amputations are preceded by a foot ulcer.

Diabetic foot ulcerations are the most common foot condition leading to lower extremity amputation (Figure 1).10 About 14 million individuals in the U.S. with diagnosed and undiagnosed DM will experience pathologic changes of their lower extremities that, when combined with minor trauma and infection, may lead to serious foot problems.11 Although the triad of vasculopathy, neuropathy, and susceptibility to infection are the primary permissive factors in its pathogenesis, DFU can also be attributed to other important risk factors. The presence of peripheral neuropathy and peripheral arterial disease (PAD) are considered to be the most significant risk factors for all types of diabetic foot complications.12

Related: A Combined Treatment Protocol for Patients With Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathy

Optimal care of foot ulceration depends on the treating physician’s understanding of the pathophysiology involved, familiarity with accepted principles of treatment, and the knowledge that a coordinated, multidisciplinary team approach will best accomplish the goal of limb salvage. All efforts should be made to prevent foot lesions, and when present, existing ulcers should be treated promptly and aggressively, which can often prevent an exacerbation of the problem and decrease the incidence of amputations. Even when ulcers have healed, patients with DM and a history of a lower extremity ulcer should consider it a lifelong condition that requires monitoring to prevent recurrence.13,14

This review provides a brief overview of DFU, including etiology, evaluation, treatment, and prevention, to provide clinicians with the clinical markers, evidence, and DFU treatment recommendations.

Etiologies

Multiple risk factors contribute to the development and pathogenesis of DFUs.5,6,15,16 Neuropathy and PAD are major factors in the pathogenesis of diabetic foot ulcers.17 However, there are several additional factors leading to the occurrence of foot complications. Reiber and colleagues have determined that 63% of their patients’ ulcers were attributed to the critical triad of peripheral sensory neuropathy, trauma, and deformity.15

Other factors also implicated in the causal pathway to ulceration were ischemia, callus, and edema. Infection was rarely implicated in the etiology of these lesions, although once an ulcer has developed, infection and PAD were found to be the major causes for amputation.10,18,19 Many of the risk factors for foot ulcer are also predisposing factors for amputation, because ulcers are primary antecedent events leading to amputation.20-23

Other contributing causes for ulceration that have been identified are gender (male), duration of DM longer than 10 years, advanced age, high body mass index, prior ulceration, and other comorbidities, such as retinopathy, glycated hemoglobin level, limited joint mobility, foot deformity (Charcot foot, prior partial foot amputation, etc), high plantar pressures, and inappropriate foot self-care habits (Table 1).3-6,22,24,25

 

Evaluation

The clinical evaluation must include a thorough and systematic lower extremity examination when starting DFU treatment. It is important to have a thorough assessment of the ulcer’s size and depth, and the evaluation should include a description of its appearance and measurement of its diameter at each visit. Evaluation for the presence of local and systemic infection and potential for osteomyelitis, using a small sterile blunt probe, is critical in determining depth of penetration and tracking along tendon sheaths (Figure 2).

Directly probing to bone (positive probe to bone test) has a high predictive value for underlying osteomyelitis even without acute signs of infection.26 In addition, inspecting the wound for gangrene, necrosis, cellulitis, or infection and inspection of shoes for proper fit, foreign objects, and wear patterns can provide insight into other complications and underlying issues.

 

 

Peripheral arterial disease is directly linked to lower extremity disorders, such as intermittent claudication, pain on exertion, pain at rest, and, in severe cases, critical limb ischemia and gangrene.1 Bilateral lower extremity pulses should routinely be palpated. When dorsalis pedis or posterior tibial artery pulses are absent or diminished, Doppler segmental pressures to the toes, pulse volume recording, skin perfusion pressure, or transcutaneous oxygen evaluation is indicated, and vascular consultation should be sought.3 Ischemia is caused by peripheral arterial occlusive disease of larger vessels, not by microangiopathy.13 Poor arterial inflow is associated not only with impaired ulcer healing, but also subsequent infection, gangrene, and amputation.13

Diabetic peripheral neuropathy is characterized by loss of protective sensation, allowing ulceration in areas of high pressure. Peripheral sensory neuropathy as measured by vibration perception thresholds can impart a 3.4-fold to 32-fold risk of ulceration.19,21 Patients insensitive to a 10-g monofilament, commonly used to assess peripheral neuropathy, has been shown in several studies to convey a 2.2-fold to18-fold risk of ulceration.6,19,27,28 In the large, population-based North-West Diabetes Foot Care Study, loss of protective sensation to the 10-g monofilament increased the risk of ulceration 80%, whereas abnormal ankle reflexes increased this risk 55%.29

Peripheral neuropathy has been demonstrated as a strong risk factor for foot ulceration in many cross-sectional studies and is present in > 80% of affected patients.29 Recent studies suggested that impaired sensation makes the foot increasingly vulnerable to damage caused by mechanical, thermal, or pressure-related injury.30 Autonomic neuropathy by virtue of subsequent anhidrosis causes dryness of the skin and, therefore, vulnerability to fissuring.13

Unhealed cracks in the skin can easily lead to infection, especially in the presence of PAD. Neuropathy has an insidious and nonhomogeneous manifestation, making it difficult to identify its onset and a challenge for patients and clinicians.31,32

Sacco and colleagues reviewed current literature and the International Consensus on the Diabetic Foot recommendation and concluded that most attention is given to patients with imminent foot ulceration rather than attempting to develop and improve assessment techniques that detect early impairments.31,33 They propose that effort should be made that detect patients at risk of developing diabetic polyneuropathy. Although the 10-g monofilament pressure perception threshold is a common screening technique for early detection, tests of the vibration perception threshold may be more sensitive.

The authors propose that different monofilament sizes could probably better help determine the disease status, as the vibration tests do. In addition to the considerable subjectivity of both methods of assessing sensitivity, they are unquestionably clinical resources that can contribute to early detection of DPN. Future studies should focus on developing assessment strategies and tools that better detect early neuropathic changes. Early diagnosis of impending problems will aid in preventing further limb-threatening complications.

Treatment

The management of diabetic foot disease is focused primarily on avoiding lower extremity amputation and should be carried out through 3 main strategies: identification of the at risk foot, treatment of the acutely diseased foot, and prevention of further complications.34 The primary goal in the treatment of DFUs is to obtain wound closure. Prompt, aggressive treatment of DFUs can often prevent an exacerbation of the problem and the potential need for amputation. The aim of therapy, therefore, should be early intervention to allow prompt healing of the lesion and, once healed, prevent its recurrence.3,20,25,35

Management of the foot ulcer is largely determined by its severity (grade), vascularity, and presence of infection.3,14,36 A multidisciplinary team approach should be used due to the multifaceted nature of foot ulcers, as well as for managing the numerous comorbidities attendant with these patients. The choice of treatment methods is determined by patient and ulcer characteristics. Equally important is the ability of patients to comply with the treatment as well as with the location and severity of the ulcer.4

Rest, elevation, and removal of pressure (off-loading) are essential components of treatment and should be initiated at first presentation. Recent studies provided evidence that indicated proper off-loading promotes more rapid DFU healing.37,38 Ill-fitting footwear should be discarded and replaced with an appropriate off-loading device for mitigating pressure at the site of the ulceration. Although many off-loading modalities are currently in use, only a few studies describe the frequency and rate of wound healing associated with their use.

The total contact cast (TCC) is considered the superior standard therapy in management for neuropathic ulcers due to its proven ability to redistribute pressure, thereby promoting expeditious wound closure. Another inherent benefit is to ensure patient adherence with off-loading as well as reducing activity levels.24,39 Previous randomized controlled trials have demonstrated that patients treated with TCC healed a higher percentage of plantar ulcers at a faster rate than did patients in the control groups. One unique study demonstrated histologic evidence of more rapid angiogenesis with formation of granulation tissue in the casted group compared with the standard treatment group.40,41

 

 

Potential disadvantages of the TCC include the need for expertise in its proper application, the need for weekly cast changes, and related costs.24,35 Although a number of new devices have been introduced as alternatives to the TCC, only several clinical studies demonstrating their efficacy have been published.5,14,25,36 If nonweight bearing with crutches, wheelchair, or more effective devices are not feasible, even a pressure-attenuating insert can be used in a simple postoperative shoe until specialty referral is made.

Debridement of necrotic, callus, fibrous, and senescent tissues is a mainstay of ulcer therapy.42,43 It is considered the first and the most important therapeutic step leading to wound closure in patients with DFU.42-44 Unhealthy tissue must be sharply debrided back to bleeding tissue to fully visualize the extent of the ulcer as well as to detect any underlying abscesses or sinuses. It has been reported that regular (weekly) sharp debridement is associated with more rapid healing of ulcers compared with less frequent debridement.45-47 Wilcox and colleagues indicated that frequent debridement healed more wounds in a shorter time (P < .001).46 The more frequent the debridement, the better the healing outcome. There are different types of debridement methods, including surgical, enzymatic, autolytic, mechanical, and biologic.48 Surgical or sharp debridement can convert a chronic ulcer into an acute wound that is more likely to heal.24 Adequate debridement must always precede the application of topical wound healing agents, dressings, or wound closure procedures.24 Conversely, a wound that does not receive the necessary debridement is one that has not been adequately treated.

There are numerous types of dressings that have been developed over the past decade that promote wound healing. Few have undergone any formal clinical studies to determine efficacy or effectiveness to help guide clinicians in their use.

Yazdanpanah and colleagues argued that dressings should confer moisture balance, protease sequestration, growth factor stimulation, antimicrobial activity, oxygen permeability, and the capacity to promote autolytic debridement to facilitate the production of granulation tissues and the re-epithelialization process.24 In addition, it should have a prolonged time of action, high efficiency, and protection against contamination or infection.17 The group noted that no single dressing fulfills all the requirements of a diabetic patient with a foot ulcer. The choice of dressing is largely determined by the causes of DFU, wound location, depth, amount of scar or slough, exudates, condition of wound margins, presence of infection and pain, need for adhesiveness, and conformability of the dressing (Table 2).

Advanced Therapies

In 2003, Sheehan and colleagues reported that a 50% change in foot ulcer area after 4 weeks of observation is a robust predictor of healing at 12 weeks.49 In addition, wounds failing to achieve a 50% reduction in area after 4 weeks need to be reassessed and considered for advanced treatment modalities if there are no otherwise identified impediments to wound healing.6,9,38 These findings have served as a pivotal clinical decision point in the care of DFUs over the past several years for early identification of patients who may not respond to the standard of care. Today, most wound care protocols advocate use of standard therapies for at least 4 weeks before advanced therapies are considered.

Significant improvements have been achieved in the treatment of ulcerations, and today clinicians have several advanced therapeutic options for management of chronic DFUs. These new technologies have been shown to increase the probability of complete wound closure in difficult-to-heal foot ulcerations in patients with diabetes. Among these are recombinant platelet-derived growth factors, a human living skin equivalent, and a human fibroblast-derived dermal substitute.49-51 Tissue-engineered skin equivalent (Apligraf) and human dermis (Dermagraft) are types of biologically active dressings that are derived from fibroblasts of neonatal foreskins.

The most recent advancements for wound care therapies is that of stem cell therapies, primarily bone marrow-derived and, most recently, placental-derived stem cells, including dehydrated human amnion chorion (Epifix) and amniotic matrix with mesenchymal stem cells (Grafix).52,53 Because of the expense of these products, they cannot be used universally in the treatment of DFUs but rather are used and reserved for difficult-to-heal wounds. In addition, negative pressure therapy has assumed a major role in the management of traumatic, acute, and chronic wounds and has shown efficacy in healing DFUs.54-57 Hyperbaric oxygen therapy and several biophysical modalities have been studied and found to be efficacious in healing a wide variety of chronic wounds over the past decade as well, although results vary by study, and no advanced modality has become universal in its application.58-64

 

 

Table 3 lists most of the wound care technologies commonly used in current clinical practice. Although randomized controlled trials have been published supporting the use of most of these modalities, a lack of strong data proving efficacy for use of such treatment options remains.

Treatment of any underlying ischemia is critical in achieving a successful outcome. Vascular surgical consultation should be obtained on presentation of an ischemic wound and in cases where ulcers show no sign of progress despite appropriate management.4,13 Revascularization is commonly performed in patients with critical limb ischemia and DFUs but is also performed in patients with less severe arteriopathy. The goal is to restore a palpable pulse on the affected foot.65 The postrevascularization ulcer-healing rate ranges from 46% to 91% at 1 year and seems to be improved in those patients with distal arterial reconstruction and restoration of pulsatile flow.66

Endovascular approaches are becoming increasingly common in patients whose arterial disease is more limited or morbidity is a significant concern.67,68 Studies report that the exact role of isolated endovascular procedures is still to be determined, although such interventions are frequently performed in concert with angiography preceding vascular reconstructive procedures.69,70 However, in many such studies, healing was often a secondary criterion, and there was no description of the initial wound or its management.71

Challenges

Within the VA setting there is a wide range of patient comorbidities that frequently present clinicians with unique challenges. Often these patients are older with many social and mental health conditions, including self-abuse, drug-abuse, nonadherence, psychological issues and lack of financial and/or educational resources or support. Many of these patients have comorbidities associated with diabetes that can delay healing of their ulcerations.

Systemwide VA mandates have implemented multidisciplinary foot care teams. The teams identify veterans at risk for lower limb complications; provide preventive care; track high-risk foot care across the continuum of outpatient, inpatient, and rehabilitative care; and provide education, orthoses, and social support.72,73 In the late 1990s, the VHA implemented a national program of foot risk screening and referral, conducted largely in primary care.29 By 1998 as determined from medical record reviews, 95% of veterans had a visual examination, 84% had palpation of pulses, and 78% had undergone a sensory examination. In addition, about 83% of patients had a monofilament examination, and 85% of individuals with risk factors were referred to foot specialists in 2004.72,74 Veterans at higher risk for lower extremity complications routinely receive subsequent preventive foot care, such as education or prescription of therapeutic shoes in the VHA.

Tseng and colleagues evaluated risk-adjusted trends in amputations among veterans with diabetes during a 5-year period and reported a decrease in amputation rates observed for all types of lower extremity amputations (LEA) and among all racial groups.74 Implementation of such universal programs for foot screening, tracked through performance measures, may have contributed to a decrease in LEAs and improved outcomes in the VA patient population.

Prevention

A healthy, intact diabetic foot is best maintained by a consistent and recurrent preventive treatment strategy. Prevention of ulcer recurrence remains to be a major clinical challenge. Andrews and colleagues demonstrated that recurrence rates range from 28% at 12 months to 100% at 40 months.75 They report that the highest incidence of reulceration is in the site of a previous ulceration, noting that a newly healed ulcer is covered with fragile skin and after complete healing, there is an area of higher density tissue (scar). Shearing between the different tissue densities often contributes to new ulcers.

After the ulcer heals, the patient and their caregivers must incorporate preventative measures in care plans to reduce the risk of wound reoccurrence. A study reported by Barshes and colleagues demonstrated that a majority of people with diabetes do not receive guideline-recommended foot care, including regular foot examinations.76 Identifying the patients with diabetes at risk for ulceration requires foot examination,including the vascular and neurologic systems, skin conditions, and foot structure.77 Among the complications of diabetes, lower limb amputation is considered to be preventable.78,79 Because there is a great beneficial effect of patient education on reducing LEAs, a flexible schedule for diabetes education, that offers education at any time for the maximum convenience of patients rather than focusing on health care provider’s convenience is critical.79,80 Conservative management of foot problems also has reduced the risk of amputation by simple procedures, such as appropriate foot wear, cleanliness, aggressive surgical debridement, and evidence-based ulcer management.34 This is best accomplished through a multidisciplinary approach involving a team of specialists and personnel who provide a coordinated process of care, including a patient motivated to ensure its success.6

 

 

Conclusions

The authors have described the components of assessment and treatment that can help ensure successful healing of foot ulcers in diabetic patients. These approaches should be used whenever feasible to reduce the high morbidity and risk of serious complications resulting from foot ulcers. Advances in treating chronic diabetic wounds are promising; however, the intrinsic pathophysiologic abnormalities that lead to ulcers in the first place cannot be ignored. No known therapy will be effective without concomitant management of ischemia, infection, and adequate off-loading.6,75

Not all diabetic foot complications can be prevented, but it is possible to dramatically reduce their incidence through appropriate management and prevention programs. The multidisciplinary team approach that combines the expertise of many types of health care providers for diabetic foot disorders has been demonstrated as the optimal method to achieve favorable rates of limb salvage in the high-risk diabetic patient.

References

 

1. Phillips A, Mehl AA. Diabetes mellitus and the increased risk of foot injuries. J Wound Care. 2015;24(5)(suppl 2):4-7.

2. Anichini R, Zecchini F, Cerretini I, et al. Improvement of diabetic foot care after the implementation of the International Consensus on the Diabetic Foot (ICDF): results of a 5-year prospective study. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2007;75(2):153-158.

3. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: current concepts. J Foot Ankle Surg. 1998;37(5):440-446.

4.  Cavanagh PR, Ulbrecht JS, Caputo GM. New developments in the biomechanics of the diabetic foot. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2000;16(suppl 1):S6-S10.

5.  Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: pathogenesis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2002;66(9):1655-1662.

6. Frykberg RG, Zgonis T, Armstrong DG, et al. Diabetic foot disorders: a clinical practice guideline (2006 revision). J Foot Ankle Surg. 2006;45(5)(suppl 1):S1-S66.

7. American Diabetes Association. Diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(suppl 1):S81-S90.

8. American Diabetes Association. Classification and diagnosis of diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2015;38(suppl 1):S8-S16.

9. Bakker K, Schaper N; International Working Group on Diabetic Foot Editorial Board.The development of global consensus guidelines on the management and prevention of the diabetic foot 2011. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2012;28(suppl 1):116-118.

10. Armstrong DG, Nguyen HC, Lavery LA, van Schie CH, Boulton AJ, Harkless LB. Off-loading the diabetic foot wound: a randomized clinical trial. Diabetes Care. 2001;24(6):1019-1022.

11. Reiber GE, Vileikyte L, Boyko Ed, et al. Causal pathways for incident lower-extremity ulcers in patients with diabetes from two settings. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(1):157-162.

12. Al-Rubeaan K, Al Derwish M, et al. Diabetic foot complications and their risk factors from a large retrospective cohort study. PLoS One. 2015;10(5):e0124446.

13. Vuorisalo S, Venermo M, Lepantalo M. Treatment of diabetic foot ulcers. J Cardiovasc Surg (Torino). 2009;50(3):275-291.

14. Frykberg ER. Medical management of disasters and mass casualties from terrorist bombings: how can we cope? J Trauma. 2002;53(2):201-212.

15. Reiber GE, Boyko EJ, Smith DG. Lower extremity foot ulcers and amputations in diabetes. In: National Diabetes Data Group of the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. Diabetes in America. 2nd ed. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health; 1995:409-427. 

16. Waaijman R, de Haart M, Arts ML, et al. Risk factors for plantar foot ulcer recurrence in neuropathic diabetic patients. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(6):1697-1705.

17. O'Loughlin A, McIntosh C, Dinneen SF, O'Brien T. Review paper: basic concepts to novel therapies: a review of the diabetic foot. Int J Low Extrem Wounds. 2010;9(2):90-102.

18. Jeffcoate WJ, Chipchase SY, Ince P, Game FL. Assessing the outcome of the management of diabetic foot ulcers using ulcer-related and person-related measures. Diabetes Care. 2006;29(8):1784-1787.

19. McNeely MJ, Boyko EJ, Ahroni JH, et al. The independent contributions of diabetic neuropathy and yasculopatny in foot ulceration: how great are the risks? Diabetes Care. 1995;18(2):216-219.

20. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: pathogenesis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2002;66(9):1655-1662.

21. Pecoraro RE, Reiber GE, Burgess EM. Pathways to diabetic limb amputation: basis for prevention. Diabetes Care. 1990;13(5):513-521.

22. Boyko EJ, Ahroni JH, Stensel V, Forsberg RC, Davignon DR, Smith DG. A prospective study of risk factors for diabetic foot ulcer. The Seattle Diabetic Foot Study. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(7):1036-1042.

23. Armstrong DG, Lavery LA. Diabetic foot ulcers: prevention, diagnosis and classification. Am Fam Physician. 1998;57(6):1325-1332, 1337-1328.

24. Yazdanpanah L, Nasiri M, Adarvishi S. Literature review on the management of diabetic foot ulcer. World J Diabetes. 2015;6(1):37-53.

25. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcerations. In: Frykberg RG, ed. The High Risk Foot in Diabetes Mellitus. New York, NY: Churchill Livingstone; 1991. 

26. Grayson ML, Gibbons GW, Balogh K, Levin E, Karchmer AW. Probing to bone in infected pedal ulcers. A clinical sign of underlying osteomyelitis in diabetic patients. JAMA. 1995;273(9):721-723.

27. Mayfield JA, Reiber GE, Sanders LJ, Janisse D, Pogach LM. Preventive foot care in people with diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(12):2161-2177.

28. Kalani M, Brismar K, Fagrell B, Ostergren J, Jörneskog G. Transcutaneous oxygen tension and toe blood pressure as predictors for outcome of diabetic foot ulcers. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(1):147-151.

29. Abbott CA, Vileikyte L, Williamson S, Carrington AL, Boulton AJ. Multicenter study of the incidence of and predictive risk factors for diabetic neuropathic foot ulceration. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(7):1071-1075.

30. Tuttolomondo A, Maida C, Pinto A. Diabetic foot syndrome: immune-inflammatory features as possible cardiovascular markers in diabetes. World J Orthop. 2015;6(1):62-76.

31. Sacco IC, Suda EY, Vigneron V, Sartor CD. An 'importance' map of signs and symptoms to classify diabetic polyneuropathy: an exploratory data analysis. PLoS One. 2015;10(6):e0129763.

32. Asad A, Hameed MA, Khan UA, Ahmed N, Butt MU. Reliability of the neurological scores for assessment of sensorimotor neuropathy in type 2 diabetics. J Pak Med Assoc. 2010;60(3):166-170.

33. Dyck PJ, Albers JW, Andersen H, et al. Diabetic polyneuropathies: update on research definition, diagnostic criteria and estimation of severity. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2011;27(7):620-628.

34. Ahmad J. The diabetic foot. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2015;pii: S1871-4021(15)00030-2. [Epub ahead of print.]

35. Prompers L, Schaper N, Apelqvist J, et al. Prediction of outcome in individuals with diabetic foot ulcers: focus on the differences between individuals with and without peripheral arterial disease. The EURODIALE Study. Diabetologia. 2008;51(5):747-755.

36. Frykberg RG. Team approach toward lower extremity amputation prevention in diabetes. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 1997;87(7):305-312.

37. Cavanagh PR, Bus SA. Off-loading the diabetic foot for ulcer prevention and healing. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(5):360-368. 

38. Boulton A. The diabetic foot: from art to science. The 18th Camillo Golgi lecture. Diabetologia. 2004;47(8):1343-1353.

39. Boulton AJ. Pressure and the diabetic foot: clinical science and offloading techniques. Am J Surg. 2004;187(5)(suppl 1):S17-S24.

40. Mueller MJ, Diamond JE, Sinacore DR, et al. Total contact casting in treatment of diabetic plantar ulcers. Controlled clinical trial. Diabetes Care. 1989;12(6):384-388.

41. Piaggesi A, Viacava P, Rizzo L, et al. Semiquantitative analysis of the histopathological features of the neuropathic foot ulcer: effects of pressure relief. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(11):3123-3128. 

42. Lebrun E, Tomic-Canic M, Kirsner RS. The role of surgical debridement in healing of diabetic foot ulcers. Wound Repair Regen. 2010;18(5):433-438.

43. Edwards J, Stapley S. Debridement of diabetic foot ulcers. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010(1):CD003556.

44. Tallis A, Motley TA, Wunderlich RP, et al. Clinical and economic assessment of diabetic foot ulcer debridement with collagenase: results of a randomized controlled study. Clin Ther. 2013;35(11):1805-1820.

45. Falanga V. Wound healing and its impairment in the diabetic foot. Lancet. 2005;366(9498):1736-1743.

46. Warriner RA III, Wilcox JR, Carter MJ, Stewart DG. More frequent visits to wound care clinics result in faster times to close diabetic foot and venous leg ulcers. Adv Skin Wound Care. 2012;25(11):494-501.

47. Wilcox JR, Carter MJ, Covington S. Frequency of debridements and time to heal: a retrospective cohort study of 312 744 wounds. JAMA Dermatol. 2013;149(9):1050-1058.

48. Tiwari A, Jain S, Mehta S, Kumar R, Kapoor G, Kumar K. Limb salvage surgery for osteosarcoma: early results in Indian patients. Indian J Orthop. 2014;48(3):266-272.

49. Sheehan P, Jones P, Caselli A, Giurini JM, Veves A. Percent change in wound area of diabetic foot ulcers over a 4-week period is a robust predictor of complete healing in a 12-week prospective trial. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(6):1879-1882.

50. Wieman TJ, Smiell JM, Su Y. Efficacy and safely of a topical gel formulation of recombinant human platelet-derived growth factor-BB (becaplermin) in patients with chronic neuropathic diabetic ulcers: a phase III randomized placebo-controlled double-blind study. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(5):822-827.

51. Naughton G, Mansbridge J, Gentzkow G. A metabolically active human dermal replacement for the treatment of diabetic foot ulcers. Artif Organs.1997;21(11):1203-1210.

52. Zelen CM, Serena TE, Denoziere G, Fetterolf DE. A prospective randomised comparative parallel study of amniotic membrane wound graft in the management of diabetic foot ulcers. Int Wound J. 2013;10(5):502-507.

53. Lavery LA, Fulmer J, Shebetka KA, et al. The efficacy and safety of Grafix® for the treatment of chronic diabetic foot ulcers: results of a multi-centre, controlled, randomised, blinded, clinical trial. Int Wound J. 2014;11(5):554-560.

54. Wolvos TA. Negative pressure wound therapy with instillation: the current state of the art. Surg Technol Int. 2014;24:53-62.

55. Andros G, Armstrong DG, Attinger CE, et al; Tucson Expert Consensus Conference. Consensus statement on negative pressure wound therapy (V.A.C. Therapy) for the management of diabetic foot wounds. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2006(suppl):1-32.

56. Armstrong DG, Lavery LA. Negative pressure wound therapy after partial diabetic foot amputation: a multicentre, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2005;366(9498):1704-1710.

57. Armstrong DG, Marston WA, Reyzelman AM, Kirsner RS. Comparative effectiveness of mechanically and electrically powered negative pressure wound therapy devices: a multicenter randomized controlled trial. Wound Repair Regen. 2012;20(3):332-341.

58. Faglia E, Favales F, Aldeghi A, et al. Adjunctive systemic hyperbaric oxygen therapy in treatment of severe prevalently ischemic diabetic foot ulcer. A randomized study. Diabetes Care. 1996;19(12):1338-1343.

59. Fife CE, Buyukcakir C, Otto G, Sheffield P, Love T, Warriner R 3rd. Factors influencing the outcome of lower-extremity diabetic ulcers treated with hyperbaric oxygen therapy. Wound Repair Regen. 2007;15(3):322-331.

60. Kranke P, Bennett MH, Martyn-St. James M, Schnabel A, Debus SE. Hyperbaric oxygen therapy for chronic wounds. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;4:CD004123.

61. Frykberg R, Martin E, Tallis A, Tierney E. A case history of multimodal therapy in healing a complicated diabetic foot wound: negative pressure, dermal replacement and pulsed radio frequency energy therapies. Int Wound J. 2011;8(2):132-139.

62. Frykberg RG, Driver VR, Lavery LA, Armstrong DG, Isenberg RA. The use of pulsed radio frequency energy therapy in treating lower extremity wounds: results of a retrospective study of a wound registry. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2011;57(3):22-29.

63. Kloth LC. Electrical Stimulation Technologies for Wound Healing. Adv Wound Care. 2014;3(2):81-90.

64. Ennis WJ, Foremann P, Mozen N, Massey J, Conner-Kerr T, Meneses P. Ultrasound therapy for recalcitrant diabetic foot ulcers: results of a randomized, double-blind, controlled, multicenter study. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2005;51(8):24-39.

65. Mills JL Sr, Conte MS, Armstrong DG, et al. The Society for Vascular Surgery Lower Extremity Threatened Limb Classification System: risk stratification based on wound, ischemia, and foot infection (WIfI). J Vasc Surg. 2014;59(1):220-234.e2.

66. Pomposelli FB, Kansal N, Hamdan AD, et al. A decade of experience with dorsalis pedis artery bypass: analysis of outcome in more than 1000 cases. J Vasc Surg. 2003;37(2):307-315.

67. Bradbury AW, Adam DJ, Bell J, et al. Multicentre randomised controlled trial of the clinical and cost-effectiveness of a bypass-surgery-first versus a balloon-angioplasty-first revascularisation strategy for severe limb ischaemia due to infrainguinal disease. The Bypass versus Angioplasty in Severe Ischaemia of the Leg (BASIL) trial. Health Technol Assess. 2010;14(14):1-210, iii-iv.

68. Conte MS. Challenges of distal bypass surgery in patients with diabetes: patient selection, techniques, and outcomes. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(5):429-438.

69. Caputo GM, Cavanagh PR, Ulbrecht JS, Gibbons GW,  Karchmer AW. Assessment and management of foot disease in patients with diabetes. N Engl J Med. 1994;331(13):854-860.

70. Dyet JF, Nicholson AA, Ettles DF. Vascular imaging and intervention in peripheral arteries in the diabetic patient. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2000;16(suppl):S16-S22.

71. Vouillarmet J, Bourron O, Gaudric J, Lermusiaux P, Millon A, Hartemann A. Lower-extremity arterial revascularization: is there any evidence for diabetic foot ulcer-healing? Diabetes Metab. 2015; pii: S1262-3636(15)00083-X. [Epub ahead of print.]

72. Pogach L, Charns MP, Wrobel JS, et al. Impact of policies and performance measurement on development of organizational coordinating strategies for chronic care delivery. Am J Manag Care. 2004;10(2, pt 2):171-180. 

73. Longo WE, Cheadle W, Fink A, et al. The role of the Veterans Affairs Medical Centers in patient care, surgical education, research and faculty development. Am J Surg. 2005;190(5):662-675.

74. Tseng CL, Rajan M, Miller DR, Lafrance JP, Pogach L. Trends in initial lower extremity amputation rates among Veterans Health Administration health care System users from 2000 to 2004. Diabetes Care. 2011;34(5):1157-1163.

75. Andrews KL, Houdek MT, Kiemele LJ. Wound management of chronic diabetic foot ulcers: from the basics to regenerative medicine. Prostht Orthot Int. 2015;39(1):29-39.

76. Barshes NR, Sigireddi M, Wrobel JS, et al. The system of care for the diabetic foot: objectives, outcomes, and opportunities. Diabet Foot Ankle. 2013;4:10.3402/dfa.v4i0.21847. 

77. Boulton AJ, Armstrong DG, Albert SF, et al. Comprehensive foot examination and risk assessment: a report of the task force of the foot care interest group of the American Diabetes Association, with endorsement by the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. Diabetes Care. 2008;31(8):1679-1685.

78. Morey-Vargas OL, Smith SA. BE SMART: strategies for foot care and prevention of foot complications in patients with diabetes. Prosthet Orthot Int. 2015;39(1):48-60.

79. Chiwanga FS, Njelekela MA. Diabetic foot: prevalence, knowledge, and foot self-care practices among diabetic patients in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania-a cross-sectional study. J Foot Ankle Res. 2015;8:20. 

80. Ward A, Metz L, Oddone EZ, Edelman D. Foot education improves knowledge and satisfaction among patients at high risk for diabetic foot ulcer. Diabetes Educ. 1999;25(4):560-567.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Frykberg is podiatry chief and residency director and Dr. Banks is a research fellow, both at the Phoenix VA Health Care System in Arizona. Dr. Frykberg is a professor of practice at the University of Arizona College of Medicine in Phoenix. Dr. Banks is a professor at Grand Canyon University in Phoenix.

Author disclosures
Dr. Frykberg has received research support from Osiris Therapeutics, Advanced BioHealing, AOTI, KCI, Smith & Nephew, Tissue Regenix, and ACell. All other authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
16-23
Legacy Keywords
Robert G. Frykberg, Jaminelli Banks, diabetes mellitus, diabetic foot ulcerations, ischemia, diabetes-related complications, T2DM, peripheral neuropathy, lower extremity amputation
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Frykberg is podiatry chief and residency director and Dr. Banks is a research fellow, both at the Phoenix VA Health Care System in Arizona. Dr. Frykberg is a professor of practice at the University of Arizona College of Medicine in Phoenix. Dr. Banks is a professor at Grand Canyon University in Phoenix.

Author disclosures
Dr. Frykberg has received research support from Osiris Therapeutics, Advanced BioHealing, AOTI, KCI, Smith & Nephew, Tissue Regenix, and ACell. All other authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Frykberg is podiatry chief and residency director and Dr. Banks is a research fellow, both at the Phoenix VA Health Care System in Arizona. Dr. Frykberg is a professor of practice at the University of Arizona College of Medicine in Phoenix. Dr. Banks is a professor at Grand Canyon University in Phoenix.

Author disclosures
Dr. Frykberg has received research support from Osiris Therapeutics, Advanced BioHealing, AOTI, KCI, Smith & Nephew, Tissue Regenix, and ACell. All other authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
Early diagnosis and a multidisciplinary team approach to managing comorbidities are essential in treating foot ulcerations.
Early diagnosis and a multidisciplinary team approach to managing comorbidities are essential in treating foot ulcerations.

The prevalence of diabetes mellitus (DM) is growing at epidemic proportions in the U.S. and has been reported as the most common reason for hospital admissions in western countries.1 There continues to be an alarmingly steady increase in the incidence of type 2 DM (T2DM), especially among the young and obese. Long-term diabetes-related complications also are likely to rise in prevalence. In particular, the diabetic foot is associated with morbidity and disability, leading to a significant impairment of quality of life.2 People with DM develop foot ulcers because of neuropathy (sensory, motor, and autonomic deficits), ischemia, or both.3 The initiating injury may be from acute mechanical or thermal trauma or from repetitively or continuously applied mechanical stress.4

From foot ulcerations to neuropathy to peripheral vascular disease, the challenges are significant and can result in amputations and even premature death. To address these challenges, early diagnosis and a multidisciplinary team approach should be employed. Managing the numerous comorbidities is essential for treatment.1,2,5

Due to the longevity of patients with DM, diabetes-associated complications are expected to rise in prevalence.6 The American Diabetes Association recently reported that T2DM accounts for about 90% to 95% of all persons with DM.7,8 Today, many hospitalizations for patients with DM are for lower extremity conditions, such as ulceration, infection, or gangrene. Diabetic foot ulcerations (DFUs) are painful and costly for both the patient and the health care system. Every year, more than 1 million people with DM worldwide lose a leg as a consequence of this disease.9 Most DM-related amputations are preceded by a foot ulcer.

Diabetic foot ulcerations are the most common foot condition leading to lower extremity amputation (Figure 1).10 About 14 million individuals in the U.S. with diagnosed and undiagnosed DM will experience pathologic changes of their lower extremities that, when combined with minor trauma and infection, may lead to serious foot problems.11 Although the triad of vasculopathy, neuropathy, and susceptibility to infection are the primary permissive factors in its pathogenesis, DFU can also be attributed to other important risk factors. The presence of peripheral neuropathy and peripheral arterial disease (PAD) are considered to be the most significant risk factors for all types of diabetic foot complications.12

Related: A Combined Treatment Protocol for Patients With Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathy

Optimal care of foot ulceration depends on the treating physician’s understanding of the pathophysiology involved, familiarity with accepted principles of treatment, and the knowledge that a coordinated, multidisciplinary team approach will best accomplish the goal of limb salvage. All efforts should be made to prevent foot lesions, and when present, existing ulcers should be treated promptly and aggressively, which can often prevent an exacerbation of the problem and decrease the incidence of amputations. Even when ulcers have healed, patients with DM and a history of a lower extremity ulcer should consider it a lifelong condition that requires monitoring to prevent recurrence.13,14

This review provides a brief overview of DFU, including etiology, evaluation, treatment, and prevention, to provide clinicians with the clinical markers, evidence, and DFU treatment recommendations.

Etiologies

Multiple risk factors contribute to the development and pathogenesis of DFUs.5,6,15,16 Neuropathy and PAD are major factors in the pathogenesis of diabetic foot ulcers.17 However, there are several additional factors leading to the occurrence of foot complications. Reiber and colleagues have determined that 63% of their patients’ ulcers were attributed to the critical triad of peripheral sensory neuropathy, trauma, and deformity.15

Other factors also implicated in the causal pathway to ulceration were ischemia, callus, and edema. Infection was rarely implicated in the etiology of these lesions, although once an ulcer has developed, infection and PAD were found to be the major causes for amputation.10,18,19 Many of the risk factors for foot ulcer are also predisposing factors for amputation, because ulcers are primary antecedent events leading to amputation.20-23

Other contributing causes for ulceration that have been identified are gender (male), duration of DM longer than 10 years, advanced age, high body mass index, prior ulceration, and other comorbidities, such as retinopathy, glycated hemoglobin level, limited joint mobility, foot deformity (Charcot foot, prior partial foot amputation, etc), high plantar pressures, and inappropriate foot self-care habits (Table 1).3-6,22,24,25

 

Evaluation

The clinical evaluation must include a thorough and systematic lower extremity examination when starting DFU treatment. It is important to have a thorough assessment of the ulcer’s size and depth, and the evaluation should include a description of its appearance and measurement of its diameter at each visit. Evaluation for the presence of local and systemic infection and potential for osteomyelitis, using a small sterile blunt probe, is critical in determining depth of penetration and tracking along tendon sheaths (Figure 2).

Directly probing to bone (positive probe to bone test) has a high predictive value for underlying osteomyelitis even without acute signs of infection.26 In addition, inspecting the wound for gangrene, necrosis, cellulitis, or infection and inspection of shoes for proper fit, foreign objects, and wear patterns can provide insight into other complications and underlying issues.

 

 

Peripheral arterial disease is directly linked to lower extremity disorders, such as intermittent claudication, pain on exertion, pain at rest, and, in severe cases, critical limb ischemia and gangrene.1 Bilateral lower extremity pulses should routinely be palpated. When dorsalis pedis or posterior tibial artery pulses are absent or diminished, Doppler segmental pressures to the toes, pulse volume recording, skin perfusion pressure, or transcutaneous oxygen evaluation is indicated, and vascular consultation should be sought.3 Ischemia is caused by peripheral arterial occlusive disease of larger vessels, not by microangiopathy.13 Poor arterial inflow is associated not only with impaired ulcer healing, but also subsequent infection, gangrene, and amputation.13

Diabetic peripheral neuropathy is characterized by loss of protective sensation, allowing ulceration in areas of high pressure. Peripheral sensory neuropathy as measured by vibration perception thresholds can impart a 3.4-fold to 32-fold risk of ulceration.19,21 Patients insensitive to a 10-g monofilament, commonly used to assess peripheral neuropathy, has been shown in several studies to convey a 2.2-fold to18-fold risk of ulceration.6,19,27,28 In the large, population-based North-West Diabetes Foot Care Study, loss of protective sensation to the 10-g monofilament increased the risk of ulceration 80%, whereas abnormal ankle reflexes increased this risk 55%.29

Peripheral neuropathy has been demonstrated as a strong risk factor for foot ulceration in many cross-sectional studies and is present in > 80% of affected patients.29 Recent studies suggested that impaired sensation makes the foot increasingly vulnerable to damage caused by mechanical, thermal, or pressure-related injury.30 Autonomic neuropathy by virtue of subsequent anhidrosis causes dryness of the skin and, therefore, vulnerability to fissuring.13

Unhealed cracks in the skin can easily lead to infection, especially in the presence of PAD. Neuropathy has an insidious and nonhomogeneous manifestation, making it difficult to identify its onset and a challenge for patients and clinicians.31,32

Sacco and colleagues reviewed current literature and the International Consensus on the Diabetic Foot recommendation and concluded that most attention is given to patients with imminent foot ulceration rather than attempting to develop and improve assessment techniques that detect early impairments.31,33 They propose that effort should be made that detect patients at risk of developing diabetic polyneuropathy. Although the 10-g monofilament pressure perception threshold is a common screening technique for early detection, tests of the vibration perception threshold may be more sensitive.

The authors propose that different monofilament sizes could probably better help determine the disease status, as the vibration tests do. In addition to the considerable subjectivity of both methods of assessing sensitivity, they are unquestionably clinical resources that can contribute to early detection of DPN. Future studies should focus on developing assessment strategies and tools that better detect early neuropathic changes. Early diagnosis of impending problems will aid in preventing further limb-threatening complications.

Treatment

The management of diabetic foot disease is focused primarily on avoiding lower extremity amputation and should be carried out through 3 main strategies: identification of the at risk foot, treatment of the acutely diseased foot, and prevention of further complications.34 The primary goal in the treatment of DFUs is to obtain wound closure. Prompt, aggressive treatment of DFUs can often prevent an exacerbation of the problem and the potential need for amputation. The aim of therapy, therefore, should be early intervention to allow prompt healing of the lesion and, once healed, prevent its recurrence.3,20,25,35

Management of the foot ulcer is largely determined by its severity (grade), vascularity, and presence of infection.3,14,36 A multidisciplinary team approach should be used due to the multifaceted nature of foot ulcers, as well as for managing the numerous comorbidities attendant with these patients. The choice of treatment methods is determined by patient and ulcer characteristics. Equally important is the ability of patients to comply with the treatment as well as with the location and severity of the ulcer.4

Rest, elevation, and removal of pressure (off-loading) are essential components of treatment and should be initiated at first presentation. Recent studies provided evidence that indicated proper off-loading promotes more rapid DFU healing.37,38 Ill-fitting footwear should be discarded and replaced with an appropriate off-loading device for mitigating pressure at the site of the ulceration. Although many off-loading modalities are currently in use, only a few studies describe the frequency and rate of wound healing associated with their use.

The total contact cast (TCC) is considered the superior standard therapy in management for neuropathic ulcers due to its proven ability to redistribute pressure, thereby promoting expeditious wound closure. Another inherent benefit is to ensure patient adherence with off-loading as well as reducing activity levels.24,39 Previous randomized controlled trials have demonstrated that patients treated with TCC healed a higher percentage of plantar ulcers at a faster rate than did patients in the control groups. One unique study demonstrated histologic evidence of more rapid angiogenesis with formation of granulation tissue in the casted group compared with the standard treatment group.40,41

 

 

Potential disadvantages of the TCC include the need for expertise in its proper application, the need for weekly cast changes, and related costs.24,35 Although a number of new devices have been introduced as alternatives to the TCC, only several clinical studies demonstrating their efficacy have been published.5,14,25,36 If nonweight bearing with crutches, wheelchair, or more effective devices are not feasible, even a pressure-attenuating insert can be used in a simple postoperative shoe until specialty referral is made.

Debridement of necrotic, callus, fibrous, and senescent tissues is a mainstay of ulcer therapy.42,43 It is considered the first and the most important therapeutic step leading to wound closure in patients with DFU.42-44 Unhealthy tissue must be sharply debrided back to bleeding tissue to fully visualize the extent of the ulcer as well as to detect any underlying abscesses or sinuses. It has been reported that regular (weekly) sharp debridement is associated with more rapid healing of ulcers compared with less frequent debridement.45-47 Wilcox and colleagues indicated that frequent debridement healed more wounds in a shorter time (P < .001).46 The more frequent the debridement, the better the healing outcome. There are different types of debridement methods, including surgical, enzymatic, autolytic, mechanical, and biologic.48 Surgical or sharp debridement can convert a chronic ulcer into an acute wound that is more likely to heal.24 Adequate debridement must always precede the application of topical wound healing agents, dressings, or wound closure procedures.24 Conversely, a wound that does not receive the necessary debridement is one that has not been adequately treated.

There are numerous types of dressings that have been developed over the past decade that promote wound healing. Few have undergone any formal clinical studies to determine efficacy or effectiveness to help guide clinicians in their use.

Yazdanpanah and colleagues argued that dressings should confer moisture balance, protease sequestration, growth factor stimulation, antimicrobial activity, oxygen permeability, and the capacity to promote autolytic debridement to facilitate the production of granulation tissues and the re-epithelialization process.24 In addition, it should have a prolonged time of action, high efficiency, and protection against contamination or infection.17 The group noted that no single dressing fulfills all the requirements of a diabetic patient with a foot ulcer. The choice of dressing is largely determined by the causes of DFU, wound location, depth, amount of scar or slough, exudates, condition of wound margins, presence of infection and pain, need for adhesiveness, and conformability of the dressing (Table 2).

Advanced Therapies

In 2003, Sheehan and colleagues reported that a 50% change in foot ulcer area after 4 weeks of observation is a robust predictor of healing at 12 weeks.49 In addition, wounds failing to achieve a 50% reduction in area after 4 weeks need to be reassessed and considered for advanced treatment modalities if there are no otherwise identified impediments to wound healing.6,9,38 These findings have served as a pivotal clinical decision point in the care of DFUs over the past several years for early identification of patients who may not respond to the standard of care. Today, most wound care protocols advocate use of standard therapies for at least 4 weeks before advanced therapies are considered.

Significant improvements have been achieved in the treatment of ulcerations, and today clinicians have several advanced therapeutic options for management of chronic DFUs. These new technologies have been shown to increase the probability of complete wound closure in difficult-to-heal foot ulcerations in patients with diabetes. Among these are recombinant platelet-derived growth factors, a human living skin equivalent, and a human fibroblast-derived dermal substitute.49-51 Tissue-engineered skin equivalent (Apligraf) and human dermis (Dermagraft) are types of biologically active dressings that are derived from fibroblasts of neonatal foreskins.

The most recent advancements for wound care therapies is that of stem cell therapies, primarily bone marrow-derived and, most recently, placental-derived stem cells, including dehydrated human amnion chorion (Epifix) and amniotic matrix with mesenchymal stem cells (Grafix).52,53 Because of the expense of these products, they cannot be used universally in the treatment of DFUs but rather are used and reserved for difficult-to-heal wounds. In addition, negative pressure therapy has assumed a major role in the management of traumatic, acute, and chronic wounds and has shown efficacy in healing DFUs.54-57 Hyperbaric oxygen therapy and several biophysical modalities have been studied and found to be efficacious in healing a wide variety of chronic wounds over the past decade as well, although results vary by study, and no advanced modality has become universal in its application.58-64

 

 

Table 3 lists most of the wound care technologies commonly used in current clinical practice. Although randomized controlled trials have been published supporting the use of most of these modalities, a lack of strong data proving efficacy for use of such treatment options remains.

Treatment of any underlying ischemia is critical in achieving a successful outcome. Vascular surgical consultation should be obtained on presentation of an ischemic wound and in cases where ulcers show no sign of progress despite appropriate management.4,13 Revascularization is commonly performed in patients with critical limb ischemia and DFUs but is also performed in patients with less severe arteriopathy. The goal is to restore a palpable pulse on the affected foot.65 The postrevascularization ulcer-healing rate ranges from 46% to 91% at 1 year and seems to be improved in those patients with distal arterial reconstruction and restoration of pulsatile flow.66

Endovascular approaches are becoming increasingly common in patients whose arterial disease is more limited or morbidity is a significant concern.67,68 Studies report that the exact role of isolated endovascular procedures is still to be determined, although such interventions are frequently performed in concert with angiography preceding vascular reconstructive procedures.69,70 However, in many such studies, healing was often a secondary criterion, and there was no description of the initial wound or its management.71

Challenges

Within the VA setting there is a wide range of patient comorbidities that frequently present clinicians with unique challenges. Often these patients are older with many social and mental health conditions, including self-abuse, drug-abuse, nonadherence, psychological issues and lack of financial and/or educational resources or support. Many of these patients have comorbidities associated with diabetes that can delay healing of their ulcerations.

Systemwide VA mandates have implemented multidisciplinary foot care teams. The teams identify veterans at risk for lower limb complications; provide preventive care; track high-risk foot care across the continuum of outpatient, inpatient, and rehabilitative care; and provide education, orthoses, and social support.72,73 In the late 1990s, the VHA implemented a national program of foot risk screening and referral, conducted largely in primary care.29 By 1998 as determined from medical record reviews, 95% of veterans had a visual examination, 84% had palpation of pulses, and 78% had undergone a sensory examination. In addition, about 83% of patients had a monofilament examination, and 85% of individuals with risk factors were referred to foot specialists in 2004.72,74 Veterans at higher risk for lower extremity complications routinely receive subsequent preventive foot care, such as education or prescription of therapeutic shoes in the VHA.

Tseng and colleagues evaluated risk-adjusted trends in amputations among veterans with diabetes during a 5-year period and reported a decrease in amputation rates observed for all types of lower extremity amputations (LEA) and among all racial groups.74 Implementation of such universal programs for foot screening, tracked through performance measures, may have contributed to a decrease in LEAs and improved outcomes in the VA patient population.

Prevention

A healthy, intact diabetic foot is best maintained by a consistent and recurrent preventive treatment strategy. Prevention of ulcer recurrence remains to be a major clinical challenge. Andrews and colleagues demonstrated that recurrence rates range from 28% at 12 months to 100% at 40 months.75 They report that the highest incidence of reulceration is in the site of a previous ulceration, noting that a newly healed ulcer is covered with fragile skin and after complete healing, there is an area of higher density tissue (scar). Shearing between the different tissue densities often contributes to new ulcers.

After the ulcer heals, the patient and their caregivers must incorporate preventative measures in care plans to reduce the risk of wound reoccurrence. A study reported by Barshes and colleagues demonstrated that a majority of people with diabetes do not receive guideline-recommended foot care, including regular foot examinations.76 Identifying the patients with diabetes at risk for ulceration requires foot examination,including the vascular and neurologic systems, skin conditions, and foot structure.77 Among the complications of diabetes, lower limb amputation is considered to be preventable.78,79 Because there is a great beneficial effect of patient education on reducing LEAs, a flexible schedule for diabetes education, that offers education at any time for the maximum convenience of patients rather than focusing on health care provider’s convenience is critical.79,80 Conservative management of foot problems also has reduced the risk of amputation by simple procedures, such as appropriate foot wear, cleanliness, aggressive surgical debridement, and evidence-based ulcer management.34 This is best accomplished through a multidisciplinary approach involving a team of specialists and personnel who provide a coordinated process of care, including a patient motivated to ensure its success.6

 

 

Conclusions

The authors have described the components of assessment and treatment that can help ensure successful healing of foot ulcers in diabetic patients. These approaches should be used whenever feasible to reduce the high morbidity and risk of serious complications resulting from foot ulcers. Advances in treating chronic diabetic wounds are promising; however, the intrinsic pathophysiologic abnormalities that lead to ulcers in the first place cannot be ignored. No known therapy will be effective without concomitant management of ischemia, infection, and adequate off-loading.6,75

Not all diabetic foot complications can be prevented, but it is possible to dramatically reduce their incidence through appropriate management and prevention programs. The multidisciplinary team approach that combines the expertise of many types of health care providers for diabetic foot disorders has been demonstrated as the optimal method to achieve favorable rates of limb salvage in the high-risk diabetic patient.

The prevalence of diabetes mellitus (DM) is growing at epidemic proportions in the U.S. and has been reported as the most common reason for hospital admissions in western countries.1 There continues to be an alarmingly steady increase in the incidence of type 2 DM (T2DM), especially among the young and obese. Long-term diabetes-related complications also are likely to rise in prevalence. In particular, the diabetic foot is associated with morbidity and disability, leading to a significant impairment of quality of life.2 People with DM develop foot ulcers because of neuropathy (sensory, motor, and autonomic deficits), ischemia, or both.3 The initiating injury may be from acute mechanical or thermal trauma or from repetitively or continuously applied mechanical stress.4

From foot ulcerations to neuropathy to peripheral vascular disease, the challenges are significant and can result in amputations and even premature death. To address these challenges, early diagnosis and a multidisciplinary team approach should be employed. Managing the numerous comorbidities is essential for treatment.1,2,5

Due to the longevity of patients with DM, diabetes-associated complications are expected to rise in prevalence.6 The American Diabetes Association recently reported that T2DM accounts for about 90% to 95% of all persons with DM.7,8 Today, many hospitalizations for patients with DM are for lower extremity conditions, such as ulceration, infection, or gangrene. Diabetic foot ulcerations (DFUs) are painful and costly for both the patient and the health care system. Every year, more than 1 million people with DM worldwide lose a leg as a consequence of this disease.9 Most DM-related amputations are preceded by a foot ulcer.

Diabetic foot ulcerations are the most common foot condition leading to lower extremity amputation (Figure 1).10 About 14 million individuals in the U.S. with diagnosed and undiagnosed DM will experience pathologic changes of their lower extremities that, when combined with minor trauma and infection, may lead to serious foot problems.11 Although the triad of vasculopathy, neuropathy, and susceptibility to infection are the primary permissive factors in its pathogenesis, DFU can also be attributed to other important risk factors. The presence of peripheral neuropathy and peripheral arterial disease (PAD) are considered to be the most significant risk factors for all types of diabetic foot complications.12

Related: A Combined Treatment Protocol for Patients With Diabetic Peripheral Neuropathy

Optimal care of foot ulceration depends on the treating physician’s understanding of the pathophysiology involved, familiarity with accepted principles of treatment, and the knowledge that a coordinated, multidisciplinary team approach will best accomplish the goal of limb salvage. All efforts should be made to prevent foot lesions, and when present, existing ulcers should be treated promptly and aggressively, which can often prevent an exacerbation of the problem and decrease the incidence of amputations. Even when ulcers have healed, patients with DM and a history of a lower extremity ulcer should consider it a lifelong condition that requires monitoring to prevent recurrence.13,14

This review provides a brief overview of DFU, including etiology, evaluation, treatment, and prevention, to provide clinicians with the clinical markers, evidence, and DFU treatment recommendations.

Etiologies

Multiple risk factors contribute to the development and pathogenesis of DFUs.5,6,15,16 Neuropathy and PAD are major factors in the pathogenesis of diabetic foot ulcers.17 However, there are several additional factors leading to the occurrence of foot complications. Reiber and colleagues have determined that 63% of their patients’ ulcers were attributed to the critical triad of peripheral sensory neuropathy, trauma, and deformity.15

Other factors also implicated in the causal pathway to ulceration were ischemia, callus, and edema. Infection was rarely implicated in the etiology of these lesions, although once an ulcer has developed, infection and PAD were found to be the major causes for amputation.10,18,19 Many of the risk factors for foot ulcer are also predisposing factors for amputation, because ulcers are primary antecedent events leading to amputation.20-23

Other contributing causes for ulceration that have been identified are gender (male), duration of DM longer than 10 years, advanced age, high body mass index, prior ulceration, and other comorbidities, such as retinopathy, glycated hemoglobin level, limited joint mobility, foot deformity (Charcot foot, prior partial foot amputation, etc), high plantar pressures, and inappropriate foot self-care habits (Table 1).3-6,22,24,25

 

Evaluation

The clinical evaluation must include a thorough and systematic lower extremity examination when starting DFU treatment. It is important to have a thorough assessment of the ulcer’s size and depth, and the evaluation should include a description of its appearance and measurement of its diameter at each visit. Evaluation for the presence of local and systemic infection and potential for osteomyelitis, using a small sterile blunt probe, is critical in determining depth of penetration and tracking along tendon sheaths (Figure 2).

Directly probing to bone (positive probe to bone test) has a high predictive value for underlying osteomyelitis even without acute signs of infection.26 In addition, inspecting the wound for gangrene, necrosis, cellulitis, or infection and inspection of shoes for proper fit, foreign objects, and wear patterns can provide insight into other complications and underlying issues.

 

 

Peripheral arterial disease is directly linked to lower extremity disorders, such as intermittent claudication, pain on exertion, pain at rest, and, in severe cases, critical limb ischemia and gangrene.1 Bilateral lower extremity pulses should routinely be palpated. When dorsalis pedis or posterior tibial artery pulses are absent or diminished, Doppler segmental pressures to the toes, pulse volume recording, skin perfusion pressure, or transcutaneous oxygen evaluation is indicated, and vascular consultation should be sought.3 Ischemia is caused by peripheral arterial occlusive disease of larger vessels, not by microangiopathy.13 Poor arterial inflow is associated not only with impaired ulcer healing, but also subsequent infection, gangrene, and amputation.13

Diabetic peripheral neuropathy is characterized by loss of protective sensation, allowing ulceration in areas of high pressure. Peripheral sensory neuropathy as measured by vibration perception thresholds can impart a 3.4-fold to 32-fold risk of ulceration.19,21 Patients insensitive to a 10-g monofilament, commonly used to assess peripheral neuropathy, has been shown in several studies to convey a 2.2-fold to18-fold risk of ulceration.6,19,27,28 In the large, population-based North-West Diabetes Foot Care Study, loss of protective sensation to the 10-g monofilament increased the risk of ulceration 80%, whereas abnormal ankle reflexes increased this risk 55%.29

Peripheral neuropathy has been demonstrated as a strong risk factor for foot ulceration in many cross-sectional studies and is present in > 80% of affected patients.29 Recent studies suggested that impaired sensation makes the foot increasingly vulnerable to damage caused by mechanical, thermal, or pressure-related injury.30 Autonomic neuropathy by virtue of subsequent anhidrosis causes dryness of the skin and, therefore, vulnerability to fissuring.13

Unhealed cracks in the skin can easily lead to infection, especially in the presence of PAD. Neuropathy has an insidious and nonhomogeneous manifestation, making it difficult to identify its onset and a challenge for patients and clinicians.31,32

Sacco and colleagues reviewed current literature and the International Consensus on the Diabetic Foot recommendation and concluded that most attention is given to patients with imminent foot ulceration rather than attempting to develop and improve assessment techniques that detect early impairments.31,33 They propose that effort should be made that detect patients at risk of developing diabetic polyneuropathy. Although the 10-g monofilament pressure perception threshold is a common screening technique for early detection, tests of the vibration perception threshold may be more sensitive.

The authors propose that different monofilament sizes could probably better help determine the disease status, as the vibration tests do. In addition to the considerable subjectivity of both methods of assessing sensitivity, they are unquestionably clinical resources that can contribute to early detection of DPN. Future studies should focus on developing assessment strategies and tools that better detect early neuropathic changes. Early diagnosis of impending problems will aid in preventing further limb-threatening complications.

Treatment

The management of diabetic foot disease is focused primarily on avoiding lower extremity amputation and should be carried out through 3 main strategies: identification of the at risk foot, treatment of the acutely diseased foot, and prevention of further complications.34 The primary goal in the treatment of DFUs is to obtain wound closure. Prompt, aggressive treatment of DFUs can often prevent an exacerbation of the problem and the potential need for amputation. The aim of therapy, therefore, should be early intervention to allow prompt healing of the lesion and, once healed, prevent its recurrence.3,20,25,35

Management of the foot ulcer is largely determined by its severity (grade), vascularity, and presence of infection.3,14,36 A multidisciplinary team approach should be used due to the multifaceted nature of foot ulcers, as well as for managing the numerous comorbidities attendant with these patients. The choice of treatment methods is determined by patient and ulcer characteristics. Equally important is the ability of patients to comply with the treatment as well as with the location and severity of the ulcer.4

Rest, elevation, and removal of pressure (off-loading) are essential components of treatment and should be initiated at first presentation. Recent studies provided evidence that indicated proper off-loading promotes more rapid DFU healing.37,38 Ill-fitting footwear should be discarded and replaced with an appropriate off-loading device for mitigating pressure at the site of the ulceration. Although many off-loading modalities are currently in use, only a few studies describe the frequency and rate of wound healing associated with their use.

The total contact cast (TCC) is considered the superior standard therapy in management for neuropathic ulcers due to its proven ability to redistribute pressure, thereby promoting expeditious wound closure. Another inherent benefit is to ensure patient adherence with off-loading as well as reducing activity levels.24,39 Previous randomized controlled trials have demonstrated that patients treated with TCC healed a higher percentage of plantar ulcers at a faster rate than did patients in the control groups. One unique study demonstrated histologic evidence of more rapid angiogenesis with formation of granulation tissue in the casted group compared with the standard treatment group.40,41

 

 

Potential disadvantages of the TCC include the need for expertise in its proper application, the need for weekly cast changes, and related costs.24,35 Although a number of new devices have been introduced as alternatives to the TCC, only several clinical studies demonstrating their efficacy have been published.5,14,25,36 If nonweight bearing with crutches, wheelchair, or more effective devices are not feasible, even a pressure-attenuating insert can be used in a simple postoperative shoe until specialty referral is made.

Debridement of necrotic, callus, fibrous, and senescent tissues is a mainstay of ulcer therapy.42,43 It is considered the first and the most important therapeutic step leading to wound closure in patients with DFU.42-44 Unhealthy tissue must be sharply debrided back to bleeding tissue to fully visualize the extent of the ulcer as well as to detect any underlying abscesses or sinuses. It has been reported that regular (weekly) sharp debridement is associated with more rapid healing of ulcers compared with less frequent debridement.45-47 Wilcox and colleagues indicated that frequent debridement healed more wounds in a shorter time (P < .001).46 The more frequent the debridement, the better the healing outcome. There are different types of debridement methods, including surgical, enzymatic, autolytic, mechanical, and biologic.48 Surgical or sharp debridement can convert a chronic ulcer into an acute wound that is more likely to heal.24 Adequate debridement must always precede the application of topical wound healing agents, dressings, or wound closure procedures.24 Conversely, a wound that does not receive the necessary debridement is one that has not been adequately treated.

There are numerous types of dressings that have been developed over the past decade that promote wound healing. Few have undergone any formal clinical studies to determine efficacy or effectiveness to help guide clinicians in their use.

Yazdanpanah and colleagues argued that dressings should confer moisture balance, protease sequestration, growth factor stimulation, antimicrobial activity, oxygen permeability, and the capacity to promote autolytic debridement to facilitate the production of granulation tissues and the re-epithelialization process.24 In addition, it should have a prolonged time of action, high efficiency, and protection against contamination or infection.17 The group noted that no single dressing fulfills all the requirements of a diabetic patient with a foot ulcer. The choice of dressing is largely determined by the causes of DFU, wound location, depth, amount of scar or slough, exudates, condition of wound margins, presence of infection and pain, need for adhesiveness, and conformability of the dressing (Table 2).

Advanced Therapies

In 2003, Sheehan and colleagues reported that a 50% change in foot ulcer area after 4 weeks of observation is a robust predictor of healing at 12 weeks.49 In addition, wounds failing to achieve a 50% reduction in area after 4 weeks need to be reassessed and considered for advanced treatment modalities if there are no otherwise identified impediments to wound healing.6,9,38 These findings have served as a pivotal clinical decision point in the care of DFUs over the past several years for early identification of patients who may not respond to the standard of care. Today, most wound care protocols advocate use of standard therapies for at least 4 weeks before advanced therapies are considered.

Significant improvements have been achieved in the treatment of ulcerations, and today clinicians have several advanced therapeutic options for management of chronic DFUs. These new technologies have been shown to increase the probability of complete wound closure in difficult-to-heal foot ulcerations in patients with diabetes. Among these are recombinant platelet-derived growth factors, a human living skin equivalent, and a human fibroblast-derived dermal substitute.49-51 Tissue-engineered skin equivalent (Apligraf) and human dermis (Dermagraft) are types of biologically active dressings that are derived from fibroblasts of neonatal foreskins.

The most recent advancements for wound care therapies is that of stem cell therapies, primarily bone marrow-derived and, most recently, placental-derived stem cells, including dehydrated human amnion chorion (Epifix) and amniotic matrix with mesenchymal stem cells (Grafix).52,53 Because of the expense of these products, they cannot be used universally in the treatment of DFUs but rather are used and reserved for difficult-to-heal wounds. In addition, negative pressure therapy has assumed a major role in the management of traumatic, acute, and chronic wounds and has shown efficacy in healing DFUs.54-57 Hyperbaric oxygen therapy and several biophysical modalities have been studied and found to be efficacious in healing a wide variety of chronic wounds over the past decade as well, although results vary by study, and no advanced modality has become universal in its application.58-64

 

 

Table 3 lists most of the wound care technologies commonly used in current clinical practice. Although randomized controlled trials have been published supporting the use of most of these modalities, a lack of strong data proving efficacy for use of such treatment options remains.

Treatment of any underlying ischemia is critical in achieving a successful outcome. Vascular surgical consultation should be obtained on presentation of an ischemic wound and in cases where ulcers show no sign of progress despite appropriate management.4,13 Revascularization is commonly performed in patients with critical limb ischemia and DFUs but is also performed in patients with less severe arteriopathy. The goal is to restore a palpable pulse on the affected foot.65 The postrevascularization ulcer-healing rate ranges from 46% to 91% at 1 year and seems to be improved in those patients with distal arterial reconstruction and restoration of pulsatile flow.66

Endovascular approaches are becoming increasingly common in patients whose arterial disease is more limited or morbidity is a significant concern.67,68 Studies report that the exact role of isolated endovascular procedures is still to be determined, although such interventions are frequently performed in concert with angiography preceding vascular reconstructive procedures.69,70 However, in many such studies, healing was often a secondary criterion, and there was no description of the initial wound or its management.71

Challenges

Within the VA setting there is a wide range of patient comorbidities that frequently present clinicians with unique challenges. Often these patients are older with many social and mental health conditions, including self-abuse, drug-abuse, nonadherence, psychological issues and lack of financial and/or educational resources or support. Many of these patients have comorbidities associated with diabetes that can delay healing of their ulcerations.

Systemwide VA mandates have implemented multidisciplinary foot care teams. The teams identify veterans at risk for lower limb complications; provide preventive care; track high-risk foot care across the continuum of outpatient, inpatient, and rehabilitative care; and provide education, orthoses, and social support.72,73 In the late 1990s, the VHA implemented a national program of foot risk screening and referral, conducted largely in primary care.29 By 1998 as determined from medical record reviews, 95% of veterans had a visual examination, 84% had palpation of pulses, and 78% had undergone a sensory examination. In addition, about 83% of patients had a monofilament examination, and 85% of individuals with risk factors were referred to foot specialists in 2004.72,74 Veterans at higher risk for lower extremity complications routinely receive subsequent preventive foot care, such as education or prescription of therapeutic shoes in the VHA.

Tseng and colleagues evaluated risk-adjusted trends in amputations among veterans with diabetes during a 5-year period and reported a decrease in amputation rates observed for all types of lower extremity amputations (LEA) and among all racial groups.74 Implementation of such universal programs for foot screening, tracked through performance measures, may have contributed to a decrease in LEAs and improved outcomes in the VA patient population.

Prevention

A healthy, intact diabetic foot is best maintained by a consistent and recurrent preventive treatment strategy. Prevention of ulcer recurrence remains to be a major clinical challenge. Andrews and colleagues demonstrated that recurrence rates range from 28% at 12 months to 100% at 40 months.75 They report that the highest incidence of reulceration is in the site of a previous ulceration, noting that a newly healed ulcer is covered with fragile skin and after complete healing, there is an area of higher density tissue (scar). Shearing between the different tissue densities often contributes to new ulcers.

After the ulcer heals, the patient and their caregivers must incorporate preventative measures in care plans to reduce the risk of wound reoccurrence. A study reported by Barshes and colleagues demonstrated that a majority of people with diabetes do not receive guideline-recommended foot care, including regular foot examinations.76 Identifying the patients with diabetes at risk for ulceration requires foot examination,including the vascular and neurologic systems, skin conditions, and foot structure.77 Among the complications of diabetes, lower limb amputation is considered to be preventable.78,79 Because there is a great beneficial effect of patient education on reducing LEAs, a flexible schedule for diabetes education, that offers education at any time for the maximum convenience of patients rather than focusing on health care provider’s convenience is critical.79,80 Conservative management of foot problems also has reduced the risk of amputation by simple procedures, such as appropriate foot wear, cleanliness, aggressive surgical debridement, and evidence-based ulcer management.34 This is best accomplished through a multidisciplinary approach involving a team of specialists and personnel who provide a coordinated process of care, including a patient motivated to ensure its success.6

 

 

Conclusions

The authors have described the components of assessment and treatment that can help ensure successful healing of foot ulcers in diabetic patients. These approaches should be used whenever feasible to reduce the high morbidity and risk of serious complications resulting from foot ulcers. Advances in treating chronic diabetic wounds are promising; however, the intrinsic pathophysiologic abnormalities that lead to ulcers in the first place cannot be ignored. No known therapy will be effective without concomitant management of ischemia, infection, and adequate off-loading.6,75

Not all diabetic foot complications can be prevented, but it is possible to dramatically reduce their incidence through appropriate management and prevention programs. The multidisciplinary team approach that combines the expertise of many types of health care providers for diabetic foot disorders has been demonstrated as the optimal method to achieve favorable rates of limb salvage in the high-risk diabetic patient.

References

 

1. Phillips A, Mehl AA. Diabetes mellitus and the increased risk of foot injuries. J Wound Care. 2015;24(5)(suppl 2):4-7.

2. Anichini R, Zecchini F, Cerretini I, et al. Improvement of diabetic foot care after the implementation of the International Consensus on the Diabetic Foot (ICDF): results of a 5-year prospective study. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2007;75(2):153-158.

3. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: current concepts. J Foot Ankle Surg. 1998;37(5):440-446.

4.  Cavanagh PR, Ulbrecht JS, Caputo GM. New developments in the biomechanics of the diabetic foot. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2000;16(suppl 1):S6-S10.

5.  Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: pathogenesis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2002;66(9):1655-1662.

6. Frykberg RG, Zgonis T, Armstrong DG, et al. Diabetic foot disorders: a clinical practice guideline (2006 revision). J Foot Ankle Surg. 2006;45(5)(suppl 1):S1-S66.

7. American Diabetes Association. Diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(suppl 1):S81-S90.

8. American Diabetes Association. Classification and diagnosis of diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2015;38(suppl 1):S8-S16.

9. Bakker K, Schaper N; International Working Group on Diabetic Foot Editorial Board.The development of global consensus guidelines on the management and prevention of the diabetic foot 2011. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2012;28(suppl 1):116-118.

10. Armstrong DG, Nguyen HC, Lavery LA, van Schie CH, Boulton AJ, Harkless LB. Off-loading the diabetic foot wound: a randomized clinical trial. Diabetes Care. 2001;24(6):1019-1022.

11. Reiber GE, Vileikyte L, Boyko Ed, et al. Causal pathways for incident lower-extremity ulcers in patients with diabetes from two settings. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(1):157-162.

12. Al-Rubeaan K, Al Derwish M, et al. Diabetic foot complications and their risk factors from a large retrospective cohort study. PLoS One. 2015;10(5):e0124446.

13. Vuorisalo S, Venermo M, Lepantalo M. Treatment of diabetic foot ulcers. J Cardiovasc Surg (Torino). 2009;50(3):275-291.

14. Frykberg ER. Medical management of disasters and mass casualties from terrorist bombings: how can we cope? J Trauma. 2002;53(2):201-212.

15. Reiber GE, Boyko EJ, Smith DG. Lower extremity foot ulcers and amputations in diabetes. In: National Diabetes Data Group of the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. Diabetes in America. 2nd ed. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health; 1995:409-427. 

16. Waaijman R, de Haart M, Arts ML, et al. Risk factors for plantar foot ulcer recurrence in neuropathic diabetic patients. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(6):1697-1705.

17. O'Loughlin A, McIntosh C, Dinneen SF, O'Brien T. Review paper: basic concepts to novel therapies: a review of the diabetic foot. Int J Low Extrem Wounds. 2010;9(2):90-102.

18. Jeffcoate WJ, Chipchase SY, Ince P, Game FL. Assessing the outcome of the management of diabetic foot ulcers using ulcer-related and person-related measures. Diabetes Care. 2006;29(8):1784-1787.

19. McNeely MJ, Boyko EJ, Ahroni JH, et al. The independent contributions of diabetic neuropathy and yasculopatny in foot ulceration: how great are the risks? Diabetes Care. 1995;18(2):216-219.

20. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: pathogenesis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2002;66(9):1655-1662.

21. Pecoraro RE, Reiber GE, Burgess EM. Pathways to diabetic limb amputation: basis for prevention. Diabetes Care. 1990;13(5):513-521.

22. Boyko EJ, Ahroni JH, Stensel V, Forsberg RC, Davignon DR, Smith DG. A prospective study of risk factors for diabetic foot ulcer. The Seattle Diabetic Foot Study. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(7):1036-1042.

23. Armstrong DG, Lavery LA. Diabetic foot ulcers: prevention, diagnosis and classification. Am Fam Physician. 1998;57(6):1325-1332, 1337-1328.

24. Yazdanpanah L, Nasiri M, Adarvishi S. Literature review on the management of diabetic foot ulcer. World J Diabetes. 2015;6(1):37-53.

25. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcerations. In: Frykberg RG, ed. The High Risk Foot in Diabetes Mellitus. New York, NY: Churchill Livingstone; 1991. 

26. Grayson ML, Gibbons GW, Balogh K, Levin E, Karchmer AW. Probing to bone in infected pedal ulcers. A clinical sign of underlying osteomyelitis in diabetic patients. JAMA. 1995;273(9):721-723.

27. Mayfield JA, Reiber GE, Sanders LJ, Janisse D, Pogach LM. Preventive foot care in people with diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(12):2161-2177.

28. Kalani M, Brismar K, Fagrell B, Ostergren J, Jörneskog G. Transcutaneous oxygen tension and toe blood pressure as predictors for outcome of diabetic foot ulcers. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(1):147-151.

29. Abbott CA, Vileikyte L, Williamson S, Carrington AL, Boulton AJ. Multicenter study of the incidence of and predictive risk factors for diabetic neuropathic foot ulceration. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(7):1071-1075.

30. Tuttolomondo A, Maida C, Pinto A. Diabetic foot syndrome: immune-inflammatory features as possible cardiovascular markers in diabetes. World J Orthop. 2015;6(1):62-76.

31. Sacco IC, Suda EY, Vigneron V, Sartor CD. An 'importance' map of signs and symptoms to classify diabetic polyneuropathy: an exploratory data analysis. PLoS One. 2015;10(6):e0129763.

32. Asad A, Hameed MA, Khan UA, Ahmed N, Butt MU. Reliability of the neurological scores for assessment of sensorimotor neuropathy in type 2 diabetics. J Pak Med Assoc. 2010;60(3):166-170.

33. Dyck PJ, Albers JW, Andersen H, et al. Diabetic polyneuropathies: update on research definition, diagnostic criteria and estimation of severity. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2011;27(7):620-628.

34. Ahmad J. The diabetic foot. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2015;pii: S1871-4021(15)00030-2. [Epub ahead of print.]

35. Prompers L, Schaper N, Apelqvist J, et al. Prediction of outcome in individuals with diabetic foot ulcers: focus on the differences between individuals with and without peripheral arterial disease. The EURODIALE Study. Diabetologia. 2008;51(5):747-755.

36. Frykberg RG. Team approach toward lower extremity amputation prevention in diabetes. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 1997;87(7):305-312.

37. Cavanagh PR, Bus SA. Off-loading the diabetic foot for ulcer prevention and healing. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(5):360-368. 

38. Boulton A. The diabetic foot: from art to science. The 18th Camillo Golgi lecture. Diabetologia. 2004;47(8):1343-1353.

39. Boulton AJ. Pressure and the diabetic foot: clinical science and offloading techniques. Am J Surg. 2004;187(5)(suppl 1):S17-S24.

40. Mueller MJ, Diamond JE, Sinacore DR, et al. Total contact casting in treatment of diabetic plantar ulcers. Controlled clinical trial. Diabetes Care. 1989;12(6):384-388.

41. Piaggesi A, Viacava P, Rizzo L, et al. Semiquantitative analysis of the histopathological features of the neuropathic foot ulcer: effects of pressure relief. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(11):3123-3128. 

42. Lebrun E, Tomic-Canic M, Kirsner RS. The role of surgical debridement in healing of diabetic foot ulcers. Wound Repair Regen. 2010;18(5):433-438.

43. Edwards J, Stapley S. Debridement of diabetic foot ulcers. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010(1):CD003556.

44. Tallis A, Motley TA, Wunderlich RP, et al. Clinical and economic assessment of diabetic foot ulcer debridement with collagenase: results of a randomized controlled study. Clin Ther. 2013;35(11):1805-1820.

45. Falanga V. Wound healing and its impairment in the diabetic foot. Lancet. 2005;366(9498):1736-1743.

46. Warriner RA III, Wilcox JR, Carter MJ, Stewart DG. More frequent visits to wound care clinics result in faster times to close diabetic foot and venous leg ulcers. Adv Skin Wound Care. 2012;25(11):494-501.

47. Wilcox JR, Carter MJ, Covington S. Frequency of debridements and time to heal: a retrospective cohort study of 312 744 wounds. JAMA Dermatol. 2013;149(9):1050-1058.

48. Tiwari A, Jain S, Mehta S, Kumar R, Kapoor G, Kumar K. Limb salvage surgery for osteosarcoma: early results in Indian patients. Indian J Orthop. 2014;48(3):266-272.

49. Sheehan P, Jones P, Caselli A, Giurini JM, Veves A. Percent change in wound area of diabetic foot ulcers over a 4-week period is a robust predictor of complete healing in a 12-week prospective trial. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(6):1879-1882.

50. Wieman TJ, Smiell JM, Su Y. Efficacy and safely of a topical gel formulation of recombinant human platelet-derived growth factor-BB (becaplermin) in patients with chronic neuropathic diabetic ulcers: a phase III randomized placebo-controlled double-blind study. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(5):822-827.

51. Naughton G, Mansbridge J, Gentzkow G. A metabolically active human dermal replacement for the treatment of diabetic foot ulcers. Artif Organs.1997;21(11):1203-1210.

52. Zelen CM, Serena TE, Denoziere G, Fetterolf DE. A prospective randomised comparative parallel study of amniotic membrane wound graft in the management of diabetic foot ulcers. Int Wound J. 2013;10(5):502-507.

53. Lavery LA, Fulmer J, Shebetka KA, et al. The efficacy and safety of Grafix® for the treatment of chronic diabetic foot ulcers: results of a multi-centre, controlled, randomised, blinded, clinical trial. Int Wound J. 2014;11(5):554-560.

54. Wolvos TA. Negative pressure wound therapy with instillation: the current state of the art. Surg Technol Int. 2014;24:53-62.

55. Andros G, Armstrong DG, Attinger CE, et al; Tucson Expert Consensus Conference. Consensus statement on negative pressure wound therapy (V.A.C. Therapy) for the management of diabetic foot wounds. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2006(suppl):1-32.

56. Armstrong DG, Lavery LA. Negative pressure wound therapy after partial diabetic foot amputation: a multicentre, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2005;366(9498):1704-1710.

57. Armstrong DG, Marston WA, Reyzelman AM, Kirsner RS. Comparative effectiveness of mechanically and electrically powered negative pressure wound therapy devices: a multicenter randomized controlled trial. Wound Repair Regen. 2012;20(3):332-341.

58. Faglia E, Favales F, Aldeghi A, et al. Adjunctive systemic hyperbaric oxygen therapy in treatment of severe prevalently ischemic diabetic foot ulcer. A randomized study. Diabetes Care. 1996;19(12):1338-1343.

59. Fife CE, Buyukcakir C, Otto G, Sheffield P, Love T, Warriner R 3rd. Factors influencing the outcome of lower-extremity diabetic ulcers treated with hyperbaric oxygen therapy. Wound Repair Regen. 2007;15(3):322-331.

60. Kranke P, Bennett MH, Martyn-St. James M, Schnabel A, Debus SE. Hyperbaric oxygen therapy for chronic wounds. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;4:CD004123.

61. Frykberg R, Martin E, Tallis A, Tierney E. A case history of multimodal therapy in healing a complicated diabetic foot wound: negative pressure, dermal replacement and pulsed radio frequency energy therapies. Int Wound J. 2011;8(2):132-139.

62. Frykberg RG, Driver VR, Lavery LA, Armstrong DG, Isenberg RA. The use of pulsed radio frequency energy therapy in treating lower extremity wounds: results of a retrospective study of a wound registry. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2011;57(3):22-29.

63. Kloth LC. Electrical Stimulation Technologies for Wound Healing. Adv Wound Care. 2014;3(2):81-90.

64. Ennis WJ, Foremann P, Mozen N, Massey J, Conner-Kerr T, Meneses P. Ultrasound therapy for recalcitrant diabetic foot ulcers: results of a randomized, double-blind, controlled, multicenter study. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2005;51(8):24-39.

65. Mills JL Sr, Conte MS, Armstrong DG, et al. The Society for Vascular Surgery Lower Extremity Threatened Limb Classification System: risk stratification based on wound, ischemia, and foot infection (WIfI). J Vasc Surg. 2014;59(1):220-234.e2.

66. Pomposelli FB, Kansal N, Hamdan AD, et al. A decade of experience with dorsalis pedis artery bypass: analysis of outcome in more than 1000 cases. J Vasc Surg. 2003;37(2):307-315.

67. Bradbury AW, Adam DJ, Bell J, et al. Multicentre randomised controlled trial of the clinical and cost-effectiveness of a bypass-surgery-first versus a balloon-angioplasty-first revascularisation strategy for severe limb ischaemia due to infrainguinal disease. The Bypass versus Angioplasty in Severe Ischaemia of the Leg (BASIL) trial. Health Technol Assess. 2010;14(14):1-210, iii-iv.

68. Conte MS. Challenges of distal bypass surgery in patients with diabetes: patient selection, techniques, and outcomes. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(5):429-438.

69. Caputo GM, Cavanagh PR, Ulbrecht JS, Gibbons GW,  Karchmer AW. Assessment and management of foot disease in patients with diabetes. N Engl J Med. 1994;331(13):854-860.

70. Dyet JF, Nicholson AA, Ettles DF. Vascular imaging and intervention in peripheral arteries in the diabetic patient. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2000;16(suppl):S16-S22.

71. Vouillarmet J, Bourron O, Gaudric J, Lermusiaux P, Millon A, Hartemann A. Lower-extremity arterial revascularization: is there any evidence for diabetic foot ulcer-healing? Diabetes Metab. 2015; pii: S1262-3636(15)00083-X. [Epub ahead of print.]

72. Pogach L, Charns MP, Wrobel JS, et al. Impact of policies and performance measurement on development of organizational coordinating strategies for chronic care delivery. Am J Manag Care. 2004;10(2, pt 2):171-180. 

73. Longo WE, Cheadle W, Fink A, et al. The role of the Veterans Affairs Medical Centers in patient care, surgical education, research and faculty development. Am J Surg. 2005;190(5):662-675.

74. Tseng CL, Rajan M, Miller DR, Lafrance JP, Pogach L. Trends in initial lower extremity amputation rates among Veterans Health Administration health care System users from 2000 to 2004. Diabetes Care. 2011;34(5):1157-1163.

75. Andrews KL, Houdek MT, Kiemele LJ. Wound management of chronic diabetic foot ulcers: from the basics to regenerative medicine. Prostht Orthot Int. 2015;39(1):29-39.

76. Barshes NR, Sigireddi M, Wrobel JS, et al. The system of care for the diabetic foot: objectives, outcomes, and opportunities. Diabet Foot Ankle. 2013;4:10.3402/dfa.v4i0.21847. 

77. Boulton AJ, Armstrong DG, Albert SF, et al. Comprehensive foot examination and risk assessment: a report of the task force of the foot care interest group of the American Diabetes Association, with endorsement by the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. Diabetes Care. 2008;31(8):1679-1685.

78. Morey-Vargas OL, Smith SA. BE SMART: strategies for foot care and prevention of foot complications in patients with diabetes. Prosthet Orthot Int. 2015;39(1):48-60.

79. Chiwanga FS, Njelekela MA. Diabetic foot: prevalence, knowledge, and foot self-care practices among diabetic patients in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania-a cross-sectional study. J Foot Ankle Res. 2015;8:20. 

80. Ward A, Metz L, Oddone EZ, Edelman D. Foot education improves knowledge and satisfaction among patients at high risk for diabetic foot ulcer. Diabetes Educ. 1999;25(4):560-567.

References

 

1. Phillips A, Mehl AA. Diabetes mellitus and the increased risk of foot injuries. J Wound Care. 2015;24(5)(suppl 2):4-7.

2. Anichini R, Zecchini F, Cerretini I, et al. Improvement of diabetic foot care after the implementation of the International Consensus on the Diabetic Foot (ICDF): results of a 5-year prospective study. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2007;75(2):153-158.

3. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: current concepts. J Foot Ankle Surg. 1998;37(5):440-446.

4.  Cavanagh PR, Ulbrecht JS, Caputo GM. New developments in the biomechanics of the diabetic foot. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2000;16(suppl 1):S6-S10.

5.  Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: pathogenesis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2002;66(9):1655-1662.

6. Frykberg RG, Zgonis T, Armstrong DG, et al. Diabetic foot disorders: a clinical practice guideline (2006 revision). J Foot Ankle Surg. 2006;45(5)(suppl 1):S1-S66.

7. American Diabetes Association. Diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(suppl 1):S81-S90.

8. American Diabetes Association. Classification and diagnosis of diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2015;38(suppl 1):S8-S16.

9. Bakker K, Schaper N; International Working Group on Diabetic Foot Editorial Board.The development of global consensus guidelines on the management and prevention of the diabetic foot 2011. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2012;28(suppl 1):116-118.

10. Armstrong DG, Nguyen HC, Lavery LA, van Schie CH, Boulton AJ, Harkless LB. Off-loading the diabetic foot wound: a randomized clinical trial. Diabetes Care. 2001;24(6):1019-1022.

11. Reiber GE, Vileikyte L, Boyko Ed, et al. Causal pathways for incident lower-extremity ulcers in patients with diabetes from two settings. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(1):157-162.

12. Al-Rubeaan K, Al Derwish M, et al. Diabetic foot complications and their risk factors from a large retrospective cohort study. PLoS One. 2015;10(5):e0124446.

13. Vuorisalo S, Venermo M, Lepantalo M. Treatment of diabetic foot ulcers. J Cardiovasc Surg (Torino). 2009;50(3):275-291.

14. Frykberg ER. Medical management of disasters and mass casualties from terrorist bombings: how can we cope? J Trauma. 2002;53(2):201-212.

15. Reiber GE, Boyko EJ, Smith DG. Lower extremity foot ulcers and amputations in diabetes. In: National Diabetes Data Group of the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. Diabetes in America. 2nd ed. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health; 1995:409-427. 

16. Waaijman R, de Haart M, Arts ML, et al. Risk factors for plantar foot ulcer recurrence in neuropathic diabetic patients. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(6):1697-1705.

17. O'Loughlin A, McIntosh C, Dinneen SF, O'Brien T. Review paper: basic concepts to novel therapies: a review of the diabetic foot. Int J Low Extrem Wounds. 2010;9(2):90-102.

18. Jeffcoate WJ, Chipchase SY, Ince P, Game FL. Assessing the outcome of the management of diabetic foot ulcers using ulcer-related and person-related measures. Diabetes Care. 2006;29(8):1784-1787.

19. McNeely MJ, Boyko EJ, Ahroni JH, et al. The independent contributions of diabetic neuropathy and yasculopatny in foot ulceration: how great are the risks? Diabetes Care. 1995;18(2):216-219.

20. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcers: pathogenesis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2002;66(9):1655-1662.

21. Pecoraro RE, Reiber GE, Burgess EM. Pathways to diabetic limb amputation: basis for prevention. Diabetes Care. 1990;13(5):513-521.

22. Boyko EJ, Ahroni JH, Stensel V, Forsberg RC, Davignon DR, Smith DG. A prospective study of risk factors for diabetic foot ulcer. The Seattle Diabetic Foot Study. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(7):1036-1042.

23. Armstrong DG, Lavery LA. Diabetic foot ulcers: prevention, diagnosis and classification. Am Fam Physician. 1998;57(6):1325-1332, 1337-1328.

24. Yazdanpanah L, Nasiri M, Adarvishi S. Literature review on the management of diabetic foot ulcer. World J Diabetes. 2015;6(1):37-53.

25. Frykberg RG. Diabetic foot ulcerations. In: Frykberg RG, ed. The High Risk Foot in Diabetes Mellitus. New York, NY: Churchill Livingstone; 1991. 

26. Grayson ML, Gibbons GW, Balogh K, Levin E, Karchmer AW. Probing to bone in infected pedal ulcers. A clinical sign of underlying osteomyelitis in diabetic patients. JAMA. 1995;273(9):721-723.

27. Mayfield JA, Reiber GE, Sanders LJ, Janisse D, Pogach LM. Preventive foot care in people with diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(12):2161-2177.

28. Kalani M, Brismar K, Fagrell B, Ostergren J, Jörneskog G. Transcutaneous oxygen tension and toe blood pressure as predictors for outcome of diabetic foot ulcers. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(1):147-151.

29. Abbott CA, Vileikyte L, Williamson S, Carrington AL, Boulton AJ. Multicenter study of the incidence of and predictive risk factors for diabetic neuropathic foot ulceration. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(7):1071-1075.

30. Tuttolomondo A, Maida C, Pinto A. Diabetic foot syndrome: immune-inflammatory features as possible cardiovascular markers in diabetes. World J Orthop. 2015;6(1):62-76.

31. Sacco IC, Suda EY, Vigneron V, Sartor CD. An 'importance' map of signs and symptoms to classify diabetic polyneuropathy: an exploratory data analysis. PLoS One. 2015;10(6):e0129763.

32. Asad A, Hameed MA, Khan UA, Ahmed N, Butt MU. Reliability of the neurological scores for assessment of sensorimotor neuropathy in type 2 diabetics. J Pak Med Assoc. 2010;60(3):166-170.

33. Dyck PJ, Albers JW, Andersen H, et al. Diabetic polyneuropathies: update on research definition, diagnostic criteria and estimation of severity. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2011;27(7):620-628.

34. Ahmad J. The diabetic foot. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2015;pii: S1871-4021(15)00030-2. [Epub ahead of print.]

35. Prompers L, Schaper N, Apelqvist J, et al. Prediction of outcome in individuals with diabetic foot ulcers: focus on the differences between individuals with and without peripheral arterial disease. The EURODIALE Study. Diabetologia. 2008;51(5):747-755.

36. Frykberg RG. Team approach toward lower extremity amputation prevention in diabetes. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 1997;87(7):305-312.

37. Cavanagh PR, Bus SA. Off-loading the diabetic foot for ulcer prevention and healing. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(5):360-368. 

38. Boulton A. The diabetic foot: from art to science. The 18th Camillo Golgi lecture. Diabetologia. 2004;47(8):1343-1353.

39. Boulton AJ. Pressure and the diabetic foot: clinical science and offloading techniques. Am J Surg. 2004;187(5)(suppl 1):S17-S24.

40. Mueller MJ, Diamond JE, Sinacore DR, et al. Total contact casting in treatment of diabetic plantar ulcers. Controlled clinical trial. Diabetes Care. 1989;12(6):384-388.

41. Piaggesi A, Viacava P, Rizzo L, et al. Semiquantitative analysis of the histopathological features of the neuropathic foot ulcer: effects of pressure relief. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(11):3123-3128. 

42. Lebrun E, Tomic-Canic M, Kirsner RS. The role of surgical debridement in healing of diabetic foot ulcers. Wound Repair Regen. 2010;18(5):433-438.

43. Edwards J, Stapley S. Debridement of diabetic foot ulcers. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2010(1):CD003556.

44. Tallis A, Motley TA, Wunderlich RP, et al. Clinical and economic assessment of diabetic foot ulcer debridement with collagenase: results of a randomized controlled study. Clin Ther. 2013;35(11):1805-1820.

45. Falanga V. Wound healing and its impairment in the diabetic foot. Lancet. 2005;366(9498):1736-1743.

46. Warriner RA III, Wilcox JR, Carter MJ, Stewart DG. More frequent visits to wound care clinics result in faster times to close diabetic foot and venous leg ulcers. Adv Skin Wound Care. 2012;25(11):494-501.

47. Wilcox JR, Carter MJ, Covington S. Frequency of debridements and time to heal: a retrospective cohort study of 312 744 wounds. JAMA Dermatol. 2013;149(9):1050-1058.

48. Tiwari A, Jain S, Mehta S, Kumar R, Kapoor G, Kumar K. Limb salvage surgery for osteosarcoma: early results in Indian patients. Indian J Orthop. 2014;48(3):266-272.

49. Sheehan P, Jones P, Caselli A, Giurini JM, Veves A. Percent change in wound area of diabetic foot ulcers over a 4-week period is a robust predictor of complete healing in a 12-week prospective trial. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(6):1879-1882.

50. Wieman TJ, Smiell JM, Su Y. Efficacy and safely of a topical gel formulation of recombinant human platelet-derived growth factor-BB (becaplermin) in patients with chronic neuropathic diabetic ulcers: a phase III randomized placebo-controlled double-blind study. Diabetes Care. 1998;21(5):822-827.

51. Naughton G, Mansbridge J, Gentzkow G. A metabolically active human dermal replacement for the treatment of diabetic foot ulcers. Artif Organs.1997;21(11):1203-1210.

52. Zelen CM, Serena TE, Denoziere G, Fetterolf DE. A prospective randomised comparative parallel study of amniotic membrane wound graft in the management of diabetic foot ulcers. Int Wound J. 2013;10(5):502-507.

53. Lavery LA, Fulmer J, Shebetka KA, et al. The efficacy and safety of Grafix® for the treatment of chronic diabetic foot ulcers: results of a multi-centre, controlled, randomised, blinded, clinical trial. Int Wound J. 2014;11(5):554-560.

54. Wolvos TA. Negative pressure wound therapy with instillation: the current state of the art. Surg Technol Int. 2014;24:53-62.

55. Andros G, Armstrong DG, Attinger CE, et al; Tucson Expert Consensus Conference. Consensus statement on negative pressure wound therapy (V.A.C. Therapy) for the management of diabetic foot wounds. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2006(suppl):1-32.

56. Armstrong DG, Lavery LA. Negative pressure wound therapy after partial diabetic foot amputation: a multicentre, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2005;366(9498):1704-1710.

57. Armstrong DG, Marston WA, Reyzelman AM, Kirsner RS. Comparative effectiveness of mechanically and electrically powered negative pressure wound therapy devices: a multicenter randomized controlled trial. Wound Repair Regen. 2012;20(3):332-341.

58. Faglia E, Favales F, Aldeghi A, et al. Adjunctive systemic hyperbaric oxygen therapy in treatment of severe prevalently ischemic diabetic foot ulcer. A randomized study. Diabetes Care. 1996;19(12):1338-1343.

59. Fife CE, Buyukcakir C, Otto G, Sheffield P, Love T, Warriner R 3rd. Factors influencing the outcome of lower-extremity diabetic ulcers treated with hyperbaric oxygen therapy. Wound Repair Regen. 2007;15(3):322-331.

60. Kranke P, Bennett MH, Martyn-St. James M, Schnabel A, Debus SE. Hyperbaric oxygen therapy for chronic wounds. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;4:CD004123.

61. Frykberg R, Martin E, Tallis A, Tierney E. A case history of multimodal therapy in healing a complicated diabetic foot wound: negative pressure, dermal replacement and pulsed radio frequency energy therapies. Int Wound J. 2011;8(2):132-139.

62. Frykberg RG, Driver VR, Lavery LA, Armstrong DG, Isenberg RA. The use of pulsed radio frequency energy therapy in treating lower extremity wounds: results of a retrospective study of a wound registry. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2011;57(3):22-29.

63. Kloth LC. Electrical Stimulation Technologies for Wound Healing. Adv Wound Care. 2014;3(2):81-90.

64. Ennis WJ, Foremann P, Mozen N, Massey J, Conner-Kerr T, Meneses P. Ultrasound therapy for recalcitrant diabetic foot ulcers: results of a randomized, double-blind, controlled, multicenter study. Ostomy Wound Manage. 2005;51(8):24-39.

65. Mills JL Sr, Conte MS, Armstrong DG, et al. The Society for Vascular Surgery Lower Extremity Threatened Limb Classification System: risk stratification based on wound, ischemia, and foot infection (WIfI). J Vasc Surg. 2014;59(1):220-234.e2.

66. Pomposelli FB, Kansal N, Hamdan AD, et al. A decade of experience with dorsalis pedis artery bypass: analysis of outcome in more than 1000 cases. J Vasc Surg. 2003;37(2):307-315.

67. Bradbury AW, Adam DJ, Bell J, et al. Multicentre randomised controlled trial of the clinical and cost-effectiveness of a bypass-surgery-first versus a balloon-angioplasty-first revascularisation strategy for severe limb ischaemia due to infrainguinal disease. The Bypass versus Angioplasty in Severe Ischaemia of the Leg (BASIL) trial. Health Technol Assess. 2010;14(14):1-210, iii-iv.

68. Conte MS. Challenges of distal bypass surgery in patients with diabetes: patient selection, techniques, and outcomes. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(5):429-438.

69. Caputo GM, Cavanagh PR, Ulbrecht JS, Gibbons GW,  Karchmer AW. Assessment and management of foot disease in patients with diabetes. N Engl J Med. 1994;331(13):854-860.

70. Dyet JF, Nicholson AA, Ettles DF. Vascular imaging and intervention in peripheral arteries in the diabetic patient. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2000;16(suppl):S16-S22.

71. Vouillarmet J, Bourron O, Gaudric J, Lermusiaux P, Millon A, Hartemann A. Lower-extremity arterial revascularization: is there any evidence for diabetic foot ulcer-healing? Diabetes Metab. 2015; pii: S1262-3636(15)00083-X. [Epub ahead of print.]

72. Pogach L, Charns MP, Wrobel JS, et al. Impact of policies and performance measurement on development of organizational coordinating strategies for chronic care delivery. Am J Manag Care. 2004;10(2, pt 2):171-180. 

73. Longo WE, Cheadle W, Fink A, et al. The role of the Veterans Affairs Medical Centers in patient care, surgical education, research and faculty development. Am J Surg. 2005;190(5):662-675.

74. Tseng CL, Rajan M, Miller DR, Lafrance JP, Pogach L. Trends in initial lower extremity amputation rates among Veterans Health Administration health care System users from 2000 to 2004. Diabetes Care. 2011;34(5):1157-1163.

75. Andrews KL, Houdek MT, Kiemele LJ. Wound management of chronic diabetic foot ulcers: from the basics to regenerative medicine. Prostht Orthot Int. 2015;39(1):29-39.

76. Barshes NR, Sigireddi M, Wrobel JS, et al. The system of care for the diabetic foot: objectives, outcomes, and opportunities. Diabet Foot Ankle. 2013;4:10.3402/dfa.v4i0.21847. 

77. Boulton AJ, Armstrong DG, Albert SF, et al. Comprehensive foot examination and risk assessment: a report of the task force of the foot care interest group of the American Diabetes Association, with endorsement by the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists. Diabetes Care. 2008;31(8):1679-1685.

78. Morey-Vargas OL, Smith SA. BE SMART: strategies for foot care and prevention of foot complications in patients with diabetes. Prosthet Orthot Int. 2015;39(1):48-60.

79. Chiwanga FS, Njelekela MA. Diabetic foot: prevalence, knowledge, and foot self-care practices among diabetic patients in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania-a cross-sectional study. J Foot Ankle Res. 2015;8:20. 

80. Ward A, Metz L, Oddone EZ, Edelman D. Foot education improves knowledge and satisfaction among patients at high risk for diabetic foot ulcer. Diabetes Educ. 1999;25(4):560-567.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Page Number
16-23
Page Number
16-23
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Management of Diabetic Foot Ulcers: A Review
Display Headline
Management of Diabetic Foot Ulcers: A Review
Legacy Keywords
Robert G. Frykberg, Jaminelli Banks, diabetes mellitus, diabetic foot ulcerations, ischemia, diabetes-related complications, T2DM, peripheral neuropathy, lower extremity amputation
Legacy Keywords
Robert G. Frykberg, Jaminelli Banks, diabetes mellitus, diabetic foot ulcerations, ischemia, diabetes-related complications, T2DM, peripheral neuropathy, lower extremity amputation
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Monitoring Heat Injuries in a Hazmat Environment

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Monitoring Heat Injuries in a Hazmat Environment
A tool that identifies heat injuries early can avoid the progression of symptoms from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke.

Heat injuries are a major problem worldwide. In a study chronicling heat deaths in the U.S. from 1979 to 1999, a total of 8,015 deaths were associated with excessive heat exposure.1 Weather conditions caused 3,829 (48%) deaths, and manmade conditions (kitchens, vehicles, boiler rooms, etc) caused 377 (5%) deaths, particularly for those wearing protective clothing.1

Military members who wear combat gear are especially vulnerable to heat injuries, but none more so than members who wear personal protective equipment (PPE). In this review, PPE is defined as self-contained breathing apparatus protective equipment (SCBA) levels B or C. The challenge of PPE is the inability of the individual to dispel heat through radiation, convection, and evaporation. The only close approximation of the PPE environment is combat and football protective equipment. In 2011, CDC reported that football players in uniforms, which resemble PPE for the purpose of this discussion, experienced heat injury at a rate 10 times higher than the average rate for other sports.2 These heat injuries in football players occurred most often during August.2 The injuries could be due to the application of protective clothing and the lack of the participants’ acclimatization. Protective clothing impedes the wearer’s ability to balance heat production with heat dissipation.

In 2010, Armstrong and colleagues suggested that the weight of a football uniform increases heat production.3 And the insulation provided by a football uniform reduces heat dissipation to the surrounding air, decreasing heat loss.3 Additionally, this same study indicated that the more protective gear the subject used, the greater the heat stress.3 The most challenging environment for heat injury is PPE due to the inability to facilitate any heat loss. In 2011, Caldwell and colleagues observed that wearing torso armor increased body temperature 10.8% faster than that of the control group, and those wearing full armor increased body temperature 38% faster than that of the control group.4 And it was proposed that 60% of this heat effect was from wearing the combat helmet.4

The inability to dissipate heat, particularly in protective gear, results in degradation of the effectiveness of the individual and, if left unchecked, may lead to death. Methods exist for health care providers to assess, intervene, and treat populations with heat injuries. These methods include but are not limited to vital signs (blood pressure [BP], body temperature, respiration rate), history of previous heat injury, medications (over-the-counter and prescription), and mental status.

Heat Injuries

Heat injuries are generally divided into 3 categories defined by their severity: heat stress, heat exhaustion, and heat stroke. Heat injuries are due to the individual’s inability to dissipate heat. As the severity of the heat exposure continues, the individual will experience heat stress, and if decompensation continues, the individual will progress to heat exhaustion and finally heat stroke.

If the individual’s physiology is limited or if compensatory mechanisms are compromised, heat stress may occur. Heat compensation can be retarded by any number of the following (including but not limited to): humidity, previous heat injury, lack of sleep, medications, sedentary lifestyle, obesity, caffeinated energy drinks, and dehydration.

In the early phases of heat stress, an individual’s vital signs will increase to compensate for the increase in body heat. Heat exchange is dependent on gradients of temperature and humidity, and as temperature and humidity increase, the ability to transfer heat decreases and becomes less efficient. Failure to accommodate for the increased heat generated and transferred will inevitably result in heat injury.

Working in a hazmat environment in PPE is the worst possible heat transfer scenario due to the inability to use evaporation, the primary means by which heat is released from the body. In this scenario, heat injuries can become dangerous and even fatal if monitoring of vital signs and uncompensated heat production is allowed to continue. As the heat insult progresses from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke, the core temperature, heart rate, and BP continue to increase. Also, during the progression of heat injury, mental status changes often begin to occur. In 2012, Morley and colleagues found that firefighters wearing protective clothing demonstrated a neurocognitive decline after 50 minutes of treadmill exercise, but these performance declines were not noted until 1 hour or more following the exercise.5

Mental status change is a key diagnostic factor that indicates the progression of the patient from heat stress to heat exhaustion and from heat exhaustion to heat stroke. As the hyperthermia progresses, vital signs increase, and the patient’s mental status will begin to deteriorate. If the hyperthermia advances from heat exhaustion to heat stroke, hospitalization is required to reverse the condition. If homeostasis is not restored, the patient may die.

 

 

Mental status changes are usually described as fatigue, lethargy, disorientation, headache, seizure and coma. Indeed, mental status changes may be one of the most important factors that can assist the clinician in the identification, mitigation, and treatment of heat injury before it reaches a critical stage. Clinical familiarity with and diagnosis of delirium resulting from heat injury could prove beneficial in protecting an individual exposed to severe heat environments.

In 2011, Becker and Stewart suggested that in the absence of hyperthermia, the presence of central nervous system (CNS) symptoms should prompt the clinician to pursue another diagnosis.6 However, a core temperature of 104°F with associated CNS changes and anhydrosis should be defined as heat stroke and is a medical emergency.6

Death rates from excessive heat are documented as high as 31%.7 Signs of CNS dysfunction such as irritability, ataxia, headache, nausea, vomiting, anhydrosis, confusion, and decreased cognitive function are essential to the diagnosis of heat stroke. Classic heat stroke will present as a triad of hyperpyrexia, anhydrosis, and mental status changes.8 However, making the diagnosis of heat stroke based on anhydrosis could be dangerous, because in exertional heat stroke, many patients continue to sweat. Overlooking the diagnosis of heat stroke based on anhydrosis could lead to a delay in treatment and severe complications.8 These complications may include hyperkalemia, hyperphosphatemia, hypocalcemia, and myoglobinuria.

Once heat stroke has occurred, coagulopathies may manifest as epistaxis, and endothelial damage may present as peripheral or pulmonary edema. Additionally, a core temperature of above 104°F may trigger a cascade of events that may include systemic inflammatory response resulting in increased cell wall permeability and release of endotoxins. These events can lead to tissue hypoxia, metabolic acidosis, and organ failure. Sequalae from heat stroke can result in multisystem failure. A 1998 study of Chicago heat wave victims reported that the degree of functional disability predicted survival at 1 year.9 Although hospital mortality was 21%, severe functional impairment at discharge was 33%, with an additional 28% mortality at 1 year.9 And the 1-year mortality from heat stroke is similar to that of cerebral vascular accidents.10 Within 24 hours, heat stroke victims often will display evidence of muscle, kidney, and cardiac dysfunction. Delay in intervention raises the risk of fatalities associated with hyperthermia.11,12 Tissue destruction due to uncompensated heat may lead to rhabdomyolysis and subsequent myoglobinuria and renal injury. Damaged hepatocytes may lead to coagulopathies and hepatitis. Injured heart muscle may lead to arrhythmias and cardiac arrest.

The CNS symptoms may be difficult to ascertain in an intense working environment. The CNS system dysfunction is indicative of progression from heat injury to heat stroke and thus a medical emergency. It is imperative that the clinician be able to assess the individual quickly and accurately.

Delirium

Along with physical problems associated with it, heat injury can also lead to relatively abrupt mental status changes. In 2005, Glazer reported that even with minimally elevated core temperatures, CNS system changes can present with altered mental status, convulsions, and coma.13 This qualifies as a medical emergency known as delirium. Patients with delirium may present with a history of abrupt and fluctuating levels of consciousness. This fluctuation in symptoms that resemble sepsis could confuse medical providers.13 Thus, it is imperative that there be continuity of care of the patient with the ability to compare states of consciousness longitudinally over time.

In 1984, Pérez reported that nurses, perhaps because of their familiarity with and proximity to the patient, recorded delirium in 93% of patients, whereas psychiatric consultants recorded delirium only 34% of the time.14 Delirium manifests with several neurologic signs and symptoms; these include but are not limited to tremor, myoclonus, difficulty reading and writing, and visuoconstructive deficits, such as copying designs and problem solving.15 No matter the method to discover the delirium, the definitive treatment is to identify and treat the underlying medical condition.15 The CNS system dysfunction consistent with delirium such as irritability, ataxia, and confusion are essential to the diagnosis of heat stroke.13 Coma and seizures may occur, and retarded recovery of functional ability is an indication of a poor prognosis.9

Objective

The authors propose that in addition to vital signs, an assessment of a patient’s mental status through the use of a mental status exam could be a tool that identifies the problem early and avoids the progression of symptoms from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke. Early intervention in the progression of symptoms of hyperthermia can save lives, decrease suffering, and maintain a more robust mission-ready posture for the individual and the unit.

 

 

Study

During the fall of 2014, the Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, and Explosive (CBRNE) unit of the Utah Air and Army National Guard participated in exercises using 2,159 patient encounters that were in PPE (full hazmat and SCBA) also known as level C protective clothing. Temperatures ranged from a minimum of 29°F to a high of 56°F. A mock disaster was practiced for 5 days, and of those 2,159 iterations, 43 were disqualified (2%) for any reason. Two individuals presented with altered mental status and disrupted vital signs and were disqualified for heat injuries with cognitive symptoms (0.00092%). These members were excused from duty, monitored in the medical work/rest tent until mental status and vital signs returned to baseline.

The tool used in the study was the Micro-Mental Test. This is a mental status exam that is more than a simple gestalt of how the patient is performing cognitively but less than a full Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE). This abbreviated mental status exam provides a field expedient measurement of the individual’s ability to function cognitively. It is important to realize that this exam is most effective when repeated over time to assess the patients’ mental status longitudinally. It would be cavalier to propose that an abbreviated mental status exam would be sufficient to diagnose heat stroke, but a mental status exam—however brief—along with symptoms of hyperpyrexia, abnormal vital signs, and anhydrosis can be a useful tool to make the diagnostic transition from heat exhaustion to heat stroke.

Micro-Mental Status Exam

The traditional mental status measures are appearance, behavior, speech, mood, affect, thought process, thought content, cognition, insight, and judgment. Rapidly assessing mental status is crucial for the assessment of heat injuries, because increased vital signs coupled with neurologic changes indicate a medical emergency. The MMSE is painstaking and a somewhat cumbersome tool to use in the field. Therefore, the authors suggest a micro-mental status exam (Table). This abbreviated mental status exam is performed before the individual is placed in the PPE and enters the working environment.

The individual is then assessed after every rotation exiting the PPE and allowed to rest under supervision. Assessing the individual with vital signs and mental status longitudinally allows the provider to rapidly assess and intervene if the patient begins to exhibit mental status changes along with increased vital signs. The patient is assessed for ataxia, confusion, irritability, and lack of coordination. Patients are asked to find from a file drawer their individual prescreen checklist. This test assesses fine motor skills and cognition. Following this, self-identifying personal information from a precheck sheet is verified, and finally, simple questions regarding orientation to person, place, date, and time are posed.

Assessing Executive Function

Examples of measures of thought processes include assessing executive function by having participants find their paperwork, identifying their platoon leader, and correctly responding to questions, such as, “Where exactly were you working in the emergency area and what exactly were you doing?” This assesses executive function and thought process. Thought content could be assessed with inquiries such as, “Anything troubling about your work?” or “Would you tell me honestly if there were anything troubling or unsafe about the work you have performed?” Cognition could be assessed by questions regarding chain of command (both officer and enlisted), 3 suggestions to improve, 3 suggestions to maintain, and knowledge of the rotation schedule for the rest of the day.

The abbreviated mental status exam should in no way replace the robust and accurate mental status exam. However, in a rapidly changing, austere, or asymmetrical environment, a simple gestalt of the patient is ineffective, and the full mental status evaluation may be too time consuming. The authors propose the Micro-Mental Exam as an alternative. It is imperative that the exam be compared with the baseline assessment of the individual during the prescreening of vital signs before the individual enters the exercise.

This Micro-Mental Exam provides a quick, easy, nonintrusive, and stress-free assessment of the patient. The clarity of cognition and ability to perform simple mental tasks could serve to reassure the provider that the patient has not progressed into the dangerous area of delirium secondary to heat exposure.

Use of this simple tool during the CBRNE exercise resulted in the disqualification of 2 individuals for probable heat injury; additionally, it gave the providers a rapid assessment tool to quickly identify and treat individuals with progressive heat stress to heat stroke.

Discussion

Compared with studies of heat injuries in military and football equipment, the expected heat injury in PPE gear is very low.2-4 The low number of disqualifications during the CBRNE exercise could be due to the extensive measures in place to assist individuals under heat stress. These measures include strict adherence to the work/rest cycles mandated by the DoD, competent leadership in evaluating and treating individuals participating in the exercise, and paying close attention not only to the vital signs, but also participants’ mental status.

 

 

A study in 2002 suggested that spending time in an air-conditioned area is the strongest factor in preventing heat-related deaths.16 The study also recommended prevention measures if heat exposure cannot be avoided: working in the cooler part of the day, plenty of water or nonalcoholic drinks, cool showers, lightweight light-colored clothing, and avoiding direct sunshine.16

A study in 2013 suggested that heat injuries are a significant threat to the effectiveness of military operations in general and to the youngest (the most inexperienced soldiers) specifically.17 The study further suggested that it is imperative that leaders be aware of adequate hydration on the one hand and excessive water intake on the other and enforce effective countermeasures against all types of heat injuries.17

Hyponatremia

Hyponatremia is a possible complication of heat exposure and can be divided into categories according to volume: hypovolemia, euvolemia, and hypervolemia.18 Hyponatremia is associated with excessive water consumption and excessive sodium losses via sweat during prolonged physical exertion. Symptoms of hyponatremia are related to the severity of sodium deficit and the rate of sodium decline.18 These symptoms include but are not limited to polydipsia, muscle cramps, headache, altered mental status, coma, and status epilepticus.

Hypovolemic hyponatremia usually will have signs of volume depletion, and sodium levels < 20 mEq/L. Treatment typically consists of volume replenishment with isotonic saline (0.9%), treatment of the underlying condition, and correction of the factors causing hypovolemia.

Euvolemic hyponatremia is typically due to the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone (SIADH) and spot urinary sodium is > 20 mEq/L. Correction consists of fluid restriction and correction of the underlying cause.18

Hypervolemic hyponatremia occurs when the kidneys are overwhelmed and cannot excrete water effectively. It is commonly caused by heart failure, cirrhosis, or renal injury. Treatment consists of correction of the underlying cause, sodium and fluid restriction, and diuretic therapy.18 In severe cases of hyponatremia, sodium levels usually have decreased rapidly—typically in less than 24 hours.

Hyponatremia is defined as plasma sodium levels < 135 mEq/L, and severe symptoms often occur when the sodium level reaches 120 mEq/L. Treatment must be initiated quickly to avoid cerebral edema, respiratory failure, brain stem herniation, and death. Correction includes hypertonic 3% saline infusion at a rate of 0.5 to 2 mL/kg per hour until symptoms resolve. Two separate studies in 2014 and 2013 suggested that the rate of sodium correction should be 6 to 12 mEq/L in the first 24 hours and 18 mEq/L or less in 48 hours.19,20

In 2009, Sterns and colleagues suggested that for the treatment of hyponatremia the therapeutic goals for serum sodium concentrations should be 6 to 8 mmol/L in 24 hours, 12 to 14 mmol/L in 48 hours, and 14 to 16 mmol/L in 72 hours.21 To exceed these parameters in the correction of hyponatremia risks overcorrection and iatrogenic brain damage.21

Care must be taken not to overcorrect sodium levels. In 2013, Sood and colleagues reported that in severe hyponatremia, a combination of 3% saline and 1 to 2 µg of desmopressin every 6 to 8 hours achieved a predictable correction of 3 to 7 mEq/L per hour with no overcorrection.22

In the spring of 1998, U.S. Army guidelines were revised not only to protect service members from heat injury, but also from hyponatremia caused by excessive sodium loss due to exertion combined with excessive water consumption. There were fewer hospitalizations of soldiers for hyponatremia due to excessive water consumption after the guidelines were implemented.23 Potential hyponatremia in PPE is even greater due to the strenuous environment. The potential injury due to heat injury on the one hand and hyponatremia on the other demands tailored scrutiny by experienced providers and commanders who can make appropriate changes to the work-rest cycle as needed.

Quick recognition and treatment of exercise-induced hyponatremia is essential to avoid altered mental status, seizures, coma, and death. Current guidelines for the correction of exercise-induced hyponatremia suggest rapid correction of hyponatremia with up to three 100 mL boluses of 3% NaCl in 10-minute intervals. A 2012 case study by Elsaesser and colleagues reported that a severely dehydrated marathon runner with exercise-induced hyponatremic encephalopathy achieved a resolution of symptoms with rapid correction with 100 mL boluses of 3% NaCl spaced in 10-minute intervals. An additional volume of 650 mL of 3% NaCl given over 2 hours for a total volume of 950 mL was needed to resolve the exercise-induced hyponatremia.24 It seems that a 4- to 6-mmol/L increase in serum (Na+) is adequate to reverse most serious clinical manifestations of acute hyponatremia.21

When hyponatremia is corrected too rapidly, the brain’s ability to absorb the metabolites is overwhelmed, resulting in osmotic demyelination.21 Demyelination was produced in animal models by the rapid induction of hypernatremia and can occur in patients who are overcorrected to a hypernatremic state.20 When individuals with chronic hyponatremia are corrected to normal sodium levels, an initial improvement may occur followed by new and often progressive neurologic deficits.20

 

 

In 2012, Elsaesser and colleagues suggested that concern regarding overcorrection of hyponatremia might be exaggerated in the setting of exercise-induced hyponatremia. Indeed, the only cases of death associated with exercise-induced hyponatremia have been in the setting of no treatment or slow correction of hyponatremia with normal saline.24

Conclusions

The issue of heat injury in athletic and military environments plagues participants and leaders alike. This article has sought to shed light on mechanisms that are helpful in mitigating heat injury. Football equipment and military protective gear that diminishes that ability to dissipate heat through the retardation of evaporation, convection, and radiation is a key factor in the development of heat injury.

Personal protective equipment is the most hazardous environment for the development of heat injury. This protective gear along with increased environmental humidity, elevated temperature, and increased workload create a dangerous environment for the individuals involved. Careful monitoring of vital signs is an important factor in avoiding heat injuries.

This article proposes that vital signs along with strict monitoring of mental status through (1) orientation; (2) simple task completion; (3) thought processes; and (4) cognitive ability over time combine to be a powerful deterrent to heat injury in an austere and dangerous working environment. It would be cavalier to propose that all heat injuries in any environment could be avoided by following these guidelines, and more tools to avoid heat injury will be developed. But medical providers trained not only to use vital signs, but also monitor and respond to mental status changes in the patient can mitigate heat injuries more effectively. Finally, careful attention should be placed on correcting hypo- and hypernatremia when rehydrating individuals in this challenging environment.

Acknowledgements
The authors wish to thank the following for their contribution to this manuscript: Sarah M. Paulsen, REB Smith, and the entire CERF-P leadership of the Utah National Guard.

References

 

1. U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat-related deaths--four states, July-August 2001, and United States, 1979-1999. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2002;51(26):567-570.

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat illness among high school athletes--United States, 2005-2009. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2010;59(32):1009-1013.

3. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC, Casa DJ, Ganio, et al. The American football uniform: uncompensable heat stress and hyperthermic exhaustion. J Athl Train. 2010;45(2):117-127.

4. Caldwell JN, Engelen L, van der Henst C, Patterson MJ, Taylor AS. The interaction of body armor, low-intensity exercise and hot-humid conditions on physiological strain and cognitive function. Mil Med. 2011;176(5):488-493.

5. Morley J, Beauchamp G, Suyama J, et al. Cognitive function following treadmill exercise in thermal protective clothing. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2012;112(5):1733-1740.

6. Becker JA, Stewart LK. Heat-related illness. Am Fam Physician. 2011;83(11):1325-1330.

7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Health Statistics Reports. Deaths attributed to heat, cold, and other weather events in the United States, 2006-2010. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhsr/nhsr076.pdf. Accessed January 18, 2016.

8. Wexler RK. Evaluation and treatment of heat-related illnesses. Am Fam Physician. 2002;65(11):2307-2314.

9. Dematte JE, O'Mara K, Buescher J, et al. Near-fatal heat stroke during the 1995 heat wave in Chicago. Ann Intern Med. 1998;129(3):173-181.

10. Kaarisalo MM, Immonen-Räihä P, Marttila RJ, et al. Atrial fibrillation and stroke. Mortality and causes of death after the first acute ischemic stroke. Stroke. 1997;28(2):311-315.

11. Casa DJ, McDermott BP, Lee EC, Yeargin SW, Armstrong LE, Maresh CM. Cold water immersion: the gold standard for exertional heatstroke treatment. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2007;35(3):141-149.

12. Marshall SW. Heat injury in youth sport. Br J Sports Med. 2010;44(1):8-12.

13. Glazer JL. Management of heatstroke and heat exhaustion. Am Fam Physician. 2005;71(11):2133-2140.

14. Pérez E, Silverman M. Delirium: the often overlooked diagnosis. Int Psychiatric Med. 1984;14(3):181-188.

15. Gleason O. Delirium. Am Fam Physician. 2003;67(5):1027-1034.

16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat-related deaths--Los Angeles County, California, 1999-2000, and United States, 1979-1998. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2001;50(29):623-626.

17.  Update: heat injuries, active component, U.S. Armed Forces, 2012. MSMR. 2013;20(3):17-20. 

18. Braun MM, Barstow CH, Pyzocha NJ. Diagnosis and management of sodium disorders: hyponatremia and hypernatremia. Am Fam Physician. 2015;91(5):299-307.

19. Spasovski G, Vanholder R, Allolio B, et al; Hyponatraemia Guideline Development Group. Clinical practice guideline on diagnosis and treatment of hyponatremia. Eur Soc Endocrinol. 2014;170:G1-G47.

20. Verbalis JG, Goldsmith SR, Greenberg A, et al. Diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of hyponatremia: expert panel recommendations. Am J Med. 2013;126(10)(suppl 1):S1-S42.

21. Sterns RH, Nigwekar SU, Hix JK. The treatment of hyponatremia. Semin Nephrol. 2009;29(3):282-299.

22. Sood L, Sterns RH, Hix JK, Silver SM, Chen L. Hypertonic saline and desmopressin: a simple strategy for safe correction of severe hyponatremia. Am J Kidney Dis. 2013;61(4):571-578.

23. Update: heat injuries, active component, U.S. Armed Forces, 2012. MSMR. 2013;20(3):20-28.

24. Elsaesser TF, Pang PS, Malik S, Chiampas GT. Large-volume hypertonic saline therapy in endurance athlete with exercise -associated hyponatremic encephalopathy. J Emerg Med. 2013;44(6):1132-1135.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Brown is a physician assistant in the Urology Department at the VA Salt Lake City Health Care System in Utah and a lieutenant colonel in the Utah Air National Guard. Mr. Smith is an Emergency Department physician and a major in the Utah Air National Guard. Mr. Kirkland is a training manager and a master sergeant in the West Virginia National Guard.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
24-29
Legacy Keywords
David B. Brown, Micah J. Smith, Jonathan B. Kirkland, heat injuries, personal protective equipment, hazmat, excessive heat exposure, heat stroke
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Brown is a physician assistant in the Urology Department at the VA Salt Lake City Health Care System in Utah and a lieutenant colonel in the Utah Air National Guard. Mr. Smith is an Emergency Department physician and a major in the Utah Air National Guard. Mr. Kirkland is a training manager and a master sergeant in the West Virginia National Guard.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Brown is a physician assistant in the Urology Department at the VA Salt Lake City Health Care System in Utah and a lieutenant colonel in the Utah Air National Guard. Mr. Smith is an Emergency Department physician and a major in the Utah Air National Guard. Mr. Kirkland is a training manager and a master sergeant in the West Virginia National Guard.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
A tool that identifies heat injuries early can avoid the progression of symptoms from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke.
A tool that identifies heat injuries early can avoid the progression of symptoms from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke.

Heat injuries are a major problem worldwide. In a study chronicling heat deaths in the U.S. from 1979 to 1999, a total of 8,015 deaths were associated with excessive heat exposure.1 Weather conditions caused 3,829 (48%) deaths, and manmade conditions (kitchens, vehicles, boiler rooms, etc) caused 377 (5%) deaths, particularly for those wearing protective clothing.1

Military members who wear combat gear are especially vulnerable to heat injuries, but none more so than members who wear personal protective equipment (PPE). In this review, PPE is defined as self-contained breathing apparatus protective equipment (SCBA) levels B or C. The challenge of PPE is the inability of the individual to dispel heat through radiation, convection, and evaporation. The only close approximation of the PPE environment is combat and football protective equipment. In 2011, CDC reported that football players in uniforms, which resemble PPE for the purpose of this discussion, experienced heat injury at a rate 10 times higher than the average rate for other sports.2 These heat injuries in football players occurred most often during August.2 The injuries could be due to the application of protective clothing and the lack of the participants’ acclimatization. Protective clothing impedes the wearer’s ability to balance heat production with heat dissipation.

In 2010, Armstrong and colleagues suggested that the weight of a football uniform increases heat production.3 And the insulation provided by a football uniform reduces heat dissipation to the surrounding air, decreasing heat loss.3 Additionally, this same study indicated that the more protective gear the subject used, the greater the heat stress.3 The most challenging environment for heat injury is PPE due to the inability to facilitate any heat loss. In 2011, Caldwell and colleagues observed that wearing torso armor increased body temperature 10.8% faster than that of the control group, and those wearing full armor increased body temperature 38% faster than that of the control group.4 And it was proposed that 60% of this heat effect was from wearing the combat helmet.4

The inability to dissipate heat, particularly in protective gear, results in degradation of the effectiveness of the individual and, if left unchecked, may lead to death. Methods exist for health care providers to assess, intervene, and treat populations with heat injuries. These methods include but are not limited to vital signs (blood pressure [BP], body temperature, respiration rate), history of previous heat injury, medications (over-the-counter and prescription), and mental status.

Heat Injuries

Heat injuries are generally divided into 3 categories defined by their severity: heat stress, heat exhaustion, and heat stroke. Heat injuries are due to the individual’s inability to dissipate heat. As the severity of the heat exposure continues, the individual will experience heat stress, and if decompensation continues, the individual will progress to heat exhaustion and finally heat stroke.

If the individual’s physiology is limited or if compensatory mechanisms are compromised, heat stress may occur. Heat compensation can be retarded by any number of the following (including but not limited to): humidity, previous heat injury, lack of sleep, medications, sedentary lifestyle, obesity, caffeinated energy drinks, and dehydration.

In the early phases of heat stress, an individual’s vital signs will increase to compensate for the increase in body heat. Heat exchange is dependent on gradients of temperature and humidity, and as temperature and humidity increase, the ability to transfer heat decreases and becomes less efficient. Failure to accommodate for the increased heat generated and transferred will inevitably result in heat injury.

Working in a hazmat environment in PPE is the worst possible heat transfer scenario due to the inability to use evaporation, the primary means by which heat is released from the body. In this scenario, heat injuries can become dangerous and even fatal if monitoring of vital signs and uncompensated heat production is allowed to continue. As the heat insult progresses from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke, the core temperature, heart rate, and BP continue to increase. Also, during the progression of heat injury, mental status changes often begin to occur. In 2012, Morley and colleagues found that firefighters wearing protective clothing demonstrated a neurocognitive decline after 50 minutes of treadmill exercise, but these performance declines were not noted until 1 hour or more following the exercise.5

Mental status change is a key diagnostic factor that indicates the progression of the patient from heat stress to heat exhaustion and from heat exhaustion to heat stroke. As the hyperthermia progresses, vital signs increase, and the patient’s mental status will begin to deteriorate. If the hyperthermia advances from heat exhaustion to heat stroke, hospitalization is required to reverse the condition. If homeostasis is not restored, the patient may die.

 

 

Mental status changes are usually described as fatigue, lethargy, disorientation, headache, seizure and coma. Indeed, mental status changes may be one of the most important factors that can assist the clinician in the identification, mitigation, and treatment of heat injury before it reaches a critical stage. Clinical familiarity with and diagnosis of delirium resulting from heat injury could prove beneficial in protecting an individual exposed to severe heat environments.

In 2011, Becker and Stewart suggested that in the absence of hyperthermia, the presence of central nervous system (CNS) symptoms should prompt the clinician to pursue another diagnosis.6 However, a core temperature of 104°F with associated CNS changes and anhydrosis should be defined as heat stroke and is a medical emergency.6

Death rates from excessive heat are documented as high as 31%.7 Signs of CNS dysfunction such as irritability, ataxia, headache, nausea, vomiting, anhydrosis, confusion, and decreased cognitive function are essential to the diagnosis of heat stroke. Classic heat stroke will present as a triad of hyperpyrexia, anhydrosis, and mental status changes.8 However, making the diagnosis of heat stroke based on anhydrosis could be dangerous, because in exertional heat stroke, many patients continue to sweat. Overlooking the diagnosis of heat stroke based on anhydrosis could lead to a delay in treatment and severe complications.8 These complications may include hyperkalemia, hyperphosphatemia, hypocalcemia, and myoglobinuria.

Once heat stroke has occurred, coagulopathies may manifest as epistaxis, and endothelial damage may present as peripheral or pulmonary edema. Additionally, a core temperature of above 104°F may trigger a cascade of events that may include systemic inflammatory response resulting in increased cell wall permeability and release of endotoxins. These events can lead to tissue hypoxia, metabolic acidosis, and organ failure. Sequalae from heat stroke can result in multisystem failure. A 1998 study of Chicago heat wave victims reported that the degree of functional disability predicted survival at 1 year.9 Although hospital mortality was 21%, severe functional impairment at discharge was 33%, with an additional 28% mortality at 1 year.9 And the 1-year mortality from heat stroke is similar to that of cerebral vascular accidents.10 Within 24 hours, heat stroke victims often will display evidence of muscle, kidney, and cardiac dysfunction. Delay in intervention raises the risk of fatalities associated with hyperthermia.11,12 Tissue destruction due to uncompensated heat may lead to rhabdomyolysis and subsequent myoglobinuria and renal injury. Damaged hepatocytes may lead to coagulopathies and hepatitis. Injured heart muscle may lead to arrhythmias and cardiac arrest.

The CNS symptoms may be difficult to ascertain in an intense working environment. The CNS system dysfunction is indicative of progression from heat injury to heat stroke and thus a medical emergency. It is imperative that the clinician be able to assess the individual quickly and accurately.

Delirium

Along with physical problems associated with it, heat injury can also lead to relatively abrupt mental status changes. In 2005, Glazer reported that even with minimally elevated core temperatures, CNS system changes can present with altered mental status, convulsions, and coma.13 This qualifies as a medical emergency known as delirium. Patients with delirium may present with a history of abrupt and fluctuating levels of consciousness. This fluctuation in symptoms that resemble sepsis could confuse medical providers.13 Thus, it is imperative that there be continuity of care of the patient with the ability to compare states of consciousness longitudinally over time.

In 1984, Pérez reported that nurses, perhaps because of their familiarity with and proximity to the patient, recorded delirium in 93% of patients, whereas psychiatric consultants recorded delirium only 34% of the time.14 Delirium manifests with several neurologic signs and symptoms; these include but are not limited to tremor, myoclonus, difficulty reading and writing, and visuoconstructive deficits, such as copying designs and problem solving.15 No matter the method to discover the delirium, the definitive treatment is to identify and treat the underlying medical condition.15 The CNS system dysfunction consistent with delirium such as irritability, ataxia, and confusion are essential to the diagnosis of heat stroke.13 Coma and seizures may occur, and retarded recovery of functional ability is an indication of a poor prognosis.9

Objective

The authors propose that in addition to vital signs, an assessment of a patient’s mental status through the use of a mental status exam could be a tool that identifies the problem early and avoids the progression of symptoms from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke. Early intervention in the progression of symptoms of hyperthermia can save lives, decrease suffering, and maintain a more robust mission-ready posture for the individual and the unit.

 

 

Study

During the fall of 2014, the Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, and Explosive (CBRNE) unit of the Utah Air and Army National Guard participated in exercises using 2,159 patient encounters that were in PPE (full hazmat and SCBA) also known as level C protective clothing. Temperatures ranged from a minimum of 29°F to a high of 56°F. A mock disaster was practiced for 5 days, and of those 2,159 iterations, 43 were disqualified (2%) for any reason. Two individuals presented with altered mental status and disrupted vital signs and were disqualified for heat injuries with cognitive symptoms (0.00092%). These members were excused from duty, monitored in the medical work/rest tent until mental status and vital signs returned to baseline.

The tool used in the study was the Micro-Mental Test. This is a mental status exam that is more than a simple gestalt of how the patient is performing cognitively but less than a full Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE). This abbreviated mental status exam provides a field expedient measurement of the individual’s ability to function cognitively. It is important to realize that this exam is most effective when repeated over time to assess the patients’ mental status longitudinally. It would be cavalier to propose that an abbreviated mental status exam would be sufficient to diagnose heat stroke, but a mental status exam—however brief—along with symptoms of hyperpyrexia, abnormal vital signs, and anhydrosis can be a useful tool to make the diagnostic transition from heat exhaustion to heat stroke.

Micro-Mental Status Exam

The traditional mental status measures are appearance, behavior, speech, mood, affect, thought process, thought content, cognition, insight, and judgment. Rapidly assessing mental status is crucial for the assessment of heat injuries, because increased vital signs coupled with neurologic changes indicate a medical emergency. The MMSE is painstaking and a somewhat cumbersome tool to use in the field. Therefore, the authors suggest a micro-mental status exam (Table). This abbreviated mental status exam is performed before the individual is placed in the PPE and enters the working environment.

The individual is then assessed after every rotation exiting the PPE and allowed to rest under supervision. Assessing the individual with vital signs and mental status longitudinally allows the provider to rapidly assess and intervene if the patient begins to exhibit mental status changes along with increased vital signs. The patient is assessed for ataxia, confusion, irritability, and lack of coordination. Patients are asked to find from a file drawer their individual prescreen checklist. This test assesses fine motor skills and cognition. Following this, self-identifying personal information from a precheck sheet is verified, and finally, simple questions regarding orientation to person, place, date, and time are posed.

Assessing Executive Function

Examples of measures of thought processes include assessing executive function by having participants find their paperwork, identifying their platoon leader, and correctly responding to questions, such as, “Where exactly were you working in the emergency area and what exactly were you doing?” This assesses executive function and thought process. Thought content could be assessed with inquiries such as, “Anything troubling about your work?” or “Would you tell me honestly if there were anything troubling or unsafe about the work you have performed?” Cognition could be assessed by questions regarding chain of command (both officer and enlisted), 3 suggestions to improve, 3 suggestions to maintain, and knowledge of the rotation schedule for the rest of the day.

The abbreviated mental status exam should in no way replace the robust and accurate mental status exam. However, in a rapidly changing, austere, or asymmetrical environment, a simple gestalt of the patient is ineffective, and the full mental status evaluation may be too time consuming. The authors propose the Micro-Mental Exam as an alternative. It is imperative that the exam be compared with the baseline assessment of the individual during the prescreening of vital signs before the individual enters the exercise.

This Micro-Mental Exam provides a quick, easy, nonintrusive, and stress-free assessment of the patient. The clarity of cognition and ability to perform simple mental tasks could serve to reassure the provider that the patient has not progressed into the dangerous area of delirium secondary to heat exposure.

Use of this simple tool during the CBRNE exercise resulted in the disqualification of 2 individuals for probable heat injury; additionally, it gave the providers a rapid assessment tool to quickly identify and treat individuals with progressive heat stress to heat stroke.

Discussion

Compared with studies of heat injuries in military and football equipment, the expected heat injury in PPE gear is very low.2-4 The low number of disqualifications during the CBRNE exercise could be due to the extensive measures in place to assist individuals under heat stress. These measures include strict adherence to the work/rest cycles mandated by the DoD, competent leadership in evaluating and treating individuals participating in the exercise, and paying close attention not only to the vital signs, but also participants’ mental status.

 

 

A study in 2002 suggested that spending time in an air-conditioned area is the strongest factor in preventing heat-related deaths.16 The study also recommended prevention measures if heat exposure cannot be avoided: working in the cooler part of the day, plenty of water or nonalcoholic drinks, cool showers, lightweight light-colored clothing, and avoiding direct sunshine.16

A study in 2013 suggested that heat injuries are a significant threat to the effectiveness of military operations in general and to the youngest (the most inexperienced soldiers) specifically.17 The study further suggested that it is imperative that leaders be aware of adequate hydration on the one hand and excessive water intake on the other and enforce effective countermeasures against all types of heat injuries.17

Hyponatremia

Hyponatremia is a possible complication of heat exposure and can be divided into categories according to volume: hypovolemia, euvolemia, and hypervolemia.18 Hyponatremia is associated with excessive water consumption and excessive sodium losses via sweat during prolonged physical exertion. Symptoms of hyponatremia are related to the severity of sodium deficit and the rate of sodium decline.18 These symptoms include but are not limited to polydipsia, muscle cramps, headache, altered mental status, coma, and status epilepticus.

Hypovolemic hyponatremia usually will have signs of volume depletion, and sodium levels < 20 mEq/L. Treatment typically consists of volume replenishment with isotonic saline (0.9%), treatment of the underlying condition, and correction of the factors causing hypovolemia.

Euvolemic hyponatremia is typically due to the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone (SIADH) and spot urinary sodium is > 20 mEq/L. Correction consists of fluid restriction and correction of the underlying cause.18

Hypervolemic hyponatremia occurs when the kidneys are overwhelmed and cannot excrete water effectively. It is commonly caused by heart failure, cirrhosis, or renal injury. Treatment consists of correction of the underlying cause, sodium and fluid restriction, and diuretic therapy.18 In severe cases of hyponatremia, sodium levels usually have decreased rapidly—typically in less than 24 hours.

Hyponatremia is defined as plasma sodium levels < 135 mEq/L, and severe symptoms often occur when the sodium level reaches 120 mEq/L. Treatment must be initiated quickly to avoid cerebral edema, respiratory failure, brain stem herniation, and death. Correction includes hypertonic 3% saline infusion at a rate of 0.5 to 2 mL/kg per hour until symptoms resolve. Two separate studies in 2014 and 2013 suggested that the rate of sodium correction should be 6 to 12 mEq/L in the first 24 hours and 18 mEq/L or less in 48 hours.19,20

In 2009, Sterns and colleagues suggested that for the treatment of hyponatremia the therapeutic goals for serum sodium concentrations should be 6 to 8 mmol/L in 24 hours, 12 to 14 mmol/L in 48 hours, and 14 to 16 mmol/L in 72 hours.21 To exceed these parameters in the correction of hyponatremia risks overcorrection and iatrogenic brain damage.21

Care must be taken not to overcorrect sodium levels. In 2013, Sood and colleagues reported that in severe hyponatremia, a combination of 3% saline and 1 to 2 µg of desmopressin every 6 to 8 hours achieved a predictable correction of 3 to 7 mEq/L per hour with no overcorrection.22

In the spring of 1998, U.S. Army guidelines were revised not only to protect service members from heat injury, but also from hyponatremia caused by excessive sodium loss due to exertion combined with excessive water consumption. There were fewer hospitalizations of soldiers for hyponatremia due to excessive water consumption after the guidelines were implemented.23 Potential hyponatremia in PPE is even greater due to the strenuous environment. The potential injury due to heat injury on the one hand and hyponatremia on the other demands tailored scrutiny by experienced providers and commanders who can make appropriate changes to the work-rest cycle as needed.

Quick recognition and treatment of exercise-induced hyponatremia is essential to avoid altered mental status, seizures, coma, and death. Current guidelines for the correction of exercise-induced hyponatremia suggest rapid correction of hyponatremia with up to three 100 mL boluses of 3% NaCl in 10-minute intervals. A 2012 case study by Elsaesser and colleagues reported that a severely dehydrated marathon runner with exercise-induced hyponatremic encephalopathy achieved a resolution of symptoms with rapid correction with 100 mL boluses of 3% NaCl spaced in 10-minute intervals. An additional volume of 650 mL of 3% NaCl given over 2 hours for a total volume of 950 mL was needed to resolve the exercise-induced hyponatremia.24 It seems that a 4- to 6-mmol/L increase in serum (Na+) is adequate to reverse most serious clinical manifestations of acute hyponatremia.21

When hyponatremia is corrected too rapidly, the brain’s ability to absorb the metabolites is overwhelmed, resulting in osmotic demyelination.21 Demyelination was produced in animal models by the rapid induction of hypernatremia and can occur in patients who are overcorrected to a hypernatremic state.20 When individuals with chronic hyponatremia are corrected to normal sodium levels, an initial improvement may occur followed by new and often progressive neurologic deficits.20

 

 

In 2012, Elsaesser and colleagues suggested that concern regarding overcorrection of hyponatremia might be exaggerated in the setting of exercise-induced hyponatremia. Indeed, the only cases of death associated with exercise-induced hyponatremia have been in the setting of no treatment or slow correction of hyponatremia with normal saline.24

Conclusions

The issue of heat injury in athletic and military environments plagues participants and leaders alike. This article has sought to shed light on mechanisms that are helpful in mitigating heat injury. Football equipment and military protective gear that diminishes that ability to dissipate heat through the retardation of evaporation, convection, and radiation is a key factor in the development of heat injury.

Personal protective equipment is the most hazardous environment for the development of heat injury. This protective gear along with increased environmental humidity, elevated temperature, and increased workload create a dangerous environment for the individuals involved. Careful monitoring of vital signs is an important factor in avoiding heat injuries.

This article proposes that vital signs along with strict monitoring of mental status through (1) orientation; (2) simple task completion; (3) thought processes; and (4) cognitive ability over time combine to be a powerful deterrent to heat injury in an austere and dangerous working environment. It would be cavalier to propose that all heat injuries in any environment could be avoided by following these guidelines, and more tools to avoid heat injury will be developed. But medical providers trained not only to use vital signs, but also monitor and respond to mental status changes in the patient can mitigate heat injuries more effectively. Finally, careful attention should be placed on correcting hypo- and hypernatremia when rehydrating individuals in this challenging environment.

Acknowledgements
The authors wish to thank the following for their contribution to this manuscript: Sarah M. Paulsen, REB Smith, and the entire CERF-P leadership of the Utah National Guard.

Heat injuries are a major problem worldwide. In a study chronicling heat deaths in the U.S. from 1979 to 1999, a total of 8,015 deaths were associated with excessive heat exposure.1 Weather conditions caused 3,829 (48%) deaths, and manmade conditions (kitchens, vehicles, boiler rooms, etc) caused 377 (5%) deaths, particularly for those wearing protective clothing.1

Military members who wear combat gear are especially vulnerable to heat injuries, but none more so than members who wear personal protective equipment (PPE). In this review, PPE is defined as self-contained breathing apparatus protective equipment (SCBA) levels B or C. The challenge of PPE is the inability of the individual to dispel heat through radiation, convection, and evaporation. The only close approximation of the PPE environment is combat and football protective equipment. In 2011, CDC reported that football players in uniforms, which resemble PPE for the purpose of this discussion, experienced heat injury at a rate 10 times higher than the average rate for other sports.2 These heat injuries in football players occurred most often during August.2 The injuries could be due to the application of protective clothing and the lack of the participants’ acclimatization. Protective clothing impedes the wearer’s ability to balance heat production with heat dissipation.

In 2010, Armstrong and colleagues suggested that the weight of a football uniform increases heat production.3 And the insulation provided by a football uniform reduces heat dissipation to the surrounding air, decreasing heat loss.3 Additionally, this same study indicated that the more protective gear the subject used, the greater the heat stress.3 The most challenging environment for heat injury is PPE due to the inability to facilitate any heat loss. In 2011, Caldwell and colleagues observed that wearing torso armor increased body temperature 10.8% faster than that of the control group, and those wearing full armor increased body temperature 38% faster than that of the control group.4 And it was proposed that 60% of this heat effect was from wearing the combat helmet.4

The inability to dissipate heat, particularly in protective gear, results in degradation of the effectiveness of the individual and, if left unchecked, may lead to death. Methods exist for health care providers to assess, intervene, and treat populations with heat injuries. These methods include but are not limited to vital signs (blood pressure [BP], body temperature, respiration rate), history of previous heat injury, medications (over-the-counter and prescription), and mental status.

Heat Injuries

Heat injuries are generally divided into 3 categories defined by their severity: heat stress, heat exhaustion, and heat stroke. Heat injuries are due to the individual’s inability to dissipate heat. As the severity of the heat exposure continues, the individual will experience heat stress, and if decompensation continues, the individual will progress to heat exhaustion and finally heat stroke.

If the individual’s physiology is limited or if compensatory mechanisms are compromised, heat stress may occur. Heat compensation can be retarded by any number of the following (including but not limited to): humidity, previous heat injury, lack of sleep, medications, sedentary lifestyle, obesity, caffeinated energy drinks, and dehydration.

In the early phases of heat stress, an individual’s vital signs will increase to compensate for the increase in body heat. Heat exchange is dependent on gradients of temperature and humidity, and as temperature and humidity increase, the ability to transfer heat decreases and becomes less efficient. Failure to accommodate for the increased heat generated and transferred will inevitably result in heat injury.

Working in a hazmat environment in PPE is the worst possible heat transfer scenario due to the inability to use evaporation, the primary means by which heat is released from the body. In this scenario, heat injuries can become dangerous and even fatal if monitoring of vital signs and uncompensated heat production is allowed to continue. As the heat insult progresses from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke, the core temperature, heart rate, and BP continue to increase. Also, during the progression of heat injury, mental status changes often begin to occur. In 2012, Morley and colleagues found that firefighters wearing protective clothing demonstrated a neurocognitive decline after 50 minutes of treadmill exercise, but these performance declines were not noted until 1 hour or more following the exercise.5

Mental status change is a key diagnostic factor that indicates the progression of the patient from heat stress to heat exhaustion and from heat exhaustion to heat stroke. As the hyperthermia progresses, vital signs increase, and the patient’s mental status will begin to deteriorate. If the hyperthermia advances from heat exhaustion to heat stroke, hospitalization is required to reverse the condition. If homeostasis is not restored, the patient may die.

 

 

Mental status changes are usually described as fatigue, lethargy, disorientation, headache, seizure and coma. Indeed, mental status changes may be one of the most important factors that can assist the clinician in the identification, mitigation, and treatment of heat injury before it reaches a critical stage. Clinical familiarity with and diagnosis of delirium resulting from heat injury could prove beneficial in protecting an individual exposed to severe heat environments.

In 2011, Becker and Stewart suggested that in the absence of hyperthermia, the presence of central nervous system (CNS) symptoms should prompt the clinician to pursue another diagnosis.6 However, a core temperature of 104°F with associated CNS changes and anhydrosis should be defined as heat stroke and is a medical emergency.6

Death rates from excessive heat are documented as high as 31%.7 Signs of CNS dysfunction such as irritability, ataxia, headache, nausea, vomiting, anhydrosis, confusion, and decreased cognitive function are essential to the diagnosis of heat stroke. Classic heat stroke will present as a triad of hyperpyrexia, anhydrosis, and mental status changes.8 However, making the diagnosis of heat stroke based on anhydrosis could be dangerous, because in exertional heat stroke, many patients continue to sweat. Overlooking the diagnosis of heat stroke based on anhydrosis could lead to a delay in treatment and severe complications.8 These complications may include hyperkalemia, hyperphosphatemia, hypocalcemia, and myoglobinuria.

Once heat stroke has occurred, coagulopathies may manifest as epistaxis, and endothelial damage may present as peripheral or pulmonary edema. Additionally, a core temperature of above 104°F may trigger a cascade of events that may include systemic inflammatory response resulting in increased cell wall permeability and release of endotoxins. These events can lead to tissue hypoxia, metabolic acidosis, and organ failure. Sequalae from heat stroke can result in multisystem failure. A 1998 study of Chicago heat wave victims reported that the degree of functional disability predicted survival at 1 year.9 Although hospital mortality was 21%, severe functional impairment at discharge was 33%, with an additional 28% mortality at 1 year.9 And the 1-year mortality from heat stroke is similar to that of cerebral vascular accidents.10 Within 24 hours, heat stroke victims often will display evidence of muscle, kidney, and cardiac dysfunction. Delay in intervention raises the risk of fatalities associated with hyperthermia.11,12 Tissue destruction due to uncompensated heat may lead to rhabdomyolysis and subsequent myoglobinuria and renal injury. Damaged hepatocytes may lead to coagulopathies and hepatitis. Injured heart muscle may lead to arrhythmias and cardiac arrest.

The CNS symptoms may be difficult to ascertain in an intense working environment. The CNS system dysfunction is indicative of progression from heat injury to heat stroke and thus a medical emergency. It is imperative that the clinician be able to assess the individual quickly and accurately.

Delirium

Along with physical problems associated with it, heat injury can also lead to relatively abrupt mental status changes. In 2005, Glazer reported that even with minimally elevated core temperatures, CNS system changes can present with altered mental status, convulsions, and coma.13 This qualifies as a medical emergency known as delirium. Patients with delirium may present with a history of abrupt and fluctuating levels of consciousness. This fluctuation in symptoms that resemble sepsis could confuse medical providers.13 Thus, it is imperative that there be continuity of care of the patient with the ability to compare states of consciousness longitudinally over time.

In 1984, Pérez reported that nurses, perhaps because of their familiarity with and proximity to the patient, recorded delirium in 93% of patients, whereas psychiatric consultants recorded delirium only 34% of the time.14 Delirium manifests with several neurologic signs and symptoms; these include but are not limited to tremor, myoclonus, difficulty reading and writing, and visuoconstructive deficits, such as copying designs and problem solving.15 No matter the method to discover the delirium, the definitive treatment is to identify and treat the underlying medical condition.15 The CNS system dysfunction consistent with delirium such as irritability, ataxia, and confusion are essential to the diagnosis of heat stroke.13 Coma and seizures may occur, and retarded recovery of functional ability is an indication of a poor prognosis.9

Objective

The authors propose that in addition to vital signs, an assessment of a patient’s mental status through the use of a mental status exam could be a tool that identifies the problem early and avoids the progression of symptoms from heat stress to heat exhaustion and heat stroke. Early intervention in the progression of symptoms of hyperthermia can save lives, decrease suffering, and maintain a more robust mission-ready posture for the individual and the unit.

 

 

Study

During the fall of 2014, the Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, and Explosive (CBRNE) unit of the Utah Air and Army National Guard participated in exercises using 2,159 patient encounters that were in PPE (full hazmat and SCBA) also known as level C protective clothing. Temperatures ranged from a minimum of 29°F to a high of 56°F. A mock disaster was practiced for 5 days, and of those 2,159 iterations, 43 were disqualified (2%) for any reason. Two individuals presented with altered mental status and disrupted vital signs and were disqualified for heat injuries with cognitive symptoms (0.00092%). These members were excused from duty, monitored in the medical work/rest tent until mental status and vital signs returned to baseline.

The tool used in the study was the Micro-Mental Test. This is a mental status exam that is more than a simple gestalt of how the patient is performing cognitively but less than a full Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE). This abbreviated mental status exam provides a field expedient measurement of the individual’s ability to function cognitively. It is important to realize that this exam is most effective when repeated over time to assess the patients’ mental status longitudinally. It would be cavalier to propose that an abbreviated mental status exam would be sufficient to diagnose heat stroke, but a mental status exam—however brief—along with symptoms of hyperpyrexia, abnormal vital signs, and anhydrosis can be a useful tool to make the diagnostic transition from heat exhaustion to heat stroke.

Micro-Mental Status Exam

The traditional mental status measures are appearance, behavior, speech, mood, affect, thought process, thought content, cognition, insight, and judgment. Rapidly assessing mental status is crucial for the assessment of heat injuries, because increased vital signs coupled with neurologic changes indicate a medical emergency. The MMSE is painstaking and a somewhat cumbersome tool to use in the field. Therefore, the authors suggest a micro-mental status exam (Table). This abbreviated mental status exam is performed before the individual is placed in the PPE and enters the working environment.

The individual is then assessed after every rotation exiting the PPE and allowed to rest under supervision. Assessing the individual with vital signs and mental status longitudinally allows the provider to rapidly assess and intervene if the patient begins to exhibit mental status changes along with increased vital signs. The patient is assessed for ataxia, confusion, irritability, and lack of coordination. Patients are asked to find from a file drawer their individual prescreen checklist. This test assesses fine motor skills and cognition. Following this, self-identifying personal information from a precheck sheet is verified, and finally, simple questions regarding orientation to person, place, date, and time are posed.

Assessing Executive Function

Examples of measures of thought processes include assessing executive function by having participants find their paperwork, identifying their platoon leader, and correctly responding to questions, such as, “Where exactly were you working in the emergency area and what exactly were you doing?” This assesses executive function and thought process. Thought content could be assessed with inquiries such as, “Anything troubling about your work?” or “Would you tell me honestly if there were anything troubling or unsafe about the work you have performed?” Cognition could be assessed by questions regarding chain of command (both officer and enlisted), 3 suggestions to improve, 3 suggestions to maintain, and knowledge of the rotation schedule for the rest of the day.

The abbreviated mental status exam should in no way replace the robust and accurate mental status exam. However, in a rapidly changing, austere, or asymmetrical environment, a simple gestalt of the patient is ineffective, and the full mental status evaluation may be too time consuming. The authors propose the Micro-Mental Exam as an alternative. It is imperative that the exam be compared with the baseline assessment of the individual during the prescreening of vital signs before the individual enters the exercise.

This Micro-Mental Exam provides a quick, easy, nonintrusive, and stress-free assessment of the patient. The clarity of cognition and ability to perform simple mental tasks could serve to reassure the provider that the patient has not progressed into the dangerous area of delirium secondary to heat exposure.

Use of this simple tool during the CBRNE exercise resulted in the disqualification of 2 individuals for probable heat injury; additionally, it gave the providers a rapid assessment tool to quickly identify and treat individuals with progressive heat stress to heat stroke.

Discussion

Compared with studies of heat injuries in military and football equipment, the expected heat injury in PPE gear is very low.2-4 The low number of disqualifications during the CBRNE exercise could be due to the extensive measures in place to assist individuals under heat stress. These measures include strict adherence to the work/rest cycles mandated by the DoD, competent leadership in evaluating and treating individuals participating in the exercise, and paying close attention not only to the vital signs, but also participants’ mental status.

 

 

A study in 2002 suggested that spending time in an air-conditioned area is the strongest factor in preventing heat-related deaths.16 The study also recommended prevention measures if heat exposure cannot be avoided: working in the cooler part of the day, plenty of water or nonalcoholic drinks, cool showers, lightweight light-colored clothing, and avoiding direct sunshine.16

A study in 2013 suggested that heat injuries are a significant threat to the effectiveness of military operations in general and to the youngest (the most inexperienced soldiers) specifically.17 The study further suggested that it is imperative that leaders be aware of adequate hydration on the one hand and excessive water intake on the other and enforce effective countermeasures against all types of heat injuries.17

Hyponatremia

Hyponatremia is a possible complication of heat exposure and can be divided into categories according to volume: hypovolemia, euvolemia, and hypervolemia.18 Hyponatremia is associated with excessive water consumption and excessive sodium losses via sweat during prolonged physical exertion. Symptoms of hyponatremia are related to the severity of sodium deficit and the rate of sodium decline.18 These symptoms include but are not limited to polydipsia, muscle cramps, headache, altered mental status, coma, and status epilepticus.

Hypovolemic hyponatremia usually will have signs of volume depletion, and sodium levels < 20 mEq/L. Treatment typically consists of volume replenishment with isotonic saline (0.9%), treatment of the underlying condition, and correction of the factors causing hypovolemia.

Euvolemic hyponatremia is typically due to the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone (SIADH) and spot urinary sodium is > 20 mEq/L. Correction consists of fluid restriction and correction of the underlying cause.18

Hypervolemic hyponatremia occurs when the kidneys are overwhelmed and cannot excrete water effectively. It is commonly caused by heart failure, cirrhosis, or renal injury. Treatment consists of correction of the underlying cause, sodium and fluid restriction, and diuretic therapy.18 In severe cases of hyponatremia, sodium levels usually have decreased rapidly—typically in less than 24 hours.

Hyponatremia is defined as plasma sodium levels < 135 mEq/L, and severe symptoms often occur when the sodium level reaches 120 mEq/L. Treatment must be initiated quickly to avoid cerebral edema, respiratory failure, brain stem herniation, and death. Correction includes hypertonic 3% saline infusion at a rate of 0.5 to 2 mL/kg per hour until symptoms resolve. Two separate studies in 2014 and 2013 suggested that the rate of sodium correction should be 6 to 12 mEq/L in the first 24 hours and 18 mEq/L or less in 48 hours.19,20

In 2009, Sterns and colleagues suggested that for the treatment of hyponatremia the therapeutic goals for serum sodium concentrations should be 6 to 8 mmol/L in 24 hours, 12 to 14 mmol/L in 48 hours, and 14 to 16 mmol/L in 72 hours.21 To exceed these parameters in the correction of hyponatremia risks overcorrection and iatrogenic brain damage.21

Care must be taken not to overcorrect sodium levels. In 2013, Sood and colleagues reported that in severe hyponatremia, a combination of 3% saline and 1 to 2 µg of desmopressin every 6 to 8 hours achieved a predictable correction of 3 to 7 mEq/L per hour with no overcorrection.22

In the spring of 1998, U.S. Army guidelines were revised not only to protect service members from heat injury, but also from hyponatremia caused by excessive sodium loss due to exertion combined with excessive water consumption. There were fewer hospitalizations of soldiers for hyponatremia due to excessive water consumption after the guidelines were implemented.23 Potential hyponatremia in PPE is even greater due to the strenuous environment. The potential injury due to heat injury on the one hand and hyponatremia on the other demands tailored scrutiny by experienced providers and commanders who can make appropriate changes to the work-rest cycle as needed.

Quick recognition and treatment of exercise-induced hyponatremia is essential to avoid altered mental status, seizures, coma, and death. Current guidelines for the correction of exercise-induced hyponatremia suggest rapid correction of hyponatremia with up to three 100 mL boluses of 3% NaCl in 10-minute intervals. A 2012 case study by Elsaesser and colleagues reported that a severely dehydrated marathon runner with exercise-induced hyponatremic encephalopathy achieved a resolution of symptoms with rapid correction with 100 mL boluses of 3% NaCl spaced in 10-minute intervals. An additional volume of 650 mL of 3% NaCl given over 2 hours for a total volume of 950 mL was needed to resolve the exercise-induced hyponatremia.24 It seems that a 4- to 6-mmol/L increase in serum (Na+) is adequate to reverse most serious clinical manifestations of acute hyponatremia.21

When hyponatremia is corrected too rapidly, the brain’s ability to absorb the metabolites is overwhelmed, resulting in osmotic demyelination.21 Demyelination was produced in animal models by the rapid induction of hypernatremia and can occur in patients who are overcorrected to a hypernatremic state.20 When individuals with chronic hyponatremia are corrected to normal sodium levels, an initial improvement may occur followed by new and often progressive neurologic deficits.20

 

 

In 2012, Elsaesser and colleagues suggested that concern regarding overcorrection of hyponatremia might be exaggerated in the setting of exercise-induced hyponatremia. Indeed, the only cases of death associated with exercise-induced hyponatremia have been in the setting of no treatment or slow correction of hyponatremia with normal saline.24

Conclusions

The issue of heat injury in athletic and military environments plagues participants and leaders alike. This article has sought to shed light on mechanisms that are helpful in mitigating heat injury. Football equipment and military protective gear that diminishes that ability to dissipate heat through the retardation of evaporation, convection, and radiation is a key factor in the development of heat injury.

Personal protective equipment is the most hazardous environment for the development of heat injury. This protective gear along with increased environmental humidity, elevated temperature, and increased workload create a dangerous environment for the individuals involved. Careful monitoring of vital signs is an important factor in avoiding heat injuries.

This article proposes that vital signs along with strict monitoring of mental status through (1) orientation; (2) simple task completion; (3) thought processes; and (4) cognitive ability over time combine to be a powerful deterrent to heat injury in an austere and dangerous working environment. It would be cavalier to propose that all heat injuries in any environment could be avoided by following these guidelines, and more tools to avoid heat injury will be developed. But medical providers trained not only to use vital signs, but also monitor and respond to mental status changes in the patient can mitigate heat injuries more effectively. Finally, careful attention should be placed on correcting hypo- and hypernatremia when rehydrating individuals in this challenging environment.

Acknowledgements
The authors wish to thank the following for their contribution to this manuscript: Sarah M. Paulsen, REB Smith, and the entire CERF-P leadership of the Utah National Guard.

References

 

1. U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat-related deaths--four states, July-August 2001, and United States, 1979-1999. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2002;51(26):567-570.

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat illness among high school athletes--United States, 2005-2009. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2010;59(32):1009-1013.

3. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC, Casa DJ, Ganio, et al. The American football uniform: uncompensable heat stress and hyperthermic exhaustion. J Athl Train. 2010;45(2):117-127.

4. Caldwell JN, Engelen L, van der Henst C, Patterson MJ, Taylor AS. The interaction of body armor, low-intensity exercise and hot-humid conditions on physiological strain and cognitive function. Mil Med. 2011;176(5):488-493.

5. Morley J, Beauchamp G, Suyama J, et al. Cognitive function following treadmill exercise in thermal protective clothing. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2012;112(5):1733-1740.

6. Becker JA, Stewart LK. Heat-related illness. Am Fam Physician. 2011;83(11):1325-1330.

7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Health Statistics Reports. Deaths attributed to heat, cold, and other weather events in the United States, 2006-2010. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhsr/nhsr076.pdf. Accessed January 18, 2016.

8. Wexler RK. Evaluation and treatment of heat-related illnesses. Am Fam Physician. 2002;65(11):2307-2314.

9. Dematte JE, O'Mara K, Buescher J, et al. Near-fatal heat stroke during the 1995 heat wave in Chicago. Ann Intern Med. 1998;129(3):173-181.

10. Kaarisalo MM, Immonen-Räihä P, Marttila RJ, et al. Atrial fibrillation and stroke. Mortality and causes of death after the first acute ischemic stroke. Stroke. 1997;28(2):311-315.

11. Casa DJ, McDermott BP, Lee EC, Yeargin SW, Armstrong LE, Maresh CM. Cold water immersion: the gold standard for exertional heatstroke treatment. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2007;35(3):141-149.

12. Marshall SW. Heat injury in youth sport. Br J Sports Med. 2010;44(1):8-12.

13. Glazer JL. Management of heatstroke and heat exhaustion. Am Fam Physician. 2005;71(11):2133-2140.

14. Pérez E, Silverman M. Delirium: the often overlooked diagnosis. Int Psychiatric Med. 1984;14(3):181-188.

15. Gleason O. Delirium. Am Fam Physician. 2003;67(5):1027-1034.

16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat-related deaths--Los Angeles County, California, 1999-2000, and United States, 1979-1998. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2001;50(29):623-626.

17.  Update: heat injuries, active component, U.S. Armed Forces, 2012. MSMR. 2013;20(3):17-20. 

18. Braun MM, Barstow CH, Pyzocha NJ. Diagnosis and management of sodium disorders: hyponatremia and hypernatremia. Am Fam Physician. 2015;91(5):299-307.

19. Spasovski G, Vanholder R, Allolio B, et al; Hyponatraemia Guideline Development Group. Clinical practice guideline on diagnosis and treatment of hyponatremia. Eur Soc Endocrinol. 2014;170:G1-G47.

20. Verbalis JG, Goldsmith SR, Greenberg A, et al. Diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of hyponatremia: expert panel recommendations. Am J Med. 2013;126(10)(suppl 1):S1-S42.

21. Sterns RH, Nigwekar SU, Hix JK. The treatment of hyponatremia. Semin Nephrol. 2009;29(3):282-299.

22. Sood L, Sterns RH, Hix JK, Silver SM, Chen L. Hypertonic saline and desmopressin: a simple strategy for safe correction of severe hyponatremia. Am J Kidney Dis. 2013;61(4):571-578.

23. Update: heat injuries, active component, U.S. Armed Forces, 2012. MSMR. 2013;20(3):20-28.

24. Elsaesser TF, Pang PS, Malik S, Chiampas GT. Large-volume hypertonic saline therapy in endurance athlete with exercise -associated hyponatremic encephalopathy. J Emerg Med. 2013;44(6):1132-1135.

References

 

1. U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat-related deaths--four states, July-August 2001, and United States, 1979-1999. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2002;51(26):567-570.

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat illness among high school athletes--United States, 2005-2009. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2010;59(32):1009-1013.

3. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC, Casa DJ, Ganio, et al. The American football uniform: uncompensable heat stress and hyperthermic exhaustion. J Athl Train. 2010;45(2):117-127.

4. Caldwell JN, Engelen L, van der Henst C, Patterson MJ, Taylor AS. The interaction of body armor, low-intensity exercise and hot-humid conditions on physiological strain and cognitive function. Mil Med. 2011;176(5):488-493.

5. Morley J, Beauchamp G, Suyama J, et al. Cognitive function following treadmill exercise in thermal protective clothing. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2012;112(5):1733-1740.

6. Becker JA, Stewart LK. Heat-related illness. Am Fam Physician. 2011;83(11):1325-1330.

7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Health Statistics Reports. Deaths attributed to heat, cold, and other weather events in the United States, 2006-2010. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhsr/nhsr076.pdf. Accessed January 18, 2016.

8. Wexler RK. Evaluation and treatment of heat-related illnesses. Am Fam Physician. 2002;65(11):2307-2314.

9. Dematte JE, O'Mara K, Buescher J, et al. Near-fatal heat stroke during the 1995 heat wave in Chicago. Ann Intern Med. 1998;129(3):173-181.

10. Kaarisalo MM, Immonen-Räihä P, Marttila RJ, et al. Atrial fibrillation and stroke. Mortality and causes of death after the first acute ischemic stroke. Stroke. 1997;28(2):311-315.

11. Casa DJ, McDermott BP, Lee EC, Yeargin SW, Armstrong LE, Maresh CM. Cold water immersion: the gold standard for exertional heatstroke treatment. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2007;35(3):141-149.

12. Marshall SW. Heat injury in youth sport. Br J Sports Med. 2010;44(1):8-12.

13. Glazer JL. Management of heatstroke and heat exhaustion. Am Fam Physician. 2005;71(11):2133-2140.

14. Pérez E, Silverman M. Delirium: the often overlooked diagnosis. Int Psychiatric Med. 1984;14(3):181-188.

15. Gleason O. Delirium. Am Fam Physician. 2003;67(5):1027-1034.

16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Heat-related deaths--Los Angeles County, California, 1999-2000, and United States, 1979-1998. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2001;50(29):623-626.

17.  Update: heat injuries, active component, U.S. Armed Forces, 2012. MSMR. 2013;20(3):17-20. 

18. Braun MM, Barstow CH, Pyzocha NJ. Diagnosis and management of sodium disorders: hyponatremia and hypernatremia. Am Fam Physician. 2015;91(5):299-307.

19. Spasovski G, Vanholder R, Allolio B, et al; Hyponatraemia Guideline Development Group. Clinical practice guideline on diagnosis and treatment of hyponatremia. Eur Soc Endocrinol. 2014;170:G1-G47.

20. Verbalis JG, Goldsmith SR, Greenberg A, et al. Diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment of hyponatremia: expert panel recommendations. Am J Med. 2013;126(10)(suppl 1):S1-S42.

21. Sterns RH, Nigwekar SU, Hix JK. The treatment of hyponatremia. Semin Nephrol. 2009;29(3):282-299.

22. Sood L, Sterns RH, Hix JK, Silver SM, Chen L. Hypertonic saline and desmopressin: a simple strategy for safe correction of severe hyponatremia. Am J Kidney Dis. 2013;61(4):571-578.

23. Update: heat injuries, active component, U.S. Armed Forces, 2012. MSMR. 2013;20(3):20-28.

24. Elsaesser TF, Pang PS, Malik S, Chiampas GT. Large-volume hypertonic saline therapy in endurance athlete with exercise -associated hyponatremic encephalopathy. J Emerg Med. 2013;44(6):1132-1135.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Page Number
24-29
Page Number
24-29
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Monitoring Heat Injuries in a Hazmat Environment
Display Headline
Monitoring Heat Injuries in a Hazmat Environment
Legacy Keywords
David B. Brown, Micah J. Smith, Jonathan B. Kirkland, heat injuries, personal protective equipment, hazmat, excessive heat exposure, heat stroke
Legacy Keywords
David B. Brown, Micah J. Smith, Jonathan B. Kirkland, heat injuries, personal protective equipment, hazmat, excessive heat exposure, heat stroke
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Hyponatremia Secondary to Lisinopril in a Veteran Patient

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Hyponatremia Secondary to Lisinopril in a Veteran Patient
Hyponatremia should be considered a potentially serious adverse effect associated with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor therapy.

Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors are commonly used medications in the treatment of hypertension in the ambulatory care setting. Serum sodium concentrations are not usually affected in the majority of patients treated with ACE inhibitors. Nonetheless, hyponatremia, defined as serum sodium level < 135 mEq/L, has been reported in patients taking ACE inhibitors.1,2 The authors report a case of hyponatremia attributed to the use of lisinopril.

Case Presentation

In 2012, a 49-year-old man with a past medical history significant for polysubstance abuse, alcohol use, and hypertension was referred to the pharmacy clinic by his primary care physician (PCP) for management of hypertension. At the PCP visit, the patient’s blood pressure (BP) was above the goal of < 140/90 mm Hg and hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ) 12.5 mg by mouth daily monotherapy was initiated. At the follow-up pharmacy appointment 6 weeks later, his BP remained uncontrolled, and HCTZ was increased to 25 mg daily. Of note, at that time the patient reported drinking about 6 beers per week. His electrolytes—serum sodium, potassium, chloride, carbon dioxide (CO2), blood urea nitrogen (BUN), and serum creatinine (SCr)—were all within normal limits and stable to previous baseline results after taking HCTZ for about 2 weeks.

The patient returned to the pharmacy clinic at week 11, and his BP was controlled (136/83 mm Hg) on HCTZ 25 mg daily. His electrolytes, BUN, and SCr continued to be stable. The patient requested another appointment 8 weeks later to continue to monitor his BP.

The patient did not return to the pharmacy clinic until week 31, when he reported that he was told his BP was very high when attempting to donate plasma. The patient reported drinking a “6 pack of beer per day” at that visit. Two BP readings were taken in the clinic. The first of systolic blood pressure (SBP) was 144 mm Hg and the second was below the patient’s goal (< 140 mm Hg). His pulse (94 bpm) was also noted to be higher than baseline range (66-84 bpm). Atenolol 25 mg daily by mouth was added to the patient’s regimen of HCTZ 25 mg daily.

The patient returned at week 38, and his BP of 149/101 mm Hg was elevated above goal range. Lisinopril was added to HCTZ 25 mg in a combination formulation of lisinopril/HCTZ 20 mg/25 mg by mouth daily. The patient reported drinking 4 beers on days he worked (5 days per week) and 6 beers on days he was off (2 days per week). A repeated electrolyte, BUN, and SCr panel 1 month later (week 42) revealed a drop in the patient’s sodium level from 136 mEq/L (baseline) to 130 mEq/L (Table 1). Other measured electrolytes remained within normal limits with the exception of a slight decrease in serum chloride to 93 mEq/L (Table 2). No symptoms of hyponatremia were noted.

The patient was instructed to cut the lisinopril/HCTZ tablet in half and take it daily, then repeat blood work in 5 days. The patient’s repeated laboratory work noted an increase in sodium level to 134 mEq/L. All other measured electrolytes, including serum chloride, were within normal limits. During his follow-up visit, the patient reported stopping lisinopril/HCTZ altogether and resuming HCTZ 25 mg daily for the 5 days prior, in lieu of taking the reduced lisinopril/HCTZ dose as instructed. The patient continued to report drinking 6 beers daily.

Medication was changed to HCTZ 25 mg daily, with lisinopril discontinued, and atenolol increased to 50 mg daily. At week 46, the patient repeated electrolytes, BUN, and SCr laboratory work while on HCTZ 25 mg and atenolol 50 mg daily, and the serum sodium level increased to 139 mEq/L. After the laboratory work at week 49, he noted a reduction in alcohol to 4 beers daily at the pharmacy appointment. The patient’s BP was controlled to below the < 140/90 mm Hg goal. Medications were not changed. He was instructed to follow up with his PCP and return to the pharmacy clinic as needed for BP control.

Of note, serum magnesium levels are not included in the standard electrolyte panel and must be ordered separately. Additionally, serum magnesium levels are not monitored routinely with thiazide and ACE inhibitor therapy. In this case, serum magnesium levels were not drawn at baseline or in subsequent laboratory monitoring.

Discussion

This case demonstrates a potential link between administration of lisinopril and the development of hyponatremia. Adverse effects (AEs) of ACE inhibitors frequently include elevation in SCr, hyperkalemia, and/or a dry cough. Hyponatremia, although not commonly associated with ACE inhibitors, has been reported in the literature.1,2

 

 

Although the mechanism is not completely understood, previous case reports hypothesized that ACE inhibitor therapy can lead to Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone (SIADH).1,3 Angiotensin I is not converted to angiotensin II peripherally with ACE inhibitor therapy. This elevated circulating level of angiotensin I is available to cross the blood-brain barrier where it is converted to angiotensin II. Angiotensin can then stimulate vasopressin release, which, in turn, increases thirst and leads to decreased amounts of concentrated urine.4 The combination of increased thirst and concentrated urine can lead to hyponatremia.

The clinical manifestations of hyponatremia can vary. In patients with ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia, an early sign may be polydipsia. Once hyponatremia develops, patients may experience nausea, muscle spasms or weakness, and general malaise. Additionally, lethargy, a decreased level of consciousness, and headaches may occur. In the most severe cases, hyponatremia may lead to seizures, coma, and eventually death.

Several case reports involving various ACE inhibitors, such as captopril, enalapril, and lisinopril, have been reported over the past 30 years, citing the connection linking these medications to SIADH and symptomatic hyponatremia. A large number of cases involved patients with established congestive heart failure for whom ACE inhibitors were added because of their beneficial impact on improved survival and reduced left ventricular dysfunction.5 Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor-induced hyponatremia may be confounded by heart failure, due to the complex disease pathophysiology.1 Therefore, case reports of ACE inhibitors use in patients treated for indications other than heart failure, such as hypertension, provide a clearer picture of ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia.

One such striking case report involved a 63-year-old woman taking lisinopril 10 mg daily as monotherapy (no other medications) for mild hypertension with a baseline serum sodium level within normal limits.6 One month later, the patient was admitted a with serum sodium level of 101 mEq/L and symptomatic with altered mental status and generalized tonic-clonic seizures. Once the serum sodium was corrected, the patient’s mental status improved, and her 1-year follow-up examination was unremarkable. This case report is significant for its findings that there may be a cause-and-effect relationship between lisinopril monotherapy and symptomatic hyponatremia that occurred within a month. There are cases of hyponatremia in patients receiving ACE inhibitor therapy in addition to established diuretic therapy. For example, a woman aged 71 years was admitted for elevated BP with an initial medication regimen that included HCTZ and other antihypertensive medications.7 She was given captopril at increasing doses up to 150 mg daily. The patient’s serum sodium levels dropped correspondingly with titrated doses of captopril. The patient reported feeling confusion, and her serum sodium levels dropped to 114 mEq/L. Once captopril was discontinued and serum sodium corrected with IV fluids, the patient’s confusion subsided. The patient was discharged on a medication regimen that continued HCTZ but not the ACE inhibitor, with no clinical consequences and normal serum sodium levels over the following year. Similarly, the patient in this case study had established HCTZ therapy with normal serum sodium that declined upon addition of an ACE inhibitor.

Other factors that could contribute to hyponatremia, such as beer potomania, confound the current case of hyponatremia. This patient reported chronic beer ingestion, which can lead to hyponatremia and may have aggravated the hyponatremia upon initiation of lisinopril. Additionally, the patient was taking HCTZ, an agent known to cause hyponatremia, prior to initiation of the ACE inhibitor. Another limiting factor noted was that serum magnesium levels were not measured to assess for potential hypomagnesemia, which may affect other electrolytes.

Using the Naranjo Assessment scale, a score of 3 was calculated, indicating a possible link to lisinopril as the cause of hyponatremia.8 Although the patient had the aforementioned risk factors, the notable drop of serum sodium level correlated with the lisinopril administration, which was previously stable despite HCTZ treatment and alcohol consumption. The time line of events led the authors to believe that hyponatremia was strongly related to lisinopril. This patient was fortunate that he experienced no neurologic complications, which have been reported in other cases of ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia, manifested from the drop in serum sodium.

Conclusion

Though rarely occurring, hyponatremia should be considered a potentially serious AE associated with ACE inhibitor therapy. Timely monitoring of electrolytes, BUN, and SCr should continue to assess for more common AEs of elevated SCr and hyperkalemia, but clinicians should be aware of the potential for ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia.

References

 

1. Izzedine H, Fardet L, Launay-Vacher V, Dorent R, Petitclerc T, Deray G. Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-induced syndrome of inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone: case report and review of literature. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2002;71(6):503-507.

2. Chakithandy S, Evans R, Vyakarnam P. Acute severe hyponatremia and seizures associated with postoperative enalapril administration. Anaesth Intensive Care. 2009;37(4):673-674.

3. Castrillón JL, Mediavilla A, Méndez MA, Cavada E, Carrascosa M, Valle R. Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion (SIADH) and enalapril. J Intern Med. 1993;233(1):89-91.

4. Gonzalez-Martinez H, Gaspard JJ, Espino DV. Hyponatremia due to enalapril in an elderly patient. A case report. Arch Fam Med. 1993;2(7):791-793.

5. Effects of enalapril on mortality in severe congestive heart failure. Results of the Cooperative North Scandinavian Enalapril Survival Study(CONSENSUS). The CONSENSUS Trial Study group. N Engl J Med. 1987;316(23):1429-1435. 

6. Subramanian D, Ayus JC. Case report: severe symptomatic hyponatremia associated with lisinopril therapy. Am J Med Sci. 1992;303(3):177-179.

7. Huang HS, Reynertson RH, Boshell BR. Severe hyponatremia associated with captopril therapy. Ala J Med Sci. 1984;21(2):142-144.

8. National Library of Medicine. Adverse drug reaction probability scale (Naranjo) in drug induced liver injury. National Library of Medicine Website. http://livertox.nih.gov/Narajo.html. Updated September 30, 2015. Accessed January 12, 2016.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Jenks is an ambulatory care clinical pharmacist and Dr. Newkirk is an ambulatory care clinical pharmacy supervisor, both at the Southern Arizona VA Health Care System in Tucson.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
30-32
Legacy Keywords
Cory M. Jenks PharmD BCPS BCACP, Alicia J. Newkirk PharmD BCACP, angiotensin-converting enzyme, hypertension, hyponatremia
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Jenks is an ambulatory care clinical pharmacist and Dr. Newkirk is an ambulatory care clinical pharmacy supervisor, both at the Southern Arizona VA Health Care System in Tucson.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Jenks is an ambulatory care clinical pharmacist and Dr. Newkirk is an ambulatory care clinical pharmacy supervisor, both at the Southern Arizona VA Health Care System in Tucson.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
Hyponatremia should be considered a potentially serious adverse effect associated with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor therapy.
Hyponatremia should be considered a potentially serious adverse effect associated with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor therapy.

Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors are commonly used medications in the treatment of hypertension in the ambulatory care setting. Serum sodium concentrations are not usually affected in the majority of patients treated with ACE inhibitors. Nonetheless, hyponatremia, defined as serum sodium level < 135 mEq/L, has been reported in patients taking ACE inhibitors.1,2 The authors report a case of hyponatremia attributed to the use of lisinopril.

Case Presentation

In 2012, a 49-year-old man with a past medical history significant for polysubstance abuse, alcohol use, and hypertension was referred to the pharmacy clinic by his primary care physician (PCP) for management of hypertension. At the PCP visit, the patient’s blood pressure (BP) was above the goal of < 140/90 mm Hg and hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ) 12.5 mg by mouth daily monotherapy was initiated. At the follow-up pharmacy appointment 6 weeks later, his BP remained uncontrolled, and HCTZ was increased to 25 mg daily. Of note, at that time the patient reported drinking about 6 beers per week. His electrolytes—serum sodium, potassium, chloride, carbon dioxide (CO2), blood urea nitrogen (BUN), and serum creatinine (SCr)—were all within normal limits and stable to previous baseline results after taking HCTZ for about 2 weeks.

The patient returned to the pharmacy clinic at week 11, and his BP was controlled (136/83 mm Hg) on HCTZ 25 mg daily. His electrolytes, BUN, and SCr continued to be stable. The patient requested another appointment 8 weeks later to continue to monitor his BP.

The patient did not return to the pharmacy clinic until week 31, when he reported that he was told his BP was very high when attempting to donate plasma. The patient reported drinking a “6 pack of beer per day” at that visit. Two BP readings were taken in the clinic. The first of systolic blood pressure (SBP) was 144 mm Hg and the second was below the patient’s goal (< 140 mm Hg). His pulse (94 bpm) was also noted to be higher than baseline range (66-84 bpm). Atenolol 25 mg daily by mouth was added to the patient’s regimen of HCTZ 25 mg daily.

The patient returned at week 38, and his BP of 149/101 mm Hg was elevated above goal range. Lisinopril was added to HCTZ 25 mg in a combination formulation of lisinopril/HCTZ 20 mg/25 mg by mouth daily. The patient reported drinking 4 beers on days he worked (5 days per week) and 6 beers on days he was off (2 days per week). A repeated electrolyte, BUN, and SCr panel 1 month later (week 42) revealed a drop in the patient’s sodium level from 136 mEq/L (baseline) to 130 mEq/L (Table 1). Other measured electrolytes remained within normal limits with the exception of a slight decrease in serum chloride to 93 mEq/L (Table 2). No symptoms of hyponatremia were noted.

The patient was instructed to cut the lisinopril/HCTZ tablet in half and take it daily, then repeat blood work in 5 days. The patient’s repeated laboratory work noted an increase in sodium level to 134 mEq/L. All other measured electrolytes, including serum chloride, were within normal limits. During his follow-up visit, the patient reported stopping lisinopril/HCTZ altogether and resuming HCTZ 25 mg daily for the 5 days prior, in lieu of taking the reduced lisinopril/HCTZ dose as instructed. The patient continued to report drinking 6 beers daily.

Medication was changed to HCTZ 25 mg daily, with lisinopril discontinued, and atenolol increased to 50 mg daily. At week 46, the patient repeated electrolytes, BUN, and SCr laboratory work while on HCTZ 25 mg and atenolol 50 mg daily, and the serum sodium level increased to 139 mEq/L. After the laboratory work at week 49, he noted a reduction in alcohol to 4 beers daily at the pharmacy appointment. The patient’s BP was controlled to below the < 140/90 mm Hg goal. Medications were not changed. He was instructed to follow up with his PCP and return to the pharmacy clinic as needed for BP control.

Of note, serum magnesium levels are not included in the standard electrolyte panel and must be ordered separately. Additionally, serum magnesium levels are not monitored routinely with thiazide and ACE inhibitor therapy. In this case, serum magnesium levels were not drawn at baseline or in subsequent laboratory monitoring.

Discussion

This case demonstrates a potential link between administration of lisinopril and the development of hyponatremia. Adverse effects (AEs) of ACE inhibitors frequently include elevation in SCr, hyperkalemia, and/or a dry cough. Hyponatremia, although not commonly associated with ACE inhibitors, has been reported in the literature.1,2

 

 

Although the mechanism is not completely understood, previous case reports hypothesized that ACE inhibitor therapy can lead to Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone (SIADH).1,3 Angiotensin I is not converted to angiotensin II peripherally with ACE inhibitor therapy. This elevated circulating level of angiotensin I is available to cross the blood-brain barrier where it is converted to angiotensin II. Angiotensin can then stimulate vasopressin release, which, in turn, increases thirst and leads to decreased amounts of concentrated urine.4 The combination of increased thirst and concentrated urine can lead to hyponatremia.

The clinical manifestations of hyponatremia can vary. In patients with ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia, an early sign may be polydipsia. Once hyponatremia develops, patients may experience nausea, muscle spasms or weakness, and general malaise. Additionally, lethargy, a decreased level of consciousness, and headaches may occur. In the most severe cases, hyponatremia may lead to seizures, coma, and eventually death.

Several case reports involving various ACE inhibitors, such as captopril, enalapril, and lisinopril, have been reported over the past 30 years, citing the connection linking these medications to SIADH and symptomatic hyponatremia. A large number of cases involved patients with established congestive heart failure for whom ACE inhibitors were added because of their beneficial impact on improved survival and reduced left ventricular dysfunction.5 Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor-induced hyponatremia may be confounded by heart failure, due to the complex disease pathophysiology.1 Therefore, case reports of ACE inhibitors use in patients treated for indications other than heart failure, such as hypertension, provide a clearer picture of ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia.

One such striking case report involved a 63-year-old woman taking lisinopril 10 mg daily as monotherapy (no other medications) for mild hypertension with a baseline serum sodium level within normal limits.6 One month later, the patient was admitted a with serum sodium level of 101 mEq/L and symptomatic with altered mental status and generalized tonic-clonic seizures. Once the serum sodium was corrected, the patient’s mental status improved, and her 1-year follow-up examination was unremarkable. This case report is significant for its findings that there may be a cause-and-effect relationship between lisinopril monotherapy and symptomatic hyponatremia that occurred within a month. There are cases of hyponatremia in patients receiving ACE inhibitor therapy in addition to established diuretic therapy. For example, a woman aged 71 years was admitted for elevated BP with an initial medication regimen that included HCTZ and other antihypertensive medications.7 She was given captopril at increasing doses up to 150 mg daily. The patient’s serum sodium levels dropped correspondingly with titrated doses of captopril. The patient reported feeling confusion, and her serum sodium levels dropped to 114 mEq/L. Once captopril was discontinued and serum sodium corrected with IV fluids, the patient’s confusion subsided. The patient was discharged on a medication regimen that continued HCTZ but not the ACE inhibitor, with no clinical consequences and normal serum sodium levels over the following year. Similarly, the patient in this case study had established HCTZ therapy with normal serum sodium that declined upon addition of an ACE inhibitor.

Other factors that could contribute to hyponatremia, such as beer potomania, confound the current case of hyponatremia. This patient reported chronic beer ingestion, which can lead to hyponatremia and may have aggravated the hyponatremia upon initiation of lisinopril. Additionally, the patient was taking HCTZ, an agent known to cause hyponatremia, prior to initiation of the ACE inhibitor. Another limiting factor noted was that serum magnesium levels were not measured to assess for potential hypomagnesemia, which may affect other electrolytes.

Using the Naranjo Assessment scale, a score of 3 was calculated, indicating a possible link to lisinopril as the cause of hyponatremia.8 Although the patient had the aforementioned risk factors, the notable drop of serum sodium level correlated with the lisinopril administration, which was previously stable despite HCTZ treatment and alcohol consumption. The time line of events led the authors to believe that hyponatremia was strongly related to lisinopril. This patient was fortunate that he experienced no neurologic complications, which have been reported in other cases of ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia, manifested from the drop in serum sodium.

Conclusion

Though rarely occurring, hyponatremia should be considered a potentially serious AE associated with ACE inhibitor therapy. Timely monitoring of electrolytes, BUN, and SCr should continue to assess for more common AEs of elevated SCr and hyperkalemia, but clinicians should be aware of the potential for ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia.

Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors are commonly used medications in the treatment of hypertension in the ambulatory care setting. Serum sodium concentrations are not usually affected in the majority of patients treated with ACE inhibitors. Nonetheless, hyponatremia, defined as serum sodium level < 135 mEq/L, has been reported in patients taking ACE inhibitors.1,2 The authors report a case of hyponatremia attributed to the use of lisinopril.

Case Presentation

In 2012, a 49-year-old man with a past medical history significant for polysubstance abuse, alcohol use, and hypertension was referred to the pharmacy clinic by his primary care physician (PCP) for management of hypertension. At the PCP visit, the patient’s blood pressure (BP) was above the goal of < 140/90 mm Hg and hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ) 12.5 mg by mouth daily monotherapy was initiated. At the follow-up pharmacy appointment 6 weeks later, his BP remained uncontrolled, and HCTZ was increased to 25 mg daily. Of note, at that time the patient reported drinking about 6 beers per week. His electrolytes—serum sodium, potassium, chloride, carbon dioxide (CO2), blood urea nitrogen (BUN), and serum creatinine (SCr)—were all within normal limits and stable to previous baseline results after taking HCTZ for about 2 weeks.

The patient returned to the pharmacy clinic at week 11, and his BP was controlled (136/83 mm Hg) on HCTZ 25 mg daily. His electrolytes, BUN, and SCr continued to be stable. The patient requested another appointment 8 weeks later to continue to monitor his BP.

The patient did not return to the pharmacy clinic until week 31, when he reported that he was told his BP was very high when attempting to donate plasma. The patient reported drinking a “6 pack of beer per day” at that visit. Two BP readings were taken in the clinic. The first of systolic blood pressure (SBP) was 144 mm Hg and the second was below the patient’s goal (< 140 mm Hg). His pulse (94 bpm) was also noted to be higher than baseline range (66-84 bpm). Atenolol 25 mg daily by mouth was added to the patient’s regimen of HCTZ 25 mg daily.

The patient returned at week 38, and his BP of 149/101 mm Hg was elevated above goal range. Lisinopril was added to HCTZ 25 mg in a combination formulation of lisinopril/HCTZ 20 mg/25 mg by mouth daily. The patient reported drinking 4 beers on days he worked (5 days per week) and 6 beers on days he was off (2 days per week). A repeated electrolyte, BUN, and SCr panel 1 month later (week 42) revealed a drop in the patient’s sodium level from 136 mEq/L (baseline) to 130 mEq/L (Table 1). Other measured electrolytes remained within normal limits with the exception of a slight decrease in serum chloride to 93 mEq/L (Table 2). No symptoms of hyponatremia were noted.

The patient was instructed to cut the lisinopril/HCTZ tablet in half and take it daily, then repeat blood work in 5 days. The patient’s repeated laboratory work noted an increase in sodium level to 134 mEq/L. All other measured electrolytes, including serum chloride, were within normal limits. During his follow-up visit, the patient reported stopping lisinopril/HCTZ altogether and resuming HCTZ 25 mg daily for the 5 days prior, in lieu of taking the reduced lisinopril/HCTZ dose as instructed. The patient continued to report drinking 6 beers daily.

Medication was changed to HCTZ 25 mg daily, with lisinopril discontinued, and atenolol increased to 50 mg daily. At week 46, the patient repeated electrolytes, BUN, and SCr laboratory work while on HCTZ 25 mg and atenolol 50 mg daily, and the serum sodium level increased to 139 mEq/L. After the laboratory work at week 49, he noted a reduction in alcohol to 4 beers daily at the pharmacy appointment. The patient’s BP was controlled to below the < 140/90 mm Hg goal. Medications were not changed. He was instructed to follow up with his PCP and return to the pharmacy clinic as needed for BP control.

Of note, serum magnesium levels are not included in the standard electrolyte panel and must be ordered separately. Additionally, serum magnesium levels are not monitored routinely with thiazide and ACE inhibitor therapy. In this case, serum magnesium levels were not drawn at baseline or in subsequent laboratory monitoring.

Discussion

This case demonstrates a potential link between administration of lisinopril and the development of hyponatremia. Adverse effects (AEs) of ACE inhibitors frequently include elevation in SCr, hyperkalemia, and/or a dry cough. Hyponatremia, although not commonly associated with ACE inhibitors, has been reported in the literature.1,2

 

 

Although the mechanism is not completely understood, previous case reports hypothesized that ACE inhibitor therapy can lead to Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone (SIADH).1,3 Angiotensin I is not converted to angiotensin II peripherally with ACE inhibitor therapy. This elevated circulating level of angiotensin I is available to cross the blood-brain barrier where it is converted to angiotensin II. Angiotensin can then stimulate vasopressin release, which, in turn, increases thirst and leads to decreased amounts of concentrated urine.4 The combination of increased thirst and concentrated urine can lead to hyponatremia.

The clinical manifestations of hyponatremia can vary. In patients with ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia, an early sign may be polydipsia. Once hyponatremia develops, patients may experience nausea, muscle spasms or weakness, and general malaise. Additionally, lethargy, a decreased level of consciousness, and headaches may occur. In the most severe cases, hyponatremia may lead to seizures, coma, and eventually death.

Several case reports involving various ACE inhibitors, such as captopril, enalapril, and lisinopril, have been reported over the past 30 years, citing the connection linking these medications to SIADH and symptomatic hyponatremia. A large number of cases involved patients with established congestive heart failure for whom ACE inhibitors were added because of their beneficial impact on improved survival and reduced left ventricular dysfunction.5 Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor-induced hyponatremia may be confounded by heart failure, due to the complex disease pathophysiology.1 Therefore, case reports of ACE inhibitors use in patients treated for indications other than heart failure, such as hypertension, provide a clearer picture of ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia.

One such striking case report involved a 63-year-old woman taking lisinopril 10 mg daily as monotherapy (no other medications) for mild hypertension with a baseline serum sodium level within normal limits.6 One month later, the patient was admitted a with serum sodium level of 101 mEq/L and symptomatic with altered mental status and generalized tonic-clonic seizures. Once the serum sodium was corrected, the patient’s mental status improved, and her 1-year follow-up examination was unremarkable. This case report is significant for its findings that there may be a cause-and-effect relationship between lisinopril monotherapy and symptomatic hyponatremia that occurred within a month. There are cases of hyponatremia in patients receiving ACE inhibitor therapy in addition to established diuretic therapy. For example, a woman aged 71 years was admitted for elevated BP with an initial medication regimen that included HCTZ and other antihypertensive medications.7 She was given captopril at increasing doses up to 150 mg daily. The patient’s serum sodium levels dropped correspondingly with titrated doses of captopril. The patient reported feeling confusion, and her serum sodium levels dropped to 114 mEq/L. Once captopril was discontinued and serum sodium corrected with IV fluids, the patient’s confusion subsided. The patient was discharged on a medication regimen that continued HCTZ but not the ACE inhibitor, with no clinical consequences and normal serum sodium levels over the following year. Similarly, the patient in this case study had established HCTZ therapy with normal serum sodium that declined upon addition of an ACE inhibitor.

Other factors that could contribute to hyponatremia, such as beer potomania, confound the current case of hyponatremia. This patient reported chronic beer ingestion, which can lead to hyponatremia and may have aggravated the hyponatremia upon initiation of lisinopril. Additionally, the patient was taking HCTZ, an agent known to cause hyponatremia, prior to initiation of the ACE inhibitor. Another limiting factor noted was that serum magnesium levels were not measured to assess for potential hypomagnesemia, which may affect other electrolytes.

Using the Naranjo Assessment scale, a score of 3 was calculated, indicating a possible link to lisinopril as the cause of hyponatremia.8 Although the patient had the aforementioned risk factors, the notable drop of serum sodium level correlated with the lisinopril administration, which was previously stable despite HCTZ treatment and alcohol consumption. The time line of events led the authors to believe that hyponatremia was strongly related to lisinopril. This patient was fortunate that he experienced no neurologic complications, which have been reported in other cases of ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia, manifested from the drop in serum sodium.

Conclusion

Though rarely occurring, hyponatremia should be considered a potentially serious AE associated with ACE inhibitor therapy. Timely monitoring of electrolytes, BUN, and SCr should continue to assess for more common AEs of elevated SCr and hyperkalemia, but clinicians should be aware of the potential for ACE inhibitor-induced hyponatremia.

References

 

1. Izzedine H, Fardet L, Launay-Vacher V, Dorent R, Petitclerc T, Deray G. Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-induced syndrome of inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone: case report and review of literature. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2002;71(6):503-507.

2. Chakithandy S, Evans R, Vyakarnam P. Acute severe hyponatremia and seizures associated with postoperative enalapril administration. Anaesth Intensive Care. 2009;37(4):673-674.

3. Castrillón JL, Mediavilla A, Méndez MA, Cavada E, Carrascosa M, Valle R. Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion (SIADH) and enalapril. J Intern Med. 1993;233(1):89-91.

4. Gonzalez-Martinez H, Gaspard JJ, Espino DV. Hyponatremia due to enalapril in an elderly patient. A case report. Arch Fam Med. 1993;2(7):791-793.

5. Effects of enalapril on mortality in severe congestive heart failure. Results of the Cooperative North Scandinavian Enalapril Survival Study(CONSENSUS). The CONSENSUS Trial Study group. N Engl J Med. 1987;316(23):1429-1435. 

6. Subramanian D, Ayus JC. Case report: severe symptomatic hyponatremia associated with lisinopril therapy. Am J Med Sci. 1992;303(3):177-179.

7. Huang HS, Reynertson RH, Boshell BR. Severe hyponatremia associated with captopril therapy. Ala J Med Sci. 1984;21(2):142-144.

8. National Library of Medicine. Adverse drug reaction probability scale (Naranjo) in drug induced liver injury. National Library of Medicine Website. http://livertox.nih.gov/Narajo.html. Updated September 30, 2015. Accessed January 12, 2016.

References

 

1. Izzedine H, Fardet L, Launay-Vacher V, Dorent R, Petitclerc T, Deray G. Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-induced syndrome of inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone: case report and review of literature. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2002;71(6):503-507.

2. Chakithandy S, Evans R, Vyakarnam P. Acute severe hyponatremia and seizures associated with postoperative enalapril administration. Anaesth Intensive Care. 2009;37(4):673-674.

3. Castrillón JL, Mediavilla A, Méndez MA, Cavada E, Carrascosa M, Valle R. Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion (SIADH) and enalapril. J Intern Med. 1993;233(1):89-91.

4. Gonzalez-Martinez H, Gaspard JJ, Espino DV. Hyponatremia due to enalapril in an elderly patient. A case report. Arch Fam Med. 1993;2(7):791-793.

5. Effects of enalapril on mortality in severe congestive heart failure. Results of the Cooperative North Scandinavian Enalapril Survival Study(CONSENSUS). The CONSENSUS Trial Study group. N Engl J Med. 1987;316(23):1429-1435. 

6. Subramanian D, Ayus JC. Case report: severe symptomatic hyponatremia associated with lisinopril therapy. Am J Med Sci. 1992;303(3):177-179.

7. Huang HS, Reynertson RH, Boshell BR. Severe hyponatremia associated with captopril therapy. Ala J Med Sci. 1984;21(2):142-144.

8. National Library of Medicine. Adverse drug reaction probability scale (Naranjo) in drug induced liver injury. National Library of Medicine Website. http://livertox.nih.gov/Narajo.html. Updated September 30, 2015. Accessed January 12, 2016.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Page Number
30-32
Page Number
30-32
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Hyponatremia Secondary to Lisinopril in a Veteran Patient
Display Headline
Hyponatremia Secondary to Lisinopril in a Veteran Patient
Legacy Keywords
Cory M. Jenks PharmD BCPS BCACP, Alicia J. Newkirk PharmD BCACP, angiotensin-converting enzyme, hypertension, hyponatremia
Legacy Keywords
Cory M. Jenks PharmD BCPS BCACP, Alicia J. Newkirk PharmD BCACP, angiotensin-converting enzyme, hypertension, hyponatremia
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Asymptomatic but Time for a Hip Revision

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Asymptomatic but Time for a Hip Revision
As the number of primary total hip arthroplasties has increased and the average age has decreased, regular follow-ups can help patients avoid more significant revision procedures.

Total hip arthroplasty (THA) is considered to be one of the most successful orthopedic interventions of its generation.1 In 2010, 332,000 THAs were performed in the U.S.2 Although used to correct advanced joint diseases in the elderly, the THA procedure has become increasingly common in a younger population for posttraumatic fractures and conditions that lead to early onset secondary arthritis such as avascular necrosis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, hip dysplasia, Perthes disease, and femoro-acetabular impingement.

Current hip replacements are expected to function at least 10 to 20 years in 90% of patients.3 As increasing numbers of young patients have these procedures and as seniors continue to live longer, patients will outlast their implants. Younger and more active patients have a higher rate of revision, because the longevity of the prosthesis is usually a function of usage.3 The number of revision THAs is projected to increase 137% by 2030.4

Hip resurfacing has been developed as a bone preserving surgical alternative to THA. The first system for use in the U.S. received FDA approval in 2006, but concerns about the metal on metal bearing surfaces, high failure and revision rates, and early catastrophic modes of failure compared with THAs has resulted in the recall of many of these devices. Hip resurfacing may offer some advantages compared with those of a THA in a carefully selected population, but its use will not be further discussed in this case study.Periprosthetic osteolysis and aseptic loosening are 2 of the long-term consequences of THA.6 Bone loss is felt to be secondary to a biologic reaction to particulate debris from implants.6 Some patients, especially those with loosening, complete wear, or fracture, will be symptomatic with pain. However, wear and osteolysis is a silent disease unless there is mechanical failure. Other patients may not experience discomfort. Radiographic studies may reveal significant changes, which warrant the recommendation for a hip revision.

Hip revision surgery has 3 major purposes: relieving pain in the affected joint, restoring the patient’s mobility, and removing a loose or damaged prosthesis before irreversible harm is done to the joint. It’s anticipated that most primary care providers (PCPs) will encounter patients who seek advice on the need for a revision hip arthroplasty.

This case will present an asymptomatic patient who underwent a THA in 1997 at age 37, to address developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) and was advised to undergo a revision hip arthroplasty due to abnormal radiographic findings at age 55 years. A discussion will follow that includes a brief review of the history of THA, the materials and bearings commonly used, the presenting symptoms or radiographic changes that signal the need for a revision, and the current options available for a patient such as this.

Case Report

A man aged 55 years presented to a new orthopedic surgeon for his first orthopedic appointment in 10 years. The patient had a left metal-on-polyethylene (M-on-PE) THA 18 years prior due to early onset secondary degenerative joint disease from DDH. The patient’s M-on-PE THA was a titanium acetabular socket and femoral stem with a cobalt-chromium alloy femoral head and a polyethylene liner. The patient remained physically active with an exercise routine consisting of walking, swimming, and weight training.

The patient’s orthopedic history was notable for a right knee arthroscopy for intervention due to a torn medial and lateral meniscus, and birth history was noteworthy for a breech presentation. The physical exam was unremarkable except for a slight leg length discrepancy, but the patient did not exhibit a Trendelenburg gait.

Plain X-rays and a computed tomography (CT) scan showed eccentric PE wear and superior migration of the femoral head, which was indicative of significant PE liner wear. No significant osteolysis or periprosthetic loosening was observed on the X-rays or CT scan. He was advised that a hip revision procedure would need to be done, optimally, within the next 6 months to a year.

Discussion

Hip dysplasia represents a broad group of disorders and generally means abnormal development of the hip joint. The term is most commonly used to refer to DDH with inadequate coverage of the femoral head. In one study, 25% of hip replacements performed in patients aged ≤ 40 years were due to underlying hip dysplasia.7

Developmental dysplasia of the hip occurs more often in children who present in the breech position.8 One theory argues that packaging issues in utero may account for the increased incidence of DDH.9 The earliest recorded attempts at hip replacement occurred in Germany, in 1891, when ivory was used to replace the femoral heads of patients whose hip joints had been destroyed by tuberculosis.1

 

 

The orthopedic surgeon Sir John Charnley, who worked at the Manchester Royal Infirmary, is considered the father of the modern THA.1 His low friction arthroplasty, designed in the early 1960s is identical, in principle, to the M-on-PE prosthesis used today.1 The PE liner used was ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE).1

Due to the early success of the Charnley prosthesis, the M-on-PE prosthesis became the most widely used. Although PE is the most studied and understood of all acetabular liner materials, it will eventually wear and shed debris. Acetabular cup wear is the most frequent reason for mid-to-long-term revisions, especially in young and active patients.10 More active patients shed more debris.3 The PE debris instigates the release of inflammatory mediators, which results in chronic inflammation and tissue damage that erodes the supporting bone and can lead to implant loosening or fracture.Ongoing studies seek to optimize and improve properties of the UHMWPE and to develop alternative bearings. After FDA approval in 1999, highly cross-linked polyethylene liners (HXLPE) rapidly became the standard of care for THAs, at least in the U.S.11 Highly cross-linked polyethylene liners are created from UHMWPE through a process of cross-linking by exposure to gamma radiation, and subsequent heat treatment to neutralize free radicals and limit oxidative degradation.12

In one study, the 5-year annual linear wear rate for a HXLPE liner was only 45% of that seen with the UHMWPE liner, although the qualitative wear pattern was the same.13 In a study that followed patients for 7 years postoperatively, the mean steady-state wear rate of the HXLPE was 0.005 mm/y compared with 0.037 mm/y for UHMWPE.14 In a long-term study (a minimum follow-up of 10 years) of 50 patients who were aged < 50 years and underwent THA using HXLPE liners, there was no radiographic evidence of osteolysis or component loosening, and liner wear was 0.020 ± 0.0047 mm/y.12 In 2005, second-generation HXLPE liners were introduced clinically and have been shown to further reduce wear in vitro compared with both UHMWPE and first-generation HXLPE liners. Callary and colleagues calculated that the wear rates between 1 year and 5 years were all < 0.001 mm/y.15

The use of ceramic for THAs began in 1970, and ceramic heads on polyethylene (C-on-PE) liners and ceramic-on-ceramic (C-on-C) bearings have been in continual use for > 30 years in Europe. Premarket FDA approval based on European data was granted in 1983; however, the manufacturer voluntarily removed it from the market because of a high incidence of stem loosening (> 30% within 3 years in some series).16 FDA approvals came much later for C-on-PE (1989) and C-on-C (2003) bearings.

Ceramic is the hardest implant material used, and it can be concluded from many clinical and laboratory reports that C-on-PE and C-on-C combinations confer a potentially significant reduction in wear on THA bearings.16 Ceramic hips initially had 2 concerns: catastrophic shattering and squeaking. Current ceramic hips have been substantially improved, and some experts feel shattering has been essentially eliminated.16 Other experts note that ceramic brittleness remains a major concern.17 Squeaking remains a problem for some, but it usually abates over time. No study has correlated squeaking with impending failure or increased pain or disability.

While C-on-C bearings are now felt to be a good implant for young active patients, these bearings have generally not resulted in significantly lower wear rates and fewer revisions.18 High rates of wear and osteolysis have been sporadically documented over the 35-year history of ceramic implants.16 The FDA approved the first ceramic-on-metal total hip replacement system on June 13, 2011.

Metal-on-metal (M-on-M) implants have been used by some for decades, although they were not approved by the FDA until the late 1990s. However, some device recalls have brought negative attention to M-on-M implants.19 It was felt that they would generate less wear debris than PE, but reports of pseudotumors (from inflammatory mediators) and metallosis have significantly tempered enthusiasm for these products.20,21 The wear rates are very low, estimated to be only 0.01 mm/y, but concerns about the carcinogenetic potential of systemically increased metal ions remains a possible and much debated concern.19,22,23 In January 2013, FDA issued a safety communication on M-on-M implants.

Many experts feel that modern ceramic or metal on second-generation HXLPE represents the gold standard and the most predictable bearing choice for young, active patients.18 Others feel that the optimal choice of bearing surfaces in THA, particularly in the younger and more active patient, remains controversial.24

Follow-Up

Intermittent orthopedic monitoring is recommended for all patients who have undergone a THA. The frequency of hip X-rays on follow-up appointments is left to the orthopedic surgeon. After the initial recovery, serial images every 2 to 5 years can identify progressive failure, and annual X-rays may be used for closer follow-up in high-risk patients.

 

 

Patients who experience dislocations, fractures, infections, or pain usually maintain close orthopedic follow-up. Significant wear of the prosthesis damages the socket; osteolysis can cause irreversible bone loss, fracture, and loosening. Massive acetabular bone loss is very difficult to reverse and creates major reconstruction challenges.

Figure 1A is a 2009 X-ray of a woman aged 44 years who underwent a THA after a motor vehicle accident in 1997 and who was advised to have a revision THA when seen in 2009.

The X-ray revealed significant wear of the acetabular liner. Unfortunately, the patient was lost to follow-up, and when she returned 5 years later, she had severe pain and was unable to walk. Figure 1B shows that the patient’s femoral head had broken through the acetabular component. She had massive bone loss that required a complex revision and bone grafting. (Figure 1C). Operative findings included severe metal debris from socket damage (Figure 2). Asymptomatic patients can generate significant wear and debris and may experience osteolysis. A revision hip arthroplasty may be needed to prevent long-term damage. Routine surveillance can detect these issues and allow intervention at a time when the simplest revision could be performed. Eccentric alignment of the femoral head in the acetabular cup suggests wear or breakdown of the liner and increases the likelihood of instability or dislocation. In advanced cases, plain radiographs may show osteolysis in the surrounding bone.

Figure 3A is an X-ray of a man aged 71 years who had undergone THA 21 years earlier and had complied with routine follow-up. When his X-rays showed significant wear of the liner and some osteolysis, he was able to undergo a simple revision (Figure 3B).

Three-dimensional CT is useful for quantifying the presence and severity of osteolytic lesions, because plain radiographs may underestimate the amount of bone loss that is present.25 The CT in Figure 3C shows the magnitude of osteolysis that was underestimated by the preoperative plain X-rays (Figure 3A). Computed tomography scans are crucial for surgical planning in the setting of severe acetabular bone loss.

There is a wide spectrum of signs and symptoms that can occur in the setting of acetabular component failure. Pain is a common presenting symptom. Groin pain can represent acetabular failure; thigh pain may be correlated to femoral component failure.25 The clinical patient presentation ultimately depends on the underlying cause: an infection, polyethylene wear, instability, or aseptic loosening.25 Leg-length discrepancy, joint deformity, location of prior incisions, functional status, and baseline neurologic status should be evaluated and documented during the preoperative evaluation as well.25

Case Study Revision Options

The X-rays and CT scans for this case study patient showed that he was a possible candidate for the simplest revision surgery; an isolated liner exchange and replacement of the femoral head. When the original surgery was performed (1997), the only FDA approved PE liner was UHMWPE. To justify isolated liner exchange, the modular acetabular metallic shell also should be well-fixed and appropriately oriented.26 This is evaluated both preoperatively and intraoperatively.

If found to be well fixed with an appropriate orientation and locking mechanism, the UHMWPE liner could be replaced with a HXLPE liner and a larger metal femoral head for improved wear and stability. Acetabular revision is indicted for an asymptomatic patient who has progressive osteolysis, severe wear, or bone loss that would compromise future reconstruction.

Conclusions

Over the past several decades, THA has become recognized as an effective treatment option for the reduction of pain and disability associated with hip joint disease and is associated with successful clinical outcomes. The most frequently noted recommendations for trying to increase the life expectancy of an artificial hip replacement include maintaining a normal weight, keeping leg muscles strong, and avoiding repetitive squatting and kneeling.

As the number of primary THAs has increased and the average age of those undergoing a primary THA has decreased, the need for revisions has risen. Reviews have demonstrated that the most common causes for early total hip revision, regardless of component, included infection, instability/dislocation, and fracture, whereas wear is the most common reason for mid to late revisions.

The wear of all materials used has been shown to be greatest in the most active patients.

Studies continue to identify ways to potentially prevent or reverse osteolysis from wear debris. Alendronate therapy has been shown to prevent and treat PE debris-induced periprosthetic bone loss in rats.27 It also was successfully used in a case report of an asymptomatic woman aged 39 years who had rapid PE wear and aggressive periprosthetic osteolysis within just 2 years of a bilateral THA.28 Other areas of research on decreasing osteolysis in THA recipients include trials with mesenchymal stem cells, bone morphogenic proteins, and gene therapy.6

In the U.S., 46,000 revisions were performed in 2004 and this number is expected to more than double by 2030.4 Primary care providers are sure to encounter patients who will be in need of a hip revision procedure. It’s important for them to make sure that their patients who have undergone a THA are periodically seen for orthopedic follow-up. Despite the long history of primary THAs, there is still not a single technique and material to suit all patient characteristics.1 Unfortunately, the same currently applies to hip revision procedures.

References

1. Knight SR, Aujla R, Biswas SP. Total hip arthroplasty--over 100 years of operative history. Orthop Rev (Pavia). 2011;3(2):e16. 

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. FastStats: inpatient surgery. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/inpatient-surgery.htm. Updated April 29, 2015. Accessed January 18, 2016.

3. Joint Revision Surgery-When do I need it? American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Website. http://www.tlhoc.com/uploads/documents/when_do_I_need_it.pdf. Accessed January 18, 2016.

4. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785.

5. Nunley RM, Della Valle CJ, Barrack RL. Is patient selection important for hip resurfacing? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2009;467(1):56-65.

6. Dattani R. Femoral osteolysis following total hip replacement. Postgrad Med J. 2007;83(979):312-316.

7. Engesæter IØ, Lehmann T, Laborie LB, Lie SA, Rosendahl K, Engesæter LB. Total hip replacement in young adults with hip dysplasia: age at diagnosis, previous treatment, quality of life, and validation of diagnoses reported to the Norwegian Arthroplasty Register between 1987 and 2007. Acta Orthop. 2011;82(2):149-154.

8. Salter RB. Etiology, pathogenesis and possible prevention of congenital dislocation of the hip. Can Med Assoc J. 1968;98(20):933-945.

9. Storer SK, Skaggs DL. Developmental dysplasia of the hip. Am Fam Physician. 2006;74(8):1310-1316.

10. Pace TB, Keith KC, Alvarez E, Snider RG, Tanner, SL, Desjardins JD. Comparison of conventional polyethylene wear and signs of cup failure in two similar total hip designs. Adv Orthop. 2013;2013:710621.

11. Kurtz SM. The UHMWPE Handbook: Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene in Total Joint Replacement. Academic Press: London; 2014. 

12. Babovic N, Trousdale RT. Total hip athroplasty using highly cross-linked polyethylene in patients younger than 50 years with minimum 10-year follow-up. J Arthroplasty. 2013;29(5):815-817.

13. Dorr LD, Wan Z, Shahrdar C, Sirianni L, Boutary M, Yun A. Clinical performance of a Durasal highly cross-linked polyethylene acetabular liner for total hip arthroplasty at five years. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(8):1816-1821.

14. Thomas G, Simpson D, Mehmmod S, et al. The seven-year wear of highly cross-linked polyethylene in total hip arthroplasty: a double-blind, randomized controlled trial using radiostereometric analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(8):716-722.

15. Callary SA, Field JR, Campbell DG. Low wear of a second-generation highly crosslinked polyethylene liner: a 5-year radiostereometric analysis study. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(11):3596-3600.

16. Tateiwa T, Clarke IC, Williams PA, et al. Ceramic total hip arthroplasty in the United States: safety and risk issues revisited. Am J Orthop (Belle Mead NJ). 2008;37(2):E26-E31. 

17. Traina F, De Fine M, Di Martino A, Faldini C. Fracture of ceramic bearing surfaces following total hip replacement: a systematic review. BioMed Res Int. 2013;2013:157247.

18. Haidukewych GJ, Petrie J. Bearing surface considerations for total hip arthroplasty in young patients. Orthop Clin N Am. 2012;43(3):395-402.

19. Cohen D. How safe are metal-on-metal hip implants? BMJ. 2012;344:e1410.

20. Campbell P, Ebramzadeh E, Nelson S, Takamura K, De Smet K, Amstutz HC. Histological features of pseudotumor-like tissues from metal-on-metal hips. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2010;468(9):2321-2327. 

21. Pritchett JW. Adverse reaction to metal debris: metallosis of the resurfaced hip. Curr Orthop Pract. 2012;23(1):50-58.

22. Smith AJ, Dieppe P, Porter M, Blom AW; National Joint Registry of England and Wales. Risk of cancer in first seven years after metal-on-metal hip replacement compared with other bearings and general population: linkage study between the National Joint registry of England and Wales and hospital episode statistics. BMJ. 2012;344:e2383.

23. Kretzer JP, Jakubowitz E, Krachler M, Thomsen M, Heisel C. Metal release and corrosion effects of modular neck total hip arthroplasty. Int Orthop. 2009;33(6):1531-1536.

24. Cash, D, Khanduja V. The case for ceramics-on-polyethylene as the preferred bearing for a young adult hip replacement. Hip Int. 2014;24(5):421-427.

25. Taylor ED, Browne JA. Reconstruction options for acetabular revision. World J Orthop. 2012;3(7):95-100.

26. Lombardi AV, Berend KR. Isolated acetabular liner exchange. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2008;16(5):243-248.

27. Millet PJ, Allen MJ, Bostrom MP. Effects of alendronate on particle-induced osteolysis in a rat model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84-A(2):236-249.

28. O'Hara LJ, Nivbrant B, Rohrl S.Cross-linked polyethylene and bisphosphonate therapy for osteolysis in total hip athroplasty: a case report. J Orthop Surg (Hong Kong). 2004;12(1):114-121.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Sheahan is a physician at the Orlando VAMC in Florida. Dr. Parvataneni is the Peter Gearen MD Endowed Professorship in Orthopaedics at the University of Florida in Gainesville.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The views and opinions expressed in this publication are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the position or policy of Duke University, the Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation. The opinions expressed herein also do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
39-43
Legacy Keywords
William T. Sheahan MD, Hari K. Parvataneni MD, total hip arthroplasty, hip replacements, arthritis, joint pain
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Sheahan is a physician at the Orlando VAMC in Florida. Dr. Parvataneni is the Peter Gearen MD Endowed Professorship in Orthopaedics at the University of Florida in Gainesville.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The views and opinions expressed in this publication are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the position or policy of Duke University, the Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation. The opinions expressed herein also do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Sheahan is a physician at the Orlando VAMC in Florida. Dr. Parvataneni is the Peter Gearen MD Endowed Professorship in Orthopaedics at the University of Florida in Gainesville.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The views and opinions expressed in this publication are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the position or policy of Duke University, the Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation. The opinions expressed herein also do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
As the number of primary total hip arthroplasties has increased and the average age has decreased, regular follow-ups can help patients avoid more significant revision procedures.
As the number of primary total hip arthroplasties has increased and the average age has decreased, regular follow-ups can help patients avoid more significant revision procedures.

Total hip arthroplasty (THA) is considered to be one of the most successful orthopedic interventions of its generation.1 In 2010, 332,000 THAs were performed in the U.S.2 Although used to correct advanced joint diseases in the elderly, the THA procedure has become increasingly common in a younger population for posttraumatic fractures and conditions that lead to early onset secondary arthritis such as avascular necrosis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, hip dysplasia, Perthes disease, and femoro-acetabular impingement.

Current hip replacements are expected to function at least 10 to 20 years in 90% of patients.3 As increasing numbers of young patients have these procedures and as seniors continue to live longer, patients will outlast their implants. Younger and more active patients have a higher rate of revision, because the longevity of the prosthesis is usually a function of usage.3 The number of revision THAs is projected to increase 137% by 2030.4

Hip resurfacing has been developed as a bone preserving surgical alternative to THA. The first system for use in the U.S. received FDA approval in 2006, but concerns about the metal on metal bearing surfaces, high failure and revision rates, and early catastrophic modes of failure compared with THAs has resulted in the recall of many of these devices. Hip resurfacing may offer some advantages compared with those of a THA in a carefully selected population, but its use will not be further discussed in this case study.Periprosthetic osteolysis and aseptic loosening are 2 of the long-term consequences of THA.6 Bone loss is felt to be secondary to a biologic reaction to particulate debris from implants.6 Some patients, especially those with loosening, complete wear, or fracture, will be symptomatic with pain. However, wear and osteolysis is a silent disease unless there is mechanical failure. Other patients may not experience discomfort. Radiographic studies may reveal significant changes, which warrant the recommendation for a hip revision.

Hip revision surgery has 3 major purposes: relieving pain in the affected joint, restoring the patient’s mobility, and removing a loose or damaged prosthesis before irreversible harm is done to the joint. It’s anticipated that most primary care providers (PCPs) will encounter patients who seek advice on the need for a revision hip arthroplasty.

This case will present an asymptomatic patient who underwent a THA in 1997 at age 37, to address developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) and was advised to undergo a revision hip arthroplasty due to abnormal radiographic findings at age 55 years. A discussion will follow that includes a brief review of the history of THA, the materials and bearings commonly used, the presenting symptoms or radiographic changes that signal the need for a revision, and the current options available for a patient such as this.

Case Report

A man aged 55 years presented to a new orthopedic surgeon for his first orthopedic appointment in 10 years. The patient had a left metal-on-polyethylene (M-on-PE) THA 18 years prior due to early onset secondary degenerative joint disease from DDH. The patient’s M-on-PE THA was a titanium acetabular socket and femoral stem with a cobalt-chromium alloy femoral head and a polyethylene liner. The patient remained physically active with an exercise routine consisting of walking, swimming, and weight training.

The patient’s orthopedic history was notable for a right knee arthroscopy for intervention due to a torn medial and lateral meniscus, and birth history was noteworthy for a breech presentation. The physical exam was unremarkable except for a slight leg length discrepancy, but the patient did not exhibit a Trendelenburg gait.

Plain X-rays and a computed tomography (CT) scan showed eccentric PE wear and superior migration of the femoral head, which was indicative of significant PE liner wear. No significant osteolysis or periprosthetic loosening was observed on the X-rays or CT scan. He was advised that a hip revision procedure would need to be done, optimally, within the next 6 months to a year.

Discussion

Hip dysplasia represents a broad group of disorders and generally means abnormal development of the hip joint. The term is most commonly used to refer to DDH with inadequate coverage of the femoral head. In one study, 25% of hip replacements performed in patients aged ≤ 40 years were due to underlying hip dysplasia.7

Developmental dysplasia of the hip occurs more often in children who present in the breech position.8 One theory argues that packaging issues in utero may account for the increased incidence of DDH.9 The earliest recorded attempts at hip replacement occurred in Germany, in 1891, when ivory was used to replace the femoral heads of patients whose hip joints had been destroyed by tuberculosis.1

 

 

The orthopedic surgeon Sir John Charnley, who worked at the Manchester Royal Infirmary, is considered the father of the modern THA.1 His low friction arthroplasty, designed in the early 1960s is identical, in principle, to the M-on-PE prosthesis used today.1 The PE liner used was ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE).1

Due to the early success of the Charnley prosthesis, the M-on-PE prosthesis became the most widely used. Although PE is the most studied and understood of all acetabular liner materials, it will eventually wear and shed debris. Acetabular cup wear is the most frequent reason for mid-to-long-term revisions, especially in young and active patients.10 More active patients shed more debris.3 The PE debris instigates the release of inflammatory mediators, which results in chronic inflammation and tissue damage that erodes the supporting bone and can lead to implant loosening or fracture.Ongoing studies seek to optimize and improve properties of the UHMWPE and to develop alternative bearings. After FDA approval in 1999, highly cross-linked polyethylene liners (HXLPE) rapidly became the standard of care for THAs, at least in the U.S.11 Highly cross-linked polyethylene liners are created from UHMWPE through a process of cross-linking by exposure to gamma radiation, and subsequent heat treatment to neutralize free radicals and limit oxidative degradation.12

In one study, the 5-year annual linear wear rate for a HXLPE liner was only 45% of that seen with the UHMWPE liner, although the qualitative wear pattern was the same.13 In a study that followed patients for 7 years postoperatively, the mean steady-state wear rate of the HXLPE was 0.005 mm/y compared with 0.037 mm/y for UHMWPE.14 In a long-term study (a minimum follow-up of 10 years) of 50 patients who were aged < 50 years and underwent THA using HXLPE liners, there was no radiographic evidence of osteolysis or component loosening, and liner wear was 0.020 ± 0.0047 mm/y.12 In 2005, second-generation HXLPE liners were introduced clinically and have been shown to further reduce wear in vitro compared with both UHMWPE and first-generation HXLPE liners. Callary and colleagues calculated that the wear rates between 1 year and 5 years were all < 0.001 mm/y.15

The use of ceramic for THAs began in 1970, and ceramic heads on polyethylene (C-on-PE) liners and ceramic-on-ceramic (C-on-C) bearings have been in continual use for > 30 years in Europe. Premarket FDA approval based on European data was granted in 1983; however, the manufacturer voluntarily removed it from the market because of a high incidence of stem loosening (> 30% within 3 years in some series).16 FDA approvals came much later for C-on-PE (1989) and C-on-C (2003) bearings.

Ceramic is the hardest implant material used, and it can be concluded from many clinical and laboratory reports that C-on-PE and C-on-C combinations confer a potentially significant reduction in wear on THA bearings.16 Ceramic hips initially had 2 concerns: catastrophic shattering and squeaking. Current ceramic hips have been substantially improved, and some experts feel shattering has been essentially eliminated.16 Other experts note that ceramic brittleness remains a major concern.17 Squeaking remains a problem for some, but it usually abates over time. No study has correlated squeaking with impending failure or increased pain or disability.

While C-on-C bearings are now felt to be a good implant for young active patients, these bearings have generally not resulted in significantly lower wear rates and fewer revisions.18 High rates of wear and osteolysis have been sporadically documented over the 35-year history of ceramic implants.16 The FDA approved the first ceramic-on-metal total hip replacement system on June 13, 2011.

Metal-on-metal (M-on-M) implants have been used by some for decades, although they were not approved by the FDA until the late 1990s. However, some device recalls have brought negative attention to M-on-M implants.19 It was felt that they would generate less wear debris than PE, but reports of pseudotumors (from inflammatory mediators) and metallosis have significantly tempered enthusiasm for these products.20,21 The wear rates are very low, estimated to be only 0.01 mm/y, but concerns about the carcinogenetic potential of systemically increased metal ions remains a possible and much debated concern.19,22,23 In January 2013, FDA issued a safety communication on M-on-M implants.

Many experts feel that modern ceramic or metal on second-generation HXLPE represents the gold standard and the most predictable bearing choice for young, active patients.18 Others feel that the optimal choice of bearing surfaces in THA, particularly in the younger and more active patient, remains controversial.24

Follow-Up

Intermittent orthopedic monitoring is recommended for all patients who have undergone a THA. The frequency of hip X-rays on follow-up appointments is left to the orthopedic surgeon. After the initial recovery, serial images every 2 to 5 years can identify progressive failure, and annual X-rays may be used for closer follow-up in high-risk patients.

 

 

Patients who experience dislocations, fractures, infections, or pain usually maintain close orthopedic follow-up. Significant wear of the prosthesis damages the socket; osteolysis can cause irreversible bone loss, fracture, and loosening. Massive acetabular bone loss is very difficult to reverse and creates major reconstruction challenges.

Figure 1A is a 2009 X-ray of a woman aged 44 years who underwent a THA after a motor vehicle accident in 1997 and who was advised to have a revision THA when seen in 2009.

The X-ray revealed significant wear of the acetabular liner. Unfortunately, the patient was lost to follow-up, and when she returned 5 years later, she had severe pain and was unable to walk. Figure 1B shows that the patient’s femoral head had broken through the acetabular component. She had massive bone loss that required a complex revision and bone grafting. (Figure 1C). Operative findings included severe metal debris from socket damage (Figure 2). Asymptomatic patients can generate significant wear and debris and may experience osteolysis. A revision hip arthroplasty may be needed to prevent long-term damage. Routine surveillance can detect these issues and allow intervention at a time when the simplest revision could be performed. Eccentric alignment of the femoral head in the acetabular cup suggests wear or breakdown of the liner and increases the likelihood of instability or dislocation. In advanced cases, plain radiographs may show osteolysis in the surrounding bone.

Figure 3A is an X-ray of a man aged 71 years who had undergone THA 21 years earlier and had complied with routine follow-up. When his X-rays showed significant wear of the liner and some osteolysis, he was able to undergo a simple revision (Figure 3B).

Three-dimensional CT is useful for quantifying the presence and severity of osteolytic lesions, because plain radiographs may underestimate the amount of bone loss that is present.25 The CT in Figure 3C shows the magnitude of osteolysis that was underestimated by the preoperative plain X-rays (Figure 3A). Computed tomography scans are crucial for surgical planning in the setting of severe acetabular bone loss.

There is a wide spectrum of signs and symptoms that can occur in the setting of acetabular component failure. Pain is a common presenting symptom. Groin pain can represent acetabular failure; thigh pain may be correlated to femoral component failure.25 The clinical patient presentation ultimately depends on the underlying cause: an infection, polyethylene wear, instability, or aseptic loosening.25 Leg-length discrepancy, joint deformity, location of prior incisions, functional status, and baseline neurologic status should be evaluated and documented during the preoperative evaluation as well.25

Case Study Revision Options

The X-rays and CT scans for this case study patient showed that he was a possible candidate for the simplest revision surgery; an isolated liner exchange and replacement of the femoral head. When the original surgery was performed (1997), the only FDA approved PE liner was UHMWPE. To justify isolated liner exchange, the modular acetabular metallic shell also should be well-fixed and appropriately oriented.26 This is evaluated both preoperatively and intraoperatively.

If found to be well fixed with an appropriate orientation and locking mechanism, the UHMWPE liner could be replaced with a HXLPE liner and a larger metal femoral head for improved wear and stability. Acetabular revision is indicted for an asymptomatic patient who has progressive osteolysis, severe wear, or bone loss that would compromise future reconstruction.

Conclusions

Over the past several decades, THA has become recognized as an effective treatment option for the reduction of pain and disability associated with hip joint disease and is associated with successful clinical outcomes. The most frequently noted recommendations for trying to increase the life expectancy of an artificial hip replacement include maintaining a normal weight, keeping leg muscles strong, and avoiding repetitive squatting and kneeling.

As the number of primary THAs has increased and the average age of those undergoing a primary THA has decreased, the need for revisions has risen. Reviews have demonstrated that the most common causes for early total hip revision, regardless of component, included infection, instability/dislocation, and fracture, whereas wear is the most common reason for mid to late revisions.

The wear of all materials used has been shown to be greatest in the most active patients.

Studies continue to identify ways to potentially prevent or reverse osteolysis from wear debris. Alendronate therapy has been shown to prevent and treat PE debris-induced periprosthetic bone loss in rats.27 It also was successfully used in a case report of an asymptomatic woman aged 39 years who had rapid PE wear and aggressive periprosthetic osteolysis within just 2 years of a bilateral THA.28 Other areas of research on decreasing osteolysis in THA recipients include trials with mesenchymal stem cells, bone morphogenic proteins, and gene therapy.6

In the U.S., 46,000 revisions were performed in 2004 and this number is expected to more than double by 2030.4 Primary care providers are sure to encounter patients who will be in need of a hip revision procedure. It’s important for them to make sure that their patients who have undergone a THA are periodically seen for orthopedic follow-up. Despite the long history of primary THAs, there is still not a single technique and material to suit all patient characteristics.1 Unfortunately, the same currently applies to hip revision procedures.

Total hip arthroplasty (THA) is considered to be one of the most successful orthopedic interventions of its generation.1 In 2010, 332,000 THAs were performed in the U.S.2 Although used to correct advanced joint diseases in the elderly, the THA procedure has become increasingly common in a younger population for posttraumatic fractures and conditions that lead to early onset secondary arthritis such as avascular necrosis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, hip dysplasia, Perthes disease, and femoro-acetabular impingement.

Current hip replacements are expected to function at least 10 to 20 years in 90% of patients.3 As increasing numbers of young patients have these procedures and as seniors continue to live longer, patients will outlast their implants. Younger and more active patients have a higher rate of revision, because the longevity of the prosthesis is usually a function of usage.3 The number of revision THAs is projected to increase 137% by 2030.4

Hip resurfacing has been developed as a bone preserving surgical alternative to THA. The first system for use in the U.S. received FDA approval in 2006, but concerns about the metal on metal bearing surfaces, high failure and revision rates, and early catastrophic modes of failure compared with THAs has resulted in the recall of many of these devices. Hip resurfacing may offer some advantages compared with those of a THA in a carefully selected population, but its use will not be further discussed in this case study.Periprosthetic osteolysis and aseptic loosening are 2 of the long-term consequences of THA.6 Bone loss is felt to be secondary to a biologic reaction to particulate debris from implants.6 Some patients, especially those with loosening, complete wear, or fracture, will be symptomatic with pain. However, wear and osteolysis is a silent disease unless there is mechanical failure. Other patients may not experience discomfort. Radiographic studies may reveal significant changes, which warrant the recommendation for a hip revision.

Hip revision surgery has 3 major purposes: relieving pain in the affected joint, restoring the patient’s mobility, and removing a loose or damaged prosthesis before irreversible harm is done to the joint. It’s anticipated that most primary care providers (PCPs) will encounter patients who seek advice on the need for a revision hip arthroplasty.

This case will present an asymptomatic patient who underwent a THA in 1997 at age 37, to address developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) and was advised to undergo a revision hip arthroplasty due to abnormal radiographic findings at age 55 years. A discussion will follow that includes a brief review of the history of THA, the materials and bearings commonly used, the presenting symptoms or radiographic changes that signal the need for a revision, and the current options available for a patient such as this.

Case Report

A man aged 55 years presented to a new orthopedic surgeon for his first orthopedic appointment in 10 years. The patient had a left metal-on-polyethylene (M-on-PE) THA 18 years prior due to early onset secondary degenerative joint disease from DDH. The patient’s M-on-PE THA was a titanium acetabular socket and femoral stem with a cobalt-chromium alloy femoral head and a polyethylene liner. The patient remained physically active with an exercise routine consisting of walking, swimming, and weight training.

The patient’s orthopedic history was notable for a right knee arthroscopy for intervention due to a torn medial and lateral meniscus, and birth history was noteworthy for a breech presentation. The physical exam was unremarkable except for a slight leg length discrepancy, but the patient did not exhibit a Trendelenburg gait.

Plain X-rays and a computed tomography (CT) scan showed eccentric PE wear and superior migration of the femoral head, which was indicative of significant PE liner wear. No significant osteolysis or periprosthetic loosening was observed on the X-rays or CT scan. He was advised that a hip revision procedure would need to be done, optimally, within the next 6 months to a year.

Discussion

Hip dysplasia represents a broad group of disorders and generally means abnormal development of the hip joint. The term is most commonly used to refer to DDH with inadequate coverage of the femoral head. In one study, 25% of hip replacements performed in patients aged ≤ 40 years were due to underlying hip dysplasia.7

Developmental dysplasia of the hip occurs more often in children who present in the breech position.8 One theory argues that packaging issues in utero may account for the increased incidence of DDH.9 The earliest recorded attempts at hip replacement occurred in Germany, in 1891, when ivory was used to replace the femoral heads of patients whose hip joints had been destroyed by tuberculosis.1

 

 

The orthopedic surgeon Sir John Charnley, who worked at the Manchester Royal Infirmary, is considered the father of the modern THA.1 His low friction arthroplasty, designed in the early 1960s is identical, in principle, to the M-on-PE prosthesis used today.1 The PE liner used was ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE).1

Due to the early success of the Charnley prosthesis, the M-on-PE prosthesis became the most widely used. Although PE is the most studied and understood of all acetabular liner materials, it will eventually wear and shed debris. Acetabular cup wear is the most frequent reason for mid-to-long-term revisions, especially in young and active patients.10 More active patients shed more debris.3 The PE debris instigates the release of inflammatory mediators, which results in chronic inflammation and tissue damage that erodes the supporting bone and can lead to implant loosening or fracture.Ongoing studies seek to optimize and improve properties of the UHMWPE and to develop alternative bearings. After FDA approval in 1999, highly cross-linked polyethylene liners (HXLPE) rapidly became the standard of care for THAs, at least in the U.S.11 Highly cross-linked polyethylene liners are created from UHMWPE through a process of cross-linking by exposure to gamma radiation, and subsequent heat treatment to neutralize free radicals and limit oxidative degradation.12

In one study, the 5-year annual linear wear rate for a HXLPE liner was only 45% of that seen with the UHMWPE liner, although the qualitative wear pattern was the same.13 In a study that followed patients for 7 years postoperatively, the mean steady-state wear rate of the HXLPE was 0.005 mm/y compared with 0.037 mm/y for UHMWPE.14 In a long-term study (a minimum follow-up of 10 years) of 50 patients who were aged < 50 years and underwent THA using HXLPE liners, there was no radiographic evidence of osteolysis or component loosening, and liner wear was 0.020 ± 0.0047 mm/y.12 In 2005, second-generation HXLPE liners were introduced clinically and have been shown to further reduce wear in vitro compared with both UHMWPE and first-generation HXLPE liners. Callary and colleagues calculated that the wear rates between 1 year and 5 years were all < 0.001 mm/y.15

The use of ceramic for THAs began in 1970, and ceramic heads on polyethylene (C-on-PE) liners and ceramic-on-ceramic (C-on-C) bearings have been in continual use for > 30 years in Europe. Premarket FDA approval based on European data was granted in 1983; however, the manufacturer voluntarily removed it from the market because of a high incidence of stem loosening (> 30% within 3 years in some series).16 FDA approvals came much later for C-on-PE (1989) and C-on-C (2003) bearings.

Ceramic is the hardest implant material used, and it can be concluded from many clinical and laboratory reports that C-on-PE and C-on-C combinations confer a potentially significant reduction in wear on THA bearings.16 Ceramic hips initially had 2 concerns: catastrophic shattering and squeaking. Current ceramic hips have been substantially improved, and some experts feel shattering has been essentially eliminated.16 Other experts note that ceramic brittleness remains a major concern.17 Squeaking remains a problem for some, but it usually abates over time. No study has correlated squeaking with impending failure or increased pain or disability.

While C-on-C bearings are now felt to be a good implant for young active patients, these bearings have generally not resulted in significantly lower wear rates and fewer revisions.18 High rates of wear and osteolysis have been sporadically documented over the 35-year history of ceramic implants.16 The FDA approved the first ceramic-on-metal total hip replacement system on June 13, 2011.

Metal-on-metal (M-on-M) implants have been used by some for decades, although they were not approved by the FDA until the late 1990s. However, some device recalls have brought negative attention to M-on-M implants.19 It was felt that they would generate less wear debris than PE, but reports of pseudotumors (from inflammatory mediators) and metallosis have significantly tempered enthusiasm for these products.20,21 The wear rates are very low, estimated to be only 0.01 mm/y, but concerns about the carcinogenetic potential of systemically increased metal ions remains a possible and much debated concern.19,22,23 In January 2013, FDA issued a safety communication on M-on-M implants.

Many experts feel that modern ceramic or metal on second-generation HXLPE represents the gold standard and the most predictable bearing choice for young, active patients.18 Others feel that the optimal choice of bearing surfaces in THA, particularly in the younger and more active patient, remains controversial.24

Follow-Up

Intermittent orthopedic monitoring is recommended for all patients who have undergone a THA. The frequency of hip X-rays on follow-up appointments is left to the orthopedic surgeon. After the initial recovery, serial images every 2 to 5 years can identify progressive failure, and annual X-rays may be used for closer follow-up in high-risk patients.

 

 

Patients who experience dislocations, fractures, infections, or pain usually maintain close orthopedic follow-up. Significant wear of the prosthesis damages the socket; osteolysis can cause irreversible bone loss, fracture, and loosening. Massive acetabular bone loss is very difficult to reverse and creates major reconstruction challenges.

Figure 1A is a 2009 X-ray of a woman aged 44 years who underwent a THA after a motor vehicle accident in 1997 and who was advised to have a revision THA when seen in 2009.

The X-ray revealed significant wear of the acetabular liner. Unfortunately, the patient was lost to follow-up, and when she returned 5 years later, she had severe pain and was unable to walk. Figure 1B shows that the patient’s femoral head had broken through the acetabular component. She had massive bone loss that required a complex revision and bone grafting. (Figure 1C). Operative findings included severe metal debris from socket damage (Figure 2). Asymptomatic patients can generate significant wear and debris and may experience osteolysis. A revision hip arthroplasty may be needed to prevent long-term damage. Routine surveillance can detect these issues and allow intervention at a time when the simplest revision could be performed. Eccentric alignment of the femoral head in the acetabular cup suggests wear or breakdown of the liner and increases the likelihood of instability or dislocation. In advanced cases, plain radiographs may show osteolysis in the surrounding bone.

Figure 3A is an X-ray of a man aged 71 years who had undergone THA 21 years earlier and had complied with routine follow-up. When his X-rays showed significant wear of the liner and some osteolysis, he was able to undergo a simple revision (Figure 3B).

Three-dimensional CT is useful for quantifying the presence and severity of osteolytic lesions, because plain radiographs may underestimate the amount of bone loss that is present.25 The CT in Figure 3C shows the magnitude of osteolysis that was underestimated by the preoperative plain X-rays (Figure 3A). Computed tomography scans are crucial for surgical planning in the setting of severe acetabular bone loss.

There is a wide spectrum of signs and symptoms that can occur in the setting of acetabular component failure. Pain is a common presenting symptom. Groin pain can represent acetabular failure; thigh pain may be correlated to femoral component failure.25 The clinical patient presentation ultimately depends on the underlying cause: an infection, polyethylene wear, instability, or aseptic loosening.25 Leg-length discrepancy, joint deformity, location of prior incisions, functional status, and baseline neurologic status should be evaluated and documented during the preoperative evaluation as well.25

Case Study Revision Options

The X-rays and CT scans for this case study patient showed that he was a possible candidate for the simplest revision surgery; an isolated liner exchange and replacement of the femoral head. When the original surgery was performed (1997), the only FDA approved PE liner was UHMWPE. To justify isolated liner exchange, the modular acetabular metallic shell also should be well-fixed and appropriately oriented.26 This is evaluated both preoperatively and intraoperatively.

If found to be well fixed with an appropriate orientation and locking mechanism, the UHMWPE liner could be replaced with a HXLPE liner and a larger metal femoral head for improved wear and stability. Acetabular revision is indicted for an asymptomatic patient who has progressive osteolysis, severe wear, or bone loss that would compromise future reconstruction.

Conclusions

Over the past several decades, THA has become recognized as an effective treatment option for the reduction of pain and disability associated with hip joint disease and is associated with successful clinical outcomes. The most frequently noted recommendations for trying to increase the life expectancy of an artificial hip replacement include maintaining a normal weight, keeping leg muscles strong, and avoiding repetitive squatting and kneeling.

As the number of primary THAs has increased and the average age of those undergoing a primary THA has decreased, the need for revisions has risen. Reviews have demonstrated that the most common causes for early total hip revision, regardless of component, included infection, instability/dislocation, and fracture, whereas wear is the most common reason for mid to late revisions.

The wear of all materials used has been shown to be greatest in the most active patients.

Studies continue to identify ways to potentially prevent or reverse osteolysis from wear debris. Alendronate therapy has been shown to prevent and treat PE debris-induced periprosthetic bone loss in rats.27 It also was successfully used in a case report of an asymptomatic woman aged 39 years who had rapid PE wear and aggressive periprosthetic osteolysis within just 2 years of a bilateral THA.28 Other areas of research on decreasing osteolysis in THA recipients include trials with mesenchymal stem cells, bone morphogenic proteins, and gene therapy.6

In the U.S., 46,000 revisions were performed in 2004 and this number is expected to more than double by 2030.4 Primary care providers are sure to encounter patients who will be in need of a hip revision procedure. It’s important for them to make sure that their patients who have undergone a THA are periodically seen for orthopedic follow-up. Despite the long history of primary THAs, there is still not a single technique and material to suit all patient characteristics.1 Unfortunately, the same currently applies to hip revision procedures.

References

1. Knight SR, Aujla R, Biswas SP. Total hip arthroplasty--over 100 years of operative history. Orthop Rev (Pavia). 2011;3(2):e16. 

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. FastStats: inpatient surgery. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/inpatient-surgery.htm. Updated April 29, 2015. Accessed January 18, 2016.

3. Joint Revision Surgery-When do I need it? American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Website. http://www.tlhoc.com/uploads/documents/when_do_I_need_it.pdf. Accessed January 18, 2016.

4. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785.

5. Nunley RM, Della Valle CJ, Barrack RL. Is patient selection important for hip resurfacing? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2009;467(1):56-65.

6. Dattani R. Femoral osteolysis following total hip replacement. Postgrad Med J. 2007;83(979):312-316.

7. Engesæter IØ, Lehmann T, Laborie LB, Lie SA, Rosendahl K, Engesæter LB. Total hip replacement in young adults with hip dysplasia: age at diagnosis, previous treatment, quality of life, and validation of diagnoses reported to the Norwegian Arthroplasty Register between 1987 and 2007. Acta Orthop. 2011;82(2):149-154.

8. Salter RB. Etiology, pathogenesis and possible prevention of congenital dislocation of the hip. Can Med Assoc J. 1968;98(20):933-945.

9. Storer SK, Skaggs DL. Developmental dysplasia of the hip. Am Fam Physician. 2006;74(8):1310-1316.

10. Pace TB, Keith KC, Alvarez E, Snider RG, Tanner, SL, Desjardins JD. Comparison of conventional polyethylene wear and signs of cup failure in two similar total hip designs. Adv Orthop. 2013;2013:710621.

11. Kurtz SM. The UHMWPE Handbook: Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene in Total Joint Replacement. Academic Press: London; 2014. 

12. Babovic N, Trousdale RT. Total hip athroplasty using highly cross-linked polyethylene in patients younger than 50 years with minimum 10-year follow-up. J Arthroplasty. 2013;29(5):815-817.

13. Dorr LD, Wan Z, Shahrdar C, Sirianni L, Boutary M, Yun A. Clinical performance of a Durasal highly cross-linked polyethylene acetabular liner for total hip arthroplasty at five years. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(8):1816-1821.

14. Thomas G, Simpson D, Mehmmod S, et al. The seven-year wear of highly cross-linked polyethylene in total hip arthroplasty: a double-blind, randomized controlled trial using radiostereometric analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(8):716-722.

15. Callary SA, Field JR, Campbell DG. Low wear of a second-generation highly crosslinked polyethylene liner: a 5-year radiostereometric analysis study. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(11):3596-3600.

16. Tateiwa T, Clarke IC, Williams PA, et al. Ceramic total hip arthroplasty in the United States: safety and risk issues revisited. Am J Orthop (Belle Mead NJ). 2008;37(2):E26-E31. 

17. Traina F, De Fine M, Di Martino A, Faldini C. Fracture of ceramic bearing surfaces following total hip replacement: a systematic review. BioMed Res Int. 2013;2013:157247.

18. Haidukewych GJ, Petrie J. Bearing surface considerations for total hip arthroplasty in young patients. Orthop Clin N Am. 2012;43(3):395-402.

19. Cohen D. How safe are metal-on-metal hip implants? BMJ. 2012;344:e1410.

20. Campbell P, Ebramzadeh E, Nelson S, Takamura K, De Smet K, Amstutz HC. Histological features of pseudotumor-like tissues from metal-on-metal hips. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2010;468(9):2321-2327. 

21. Pritchett JW. Adverse reaction to metal debris: metallosis of the resurfaced hip. Curr Orthop Pract. 2012;23(1):50-58.

22. Smith AJ, Dieppe P, Porter M, Blom AW; National Joint Registry of England and Wales. Risk of cancer in first seven years after metal-on-metal hip replacement compared with other bearings and general population: linkage study between the National Joint registry of England and Wales and hospital episode statistics. BMJ. 2012;344:e2383.

23. Kretzer JP, Jakubowitz E, Krachler M, Thomsen M, Heisel C. Metal release and corrosion effects of modular neck total hip arthroplasty. Int Orthop. 2009;33(6):1531-1536.

24. Cash, D, Khanduja V. The case for ceramics-on-polyethylene as the preferred bearing for a young adult hip replacement. Hip Int. 2014;24(5):421-427.

25. Taylor ED, Browne JA. Reconstruction options for acetabular revision. World J Orthop. 2012;3(7):95-100.

26. Lombardi AV, Berend KR. Isolated acetabular liner exchange. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2008;16(5):243-248.

27. Millet PJ, Allen MJ, Bostrom MP. Effects of alendronate on particle-induced osteolysis in a rat model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84-A(2):236-249.

28. O'Hara LJ, Nivbrant B, Rohrl S.Cross-linked polyethylene and bisphosphonate therapy for osteolysis in total hip athroplasty: a case report. J Orthop Surg (Hong Kong). 2004;12(1):114-121.

References

1. Knight SR, Aujla R, Biswas SP. Total hip arthroplasty--over 100 years of operative history. Orthop Rev (Pavia). 2011;3(2):e16. 

2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. FastStats: inpatient surgery. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/inpatient-surgery.htm. Updated April 29, 2015. Accessed January 18, 2016.

3. Joint Revision Surgery-When do I need it? American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Website. http://www.tlhoc.com/uploads/documents/when_do_I_need_it.pdf. Accessed January 18, 2016.

4. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785.

5. Nunley RM, Della Valle CJ, Barrack RL. Is patient selection important for hip resurfacing? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2009;467(1):56-65.

6. Dattani R. Femoral osteolysis following total hip replacement. Postgrad Med J. 2007;83(979):312-316.

7. Engesæter IØ, Lehmann T, Laborie LB, Lie SA, Rosendahl K, Engesæter LB. Total hip replacement in young adults with hip dysplasia: age at diagnosis, previous treatment, quality of life, and validation of diagnoses reported to the Norwegian Arthroplasty Register between 1987 and 2007. Acta Orthop. 2011;82(2):149-154.

8. Salter RB. Etiology, pathogenesis and possible prevention of congenital dislocation of the hip. Can Med Assoc J. 1968;98(20):933-945.

9. Storer SK, Skaggs DL. Developmental dysplasia of the hip. Am Fam Physician. 2006;74(8):1310-1316.

10. Pace TB, Keith KC, Alvarez E, Snider RG, Tanner, SL, Desjardins JD. Comparison of conventional polyethylene wear and signs of cup failure in two similar total hip designs. Adv Orthop. 2013;2013:710621.

11. Kurtz SM. The UHMWPE Handbook: Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene in Total Joint Replacement. Academic Press: London; 2014. 

12. Babovic N, Trousdale RT. Total hip athroplasty using highly cross-linked polyethylene in patients younger than 50 years with minimum 10-year follow-up. J Arthroplasty. 2013;29(5):815-817.

13. Dorr LD, Wan Z, Shahrdar C, Sirianni L, Boutary M, Yun A. Clinical performance of a Durasal highly cross-linked polyethylene acetabular liner for total hip arthroplasty at five years. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(8):1816-1821.

14. Thomas G, Simpson D, Mehmmod S, et al. The seven-year wear of highly cross-linked polyethylene in total hip arthroplasty: a double-blind, randomized controlled trial using radiostereometric analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(8):716-722.

15. Callary SA, Field JR, Campbell DG. Low wear of a second-generation highly crosslinked polyethylene liner: a 5-year radiostereometric analysis study. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(11):3596-3600.

16. Tateiwa T, Clarke IC, Williams PA, et al. Ceramic total hip arthroplasty in the United States: safety and risk issues revisited. Am J Orthop (Belle Mead NJ). 2008;37(2):E26-E31. 

17. Traina F, De Fine M, Di Martino A, Faldini C. Fracture of ceramic bearing surfaces following total hip replacement: a systematic review. BioMed Res Int. 2013;2013:157247.

18. Haidukewych GJ, Petrie J. Bearing surface considerations for total hip arthroplasty in young patients. Orthop Clin N Am. 2012;43(3):395-402.

19. Cohen D. How safe are metal-on-metal hip implants? BMJ. 2012;344:e1410.

20. Campbell P, Ebramzadeh E, Nelson S, Takamura K, De Smet K, Amstutz HC. Histological features of pseudotumor-like tissues from metal-on-metal hips. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2010;468(9):2321-2327. 

21. Pritchett JW. Adverse reaction to metal debris: metallosis of the resurfaced hip. Curr Orthop Pract. 2012;23(1):50-58.

22. Smith AJ, Dieppe P, Porter M, Blom AW; National Joint Registry of England and Wales. Risk of cancer in first seven years after metal-on-metal hip replacement compared with other bearings and general population: linkage study between the National Joint registry of England and Wales and hospital episode statistics. BMJ. 2012;344:e2383.

23. Kretzer JP, Jakubowitz E, Krachler M, Thomsen M, Heisel C. Metal release and corrosion effects of modular neck total hip arthroplasty. Int Orthop. 2009;33(6):1531-1536.

24. Cash, D, Khanduja V. The case for ceramics-on-polyethylene as the preferred bearing for a young adult hip replacement. Hip Int. 2014;24(5):421-427.

25. Taylor ED, Browne JA. Reconstruction options for acetabular revision. World J Orthop. 2012;3(7):95-100.

26. Lombardi AV, Berend KR. Isolated acetabular liner exchange. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2008;16(5):243-248.

27. Millet PJ, Allen MJ, Bostrom MP. Effects of alendronate on particle-induced osteolysis in a rat model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84-A(2):236-249.

28. O'Hara LJ, Nivbrant B, Rohrl S.Cross-linked polyethylene and bisphosphonate therapy for osteolysis in total hip athroplasty: a case report. J Orthop Surg (Hong Kong). 2004;12(1):114-121.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Page Number
39-43
Page Number
39-43
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Asymptomatic but Time for a Hip Revision
Display Headline
Asymptomatic but Time for a Hip Revision
Legacy Keywords
William T. Sheahan MD, Hari K. Parvataneni MD, total hip arthroplasty, hip replacements, arthritis, joint pain
Legacy Keywords
William T. Sheahan MD, Hari K. Parvataneni MD, total hip arthroplasty, hip replacements, arthritis, joint pain
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Impact of Patient Aligned Care Team Interprofessional Care Updates on Metabolic Parameters

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Impact of Patient Aligned Care Team Interprofessional Care Updates on Metabolic Parameters
Presentation of patient cases at an interprofessional panel was not associated with a statistically significant change in A1c or blood pressure values but warrants further study.

Chronic conditions contribute to increasing health care expenditures, and a small number of patients with chronic medical conditions consume a disproportionately larger amount of health care resources.1,2 Naessens and colleagues showed that 2.6% of adult patients accounted for 20.7% of all primary care clinic visits during a calendar year.2 These high-risk patients may be using much of the health care resources but have unmet needs even with the increased amount of health care services they receive.

The impact of interprofessional forms of chronic disease management on patient outcomes is unclear.3-5 Definitions for high-risk patients and interprofessional care are broad, making comparison of studies difficult. In a team setting, it is difficult to discern the exact contributions of a single member of the team. Katon and colleagues concluded in a randomized, controlled trial that a nurse care manager collaborative treatment program added additional depression-free days and quality-adjusted life-years in adults with depression and poorly controlled diabetes mellitus (DM), coronary artery disease, or both.3 The intervention also resulted in improvements in a composite outcome of hemoglobin A1c (A1c), low-densitylipoprotein cholesterol, systolic blood pressure (BP) levels, and depression symptoms at 12 months, but these improvements were not sustained at 24 months.3,4

A study looked at interprofessional team care provided by primary care internal medicine residents, nurse practitioner students, and pharmacy students, compared with usual care by only internal medicine residents. The study showed improvements in patient assessments and a trend toward the decreased use of urgent care in patients with type 2 DM over 18 months but no significant improvements in A1c or BP values.5 The impact of pharmacists participating in team-based care and patient-centered medical home models has also been shown to be positive regarding metabolic parameters.6,7Patient aligned care teams (PACT), the VA patient-centered medical home model initiative, seek to optimize patient care through provision of interprofessional, team-based care. At the Boise VAMC in Idaho, PACT training occurs at a primary care academic training clinic that includes 40 primary care providers, supervisors, and trainees in internal medicine, nurse practitioner programs, pharmacy, and behavioral health.

The Boise VAMC is also 1 of 5 VA Centers of Excellence in Primary Care Education (CoEPCE), institutions that prepare health care trainees from many disciplines to participate in interprofessional PACTs, provide patient-centered, team-based care, and learn and understand the roles of other team members.8 This VAMC CoEPCE, implemented in 2010, is an academic partnership with area professional schools of medicine, nursing, and pharmacy.

Team-Based Care

At the Boise VAMC CoEPCE, primary care trainees are taught a team-based approach to providing more effective care for high-risk patients through a complex curriculum that includes interprofessional case conferences called PACT interprofessional care updates (ICU). During these case conferences, high-risk patients on a primary care trainee’s panel are presented to an interprofessional group of health care professionals (HCPs) for recommendations to improve care. Trainees from the various disciplines participate in these PACT ICU presentations during time spent rotating through the institution’s academic clinic.

The CoEPCE activities include PACT ICU, interprofessional didactic sessions, and provision of primary care to patients in an interprofessional clinic. Physician trainees participate in one-half day per week of ambulatory didactics and conferences during a 2-week clinic block, which occurs every 2 months. Other health care disciplines participate in PACT ICU during longitudinal experiences (ranging from 4 to 12 months) in the primary care training clinic throughout the academic year.

The PACT ICU case conferences occur weekly at the academic clinic with 2 patient cases presented and discussed at each meeting. Prior to each conference, a primary care trainee, generally an internal medicine resident, is given a list of the top 5 high-risk patients from their panel, determined by a care assessment needs score that is based on high health care use and risk of hospitalization or death within 90 days. To determine care assessment needs scores, patient electronic health records (EHRs) are scanned weekly to review more than 150 data elements, including vital signs; recent clinic, urgent care, and emergency department (ED) visits; medications; laboratory values; and the number and types of illnesses. Statistical analyses are run on the EHR data to provide up-to-date estimates of likelihood of hospital admission or death.

Trainees may also select any patient on their panel whose health care they feel would benefit from a case conference discussion. The trainee presents all medical and social problems related to the selected patient to a team of HCPs, including other trainees and their supervisors, from multiple different disciplines, such as medicine, nursing, pharmacy, behavioral health, and social work. The interprofessional team then provides recommendations.

 

 

A care plan is developed by the group to implement as appropriate. The care plan may consist of various recommendations from the different disciplines, such as consults to a pharmacist for medication review or medication management, referrals to social work to coordinate care with home health services, or asking the nurse care manager to follow up with a patient by phone on a more regular basis. Trainees are encouraged to use alternate forms of care, including team-based care from other health care disciplines as well as other methods of communication, such as secure electronic messaging to increase access.

Interprofessional patient case conferences could offer another tool for HCPs to improve the care of high-risk patients through team-based efforts if the effect on patient outcomes or health care use is beneficial. The objective of this study was to evaluate the relationship of interprofessional case conferences and A1c levels in high-risk patients with DM and BP measurements in patients with hypertension whose case was discussed at PACT ICU case conferences at the Boise VAMC. The authors hypothesized that the PACT ICU presentation intervention would lead to improved metabolic parameters as care plans were implemented. This evaluation is a subset of a larger study assessing the impact of PACT ICU presentation on various patient, trainee, and team level outcomes.

Methods

This study was a retrospective, observational analysis of patients seen at the Boise VAMC academic clinic whose cases were discussed at PACT ICU case conferences from January 2013 to April 2014. For the analysis of A1c values, patients must have been discussed at a PACT ICU presentation during the study time period and had a diagnosis of DM in the EHR. Those included must have A1c results in the EHR before and after the patient case presentation. The most recent A1c measured prior to presentation was chosen as the prepresentation value. The next measured value 2 to 6 months after the case presentation date was chosen as the postpresentation value. This was chosen as the postpresentation value because it may be more indicative of the impact of the PACT ICU care plan. An A1c measured at least 2 months following the case conference intervention was chosen to allow all possible measurements to be included in the analysis, according to usual care for measuring A1c at the clinic. The primary outcome was the mean change in A1c values pre- and post-PACT ICU presentation.

Blood pressure analyses were included if patients had a diagnosis of hypertension in the EHR as well as recorded BP values measured during the 6 months prior to PACT ICU presentation and 1 to 6 months after presentation. Blood pressure values were limited to 1 to 6 months after presentation to be more suggestive of the case conference care plan impact. Blood pressure measured during hospitalizations, urgent care, or ED visits were excluded from the analysis. The primary outcome in the BP analysis was the mean change in systolic and diastolic BP pre- and post-PACT ICU presentation. The mean of all in-clinic BP measurements was calculated as the prepresentation value and compared with the mean of all postpresentation BP measurements in the designated time period.

Assessment of DM or hypertension control was not a factor for inclusion in the study. The types of interventions and recommendations resulting from the case conferences were not evaluated.

Statistical analysis included paired t tests comparing mean values before and after PACT ICU presentation, with an a priori level for finding a significant difference at 0.05. This study was approved as expedited research by the institutional review board associated with the Boise VAMC.

Results

During the study period, 65 patients were discussed at a PACT ICU case conferences (Figure). The average age was 67 years, and 89% of patients were male. Of these patients, 32 had a DM diagnosis. A total of 12 patients had A1c values within the parameters specified for this study and were included in the final analysis for the A1c group.

The mean A1c value for patients before PACT ICU presentation was 8.5% (SD 2.11). After presentation, the mean A1c decreased to 7.9% (-0.6%, SD 1.32, P = .10; Table 1).

Of all patients discussed at a PACT ICU case conference, 52 had a diagnosis of hypertension (Table 2).

A total of 45 patients were included in the final BP analysis. The mean systolic BP prior to PACT ICU presentation was 134 mm Hg (SD 20.3), which decreased to 132.2 mm Hg (SD 21.6) following PACT ICU presentation (P = .23). Mean diastolic BP prepresentation was 81 mm Hg (SD 17.1) and 80.6 mm Hg (SD 16.8) postpresentation (P = .40).

 

 

Discussion

High-risk patients with DM enrolled in this primary care academic clinic and discussed at interprofessional case conferences did not have a statistically significant change in A1c values following the case conferences. There was also no statistically significant change in systolic and diastolic BP measurements following PACT ICU case conferences in high-risk patients with hypertension. The relationship between PACT ICU presentations and patient outcomes may not be direct, but the potential to decrease A1c values by 0.6% may be of clinical benefit to patients enrolled at the Boise VAMC academic clinic.

The results of this study are comparable with other studies where the impact of interprofessional forms of care on patient outcomes such as A1c and BP is not as apparent.3-5 The patients included in this study were high-risk compared with other patients, and patient outcome goals for DM and hypertension management according to clinical practice guidelines may be less stringent for these patients.9-11

Interprofessional case conferences are being used at the Boise VAMC academic clinic to teach primary care trainees how to improve care for patients by working on teams, with a goal of promoting alternate forms of health care. Referrals of patients to pharmacy services for chronic disease management may result from these case conferences, and patients could benefit from pharmacy review and management of medications for the treatment of DM and hypertension. There may be other advantages to patients and to the health system in the form of more appropriate health care use, increased contact with providers, and use of other health care resources to decrease costs and medication burden, although these are speculative at this time.

Limitations

This study had several limitations. The patients included in this study were high-risk patients seen by primary care trainees at the Boise VAMC academic clinic, and a small number of patients were included in the final analysis, limiting the generalizability of the results to other patient populations. Finding a difference in A1c and BP values before and after PACT ICU case conferences was also limited by the small number of patients who met inclusion criteria. Many patients included in the study also had reasonably controlled A1c and BP levels prior to PACT ICU case conferences; therefore, a difference would be more difficult to determine.

The PACT ICU case conferences occur at one point in time, but the impact of the intervention and recommendations may take longer to appreciate. A longer study duration may be needed to determine differences in A1c and BP values over time. Regression to the mean is also a possibility given the type of data collected. As each primary care trainee selects the patient to be discussed at a PACT ICU case conference, bias could also be present, because the provider may focus on patients with recent clinic visits or on patients who are the most difficult for the provider to manage or contact.

The Boise VAMC PACTs include many different health care disciplines; therefore, the institution may foster interprofessional, team-based care more easily compared with that of other health care systems. Trainees in the CoEPCE also are aware of other team members’ roles, and clinical pharmacists are currently part of PACTs at the institution. The idea of interprofessional case conferences may be simple, but the process at this institution requires time and effort from a nurse care manager who coordinates patient selection and information distribution and an attending physician supervisor who facilitates each case conference. The Boise VAMC also supports pharmacy chronic disease management services, and several of these patients with uncontrolled DM or resistant hypertension may have been seen by the pharmacy-managed insulin titration or hypertension clinics. Finally, there is also limited documentation of whether DM or hypertension management was discussed at the case conferences.

Despite the medical complexities seen in these patients, discussions during PACT ICU presentations may involve many social and behavioral interventions, and DM and hypertension issues may not be significant enough for review at a case conference. However, the intervention of PACT ICU case conferences encompassed a variety of care plans, and this study evaluated the impact of the entire discussion and recommendations and not any individual component. Other recommendations were not evaluated due to the wide variety of interventions that were potentially discussed, and a process for tracking these was not in place.

The results of this study did not show that the care plans that develop at PACT ICU case conferences impacted high-risk patients with DM or hypertension, likely due to small sample sizes (2 patient cases were discussed per week). The impact could be better determined through a larger sample size, longer duration, or assessment of patients whose disease was not controlled. The impact may also be more significant for individuals who benefit from the increased review and assessment of their chronic medical conditions and increased access to care.

 

 

Seeing a possible trend toward benefit in A1c values in this short time frame helps support continuing and expanding case conferences at the Boise VAMC. The goals of these interprofessional case conferences include developing a proactive approach to identify high-risk patients to improve the care of these patients and increase use of more appropriate health care resources. Other outcomes currently being studied include the impact of PACT ICU presentations on health care use, the impact on alternate health care consult patterns, and trainee participant opinions. Future directions for the interprofessional case conferences include expansion to other nonacademic primary care teams. The benefit of PACT ICU case conferences also extends to the primary care trainees as they continue to learn how to best work with other HCPs as part of a team and how to use the resources available through these other health care disciplines.

Conclusions

Presentation at an interprofessional case conference was not associated with a statistically significant change in mean A1c or BP values in a small group of high-risk patients at the Boise VAMC PACT academic clinic. Although there was a trend toward a decrease in A1c values, it is difficult to determine whether there is a relation to the interprofessional case conferences. Interprofessional case conferences are still occurring at the Boise VAMC with efforts in place to incorporate concurrent PACT ICU outcomes data collection and further the educational goals of primary care trainees.

Acknowledgments
The authors would like to express their appreciation to Rick Tivis, MPH, and Tim Gordon, MA, MPH, MS, for their assistance in the analysis and collection of data for this study.

References

 

1. Thorpe KE, Ogden LL, Galactionova K. Chronic conditions account for rise in Medicare spending from 1987 to 2006. Health Aff (Millwood). 2010;29(4):718-724.

2. Naessens JM, Baird MA, Van Houten HK, Vanness DJ, Campbell CR. Predicting persistently high primary care use. Ann Fam Med. 2005;3(4):324-330. 

3. Katon W, Russo J, Lin EH, et al. Cost-effectiveness of a multicondition collaborative care intervention: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2012;69(5):506-514. 

4. Katon WJ, Lin EH, Von Korff M, et al. Collaborative care for patients with depression and chronic illnesses. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(27):2611-2620.

5. Janson SL, Cooke M, McGrath K, Kroon LA, Robinson S, Baron RB. Improving chronic care of type 2 diabetes using teams of interprofessional learners. Acad Med. 2009;84 (11):1540-1548. 

6. Lamb KD, Baker JW, McFarland MS. Implementation of a pharmacotherapy clinic into the patient centered medical home model by a second year pharmacy resident. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2015;72(17)(suppl 2):S83-S89.

7. Chisholm-Burns MA, Kim Lee J, Spivey CA, et al. US pharmacists' effect as team members on patient care: systematic review and meta-analyses. Med Care. 2010;48(10):923-933. 

8. Gilman SC, Chokshi DA, Bowen JL, Rugen KW, Cox M. Connecting the dots: interprofessional health education and delivery system redesign at the Veterans Health Administration. Acad Med. 2014;89(8):1113-1116. 

9. Department of Veteran Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of diabetes mellitus (DM). Department of Veteran Affairs Website. http://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/diabetes/DM2010_FUL-v4e.pdf. Published August 2010. Accessed January 19, 2016. 

10. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes-2014. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(suppl 1):S14-S80.

11. James PA, Oparil S, Carter BL, et al. 2014 evidence-based guideline for the management of high blood pressure in adults: report from the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8). JAMA. 2014;311(5):507-520.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Buu is a clinical pharmacist at University of Utah Hospitals and Clinics in Salt Lake City. Dr. Mason is a professor and director of interprofessional education at Idaho State University College of Pharmacy in Meridian. Dr. Weppner is assistant professor of medicine at the University of Washington and an attending physician and ambulatory care co-chief; Dr. Fisher is the co-director of the Boise Center of Excellence in Primary Care Education and director of the PGY2 Ambulatory Care Pharmacy Residency. At the time this study was conducted, Dr. Buu was a pharmacy resident at the Boise VAMC.

Author Disclosures
This project has been funded by the Centers of Excellence in Primary Care Education of the Office of Academic Affiliations, US Department of Veterans Affairs.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
44-48
Legacy Keywords
interprofessional care updates, chronic disease management, diabetes, hypertension, patient home, Jenni Buu , Amber Fisher, William Weppner, Barbara Mason
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Buu is a clinical pharmacist at University of Utah Hospitals and Clinics in Salt Lake City. Dr. Mason is a professor and director of interprofessional education at Idaho State University College of Pharmacy in Meridian. Dr. Weppner is assistant professor of medicine at the University of Washington and an attending physician and ambulatory care co-chief; Dr. Fisher is the co-director of the Boise Center of Excellence in Primary Care Education and director of the PGY2 Ambulatory Care Pharmacy Residency. At the time this study was conducted, Dr. Buu was a pharmacy resident at the Boise VAMC.

Author Disclosures
This project has been funded by the Centers of Excellence in Primary Care Education of the Office of Academic Affiliations, US Department of Veterans Affairs.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Buu is a clinical pharmacist at University of Utah Hospitals and Clinics in Salt Lake City. Dr. Mason is a professor and director of interprofessional education at Idaho State University College of Pharmacy in Meridian. Dr. Weppner is assistant professor of medicine at the University of Washington and an attending physician and ambulatory care co-chief; Dr. Fisher is the co-director of the Boise Center of Excellence in Primary Care Education and director of the PGY2 Ambulatory Care Pharmacy Residency. At the time this study was conducted, Dr. Buu was a pharmacy resident at the Boise VAMC.

Author Disclosures
This project has been funded by the Centers of Excellence in Primary Care Education of the Office of Academic Affiliations, US Department of Veterans Affairs.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
Presentation of patient cases at an interprofessional panel was not associated with a statistically significant change in A1c or blood pressure values but warrants further study.
Presentation of patient cases at an interprofessional panel was not associated with a statistically significant change in A1c or blood pressure values but warrants further study.

Chronic conditions contribute to increasing health care expenditures, and a small number of patients with chronic medical conditions consume a disproportionately larger amount of health care resources.1,2 Naessens and colleagues showed that 2.6% of adult patients accounted for 20.7% of all primary care clinic visits during a calendar year.2 These high-risk patients may be using much of the health care resources but have unmet needs even with the increased amount of health care services they receive.

The impact of interprofessional forms of chronic disease management on patient outcomes is unclear.3-5 Definitions for high-risk patients and interprofessional care are broad, making comparison of studies difficult. In a team setting, it is difficult to discern the exact contributions of a single member of the team. Katon and colleagues concluded in a randomized, controlled trial that a nurse care manager collaborative treatment program added additional depression-free days and quality-adjusted life-years in adults with depression and poorly controlled diabetes mellitus (DM), coronary artery disease, or both.3 The intervention also resulted in improvements in a composite outcome of hemoglobin A1c (A1c), low-densitylipoprotein cholesterol, systolic blood pressure (BP) levels, and depression symptoms at 12 months, but these improvements were not sustained at 24 months.3,4

A study looked at interprofessional team care provided by primary care internal medicine residents, nurse practitioner students, and pharmacy students, compared with usual care by only internal medicine residents. The study showed improvements in patient assessments and a trend toward the decreased use of urgent care in patients with type 2 DM over 18 months but no significant improvements in A1c or BP values.5 The impact of pharmacists participating in team-based care and patient-centered medical home models has also been shown to be positive regarding metabolic parameters.6,7Patient aligned care teams (PACT), the VA patient-centered medical home model initiative, seek to optimize patient care through provision of interprofessional, team-based care. At the Boise VAMC in Idaho, PACT training occurs at a primary care academic training clinic that includes 40 primary care providers, supervisors, and trainees in internal medicine, nurse practitioner programs, pharmacy, and behavioral health.

The Boise VAMC is also 1 of 5 VA Centers of Excellence in Primary Care Education (CoEPCE), institutions that prepare health care trainees from many disciplines to participate in interprofessional PACTs, provide patient-centered, team-based care, and learn and understand the roles of other team members.8 This VAMC CoEPCE, implemented in 2010, is an academic partnership with area professional schools of medicine, nursing, and pharmacy.

Team-Based Care

At the Boise VAMC CoEPCE, primary care trainees are taught a team-based approach to providing more effective care for high-risk patients through a complex curriculum that includes interprofessional case conferences called PACT interprofessional care updates (ICU). During these case conferences, high-risk patients on a primary care trainee’s panel are presented to an interprofessional group of health care professionals (HCPs) for recommendations to improve care. Trainees from the various disciplines participate in these PACT ICU presentations during time spent rotating through the institution’s academic clinic.

The CoEPCE activities include PACT ICU, interprofessional didactic sessions, and provision of primary care to patients in an interprofessional clinic. Physician trainees participate in one-half day per week of ambulatory didactics and conferences during a 2-week clinic block, which occurs every 2 months. Other health care disciplines participate in PACT ICU during longitudinal experiences (ranging from 4 to 12 months) in the primary care training clinic throughout the academic year.

The PACT ICU case conferences occur weekly at the academic clinic with 2 patient cases presented and discussed at each meeting. Prior to each conference, a primary care trainee, generally an internal medicine resident, is given a list of the top 5 high-risk patients from their panel, determined by a care assessment needs score that is based on high health care use and risk of hospitalization or death within 90 days. To determine care assessment needs scores, patient electronic health records (EHRs) are scanned weekly to review more than 150 data elements, including vital signs; recent clinic, urgent care, and emergency department (ED) visits; medications; laboratory values; and the number and types of illnesses. Statistical analyses are run on the EHR data to provide up-to-date estimates of likelihood of hospital admission or death.

Trainees may also select any patient on their panel whose health care they feel would benefit from a case conference discussion. The trainee presents all medical and social problems related to the selected patient to a team of HCPs, including other trainees and their supervisors, from multiple different disciplines, such as medicine, nursing, pharmacy, behavioral health, and social work. The interprofessional team then provides recommendations.

 

 

A care plan is developed by the group to implement as appropriate. The care plan may consist of various recommendations from the different disciplines, such as consults to a pharmacist for medication review or medication management, referrals to social work to coordinate care with home health services, or asking the nurse care manager to follow up with a patient by phone on a more regular basis. Trainees are encouraged to use alternate forms of care, including team-based care from other health care disciplines as well as other methods of communication, such as secure electronic messaging to increase access.

Interprofessional patient case conferences could offer another tool for HCPs to improve the care of high-risk patients through team-based efforts if the effect on patient outcomes or health care use is beneficial. The objective of this study was to evaluate the relationship of interprofessional case conferences and A1c levels in high-risk patients with DM and BP measurements in patients with hypertension whose case was discussed at PACT ICU case conferences at the Boise VAMC. The authors hypothesized that the PACT ICU presentation intervention would lead to improved metabolic parameters as care plans were implemented. This evaluation is a subset of a larger study assessing the impact of PACT ICU presentation on various patient, trainee, and team level outcomes.

Methods

This study was a retrospective, observational analysis of patients seen at the Boise VAMC academic clinic whose cases were discussed at PACT ICU case conferences from January 2013 to April 2014. For the analysis of A1c values, patients must have been discussed at a PACT ICU presentation during the study time period and had a diagnosis of DM in the EHR. Those included must have A1c results in the EHR before and after the patient case presentation. The most recent A1c measured prior to presentation was chosen as the prepresentation value. The next measured value 2 to 6 months after the case presentation date was chosen as the postpresentation value. This was chosen as the postpresentation value because it may be more indicative of the impact of the PACT ICU care plan. An A1c measured at least 2 months following the case conference intervention was chosen to allow all possible measurements to be included in the analysis, according to usual care for measuring A1c at the clinic. The primary outcome was the mean change in A1c values pre- and post-PACT ICU presentation.

Blood pressure analyses were included if patients had a diagnosis of hypertension in the EHR as well as recorded BP values measured during the 6 months prior to PACT ICU presentation and 1 to 6 months after presentation. Blood pressure values were limited to 1 to 6 months after presentation to be more suggestive of the case conference care plan impact. Blood pressure measured during hospitalizations, urgent care, or ED visits were excluded from the analysis. The primary outcome in the BP analysis was the mean change in systolic and diastolic BP pre- and post-PACT ICU presentation. The mean of all in-clinic BP measurements was calculated as the prepresentation value and compared with the mean of all postpresentation BP measurements in the designated time period.

Assessment of DM or hypertension control was not a factor for inclusion in the study. The types of interventions and recommendations resulting from the case conferences were not evaluated.

Statistical analysis included paired t tests comparing mean values before and after PACT ICU presentation, with an a priori level for finding a significant difference at 0.05. This study was approved as expedited research by the institutional review board associated with the Boise VAMC.

Results

During the study period, 65 patients were discussed at a PACT ICU case conferences (Figure). The average age was 67 years, and 89% of patients were male. Of these patients, 32 had a DM diagnosis. A total of 12 patients had A1c values within the parameters specified for this study and were included in the final analysis for the A1c group.

The mean A1c value for patients before PACT ICU presentation was 8.5% (SD 2.11). After presentation, the mean A1c decreased to 7.9% (-0.6%, SD 1.32, P = .10; Table 1).

Of all patients discussed at a PACT ICU case conference, 52 had a diagnosis of hypertension (Table 2).

A total of 45 patients were included in the final BP analysis. The mean systolic BP prior to PACT ICU presentation was 134 mm Hg (SD 20.3), which decreased to 132.2 mm Hg (SD 21.6) following PACT ICU presentation (P = .23). Mean diastolic BP prepresentation was 81 mm Hg (SD 17.1) and 80.6 mm Hg (SD 16.8) postpresentation (P = .40).

 

 

Discussion

High-risk patients with DM enrolled in this primary care academic clinic and discussed at interprofessional case conferences did not have a statistically significant change in A1c values following the case conferences. There was also no statistically significant change in systolic and diastolic BP measurements following PACT ICU case conferences in high-risk patients with hypertension. The relationship between PACT ICU presentations and patient outcomes may not be direct, but the potential to decrease A1c values by 0.6% may be of clinical benefit to patients enrolled at the Boise VAMC academic clinic.

The results of this study are comparable with other studies where the impact of interprofessional forms of care on patient outcomes such as A1c and BP is not as apparent.3-5 The patients included in this study were high-risk compared with other patients, and patient outcome goals for DM and hypertension management according to clinical practice guidelines may be less stringent for these patients.9-11

Interprofessional case conferences are being used at the Boise VAMC academic clinic to teach primary care trainees how to improve care for patients by working on teams, with a goal of promoting alternate forms of health care. Referrals of patients to pharmacy services for chronic disease management may result from these case conferences, and patients could benefit from pharmacy review and management of medications for the treatment of DM and hypertension. There may be other advantages to patients and to the health system in the form of more appropriate health care use, increased contact with providers, and use of other health care resources to decrease costs and medication burden, although these are speculative at this time.

Limitations

This study had several limitations. The patients included in this study were high-risk patients seen by primary care trainees at the Boise VAMC academic clinic, and a small number of patients were included in the final analysis, limiting the generalizability of the results to other patient populations. Finding a difference in A1c and BP values before and after PACT ICU case conferences was also limited by the small number of patients who met inclusion criteria. Many patients included in the study also had reasonably controlled A1c and BP levels prior to PACT ICU case conferences; therefore, a difference would be more difficult to determine.

The PACT ICU case conferences occur at one point in time, but the impact of the intervention and recommendations may take longer to appreciate. A longer study duration may be needed to determine differences in A1c and BP values over time. Regression to the mean is also a possibility given the type of data collected. As each primary care trainee selects the patient to be discussed at a PACT ICU case conference, bias could also be present, because the provider may focus on patients with recent clinic visits or on patients who are the most difficult for the provider to manage or contact.

The Boise VAMC PACTs include many different health care disciplines; therefore, the institution may foster interprofessional, team-based care more easily compared with that of other health care systems. Trainees in the CoEPCE also are aware of other team members’ roles, and clinical pharmacists are currently part of PACTs at the institution. The idea of interprofessional case conferences may be simple, but the process at this institution requires time and effort from a nurse care manager who coordinates patient selection and information distribution and an attending physician supervisor who facilitates each case conference. The Boise VAMC also supports pharmacy chronic disease management services, and several of these patients with uncontrolled DM or resistant hypertension may have been seen by the pharmacy-managed insulin titration or hypertension clinics. Finally, there is also limited documentation of whether DM or hypertension management was discussed at the case conferences.

Despite the medical complexities seen in these patients, discussions during PACT ICU presentations may involve many social and behavioral interventions, and DM and hypertension issues may not be significant enough for review at a case conference. However, the intervention of PACT ICU case conferences encompassed a variety of care plans, and this study evaluated the impact of the entire discussion and recommendations and not any individual component. Other recommendations were not evaluated due to the wide variety of interventions that were potentially discussed, and a process for tracking these was not in place.

The results of this study did not show that the care plans that develop at PACT ICU case conferences impacted high-risk patients with DM or hypertension, likely due to small sample sizes (2 patient cases were discussed per week). The impact could be better determined through a larger sample size, longer duration, or assessment of patients whose disease was not controlled. The impact may also be more significant for individuals who benefit from the increased review and assessment of their chronic medical conditions and increased access to care.

 

 

Seeing a possible trend toward benefit in A1c values in this short time frame helps support continuing and expanding case conferences at the Boise VAMC. The goals of these interprofessional case conferences include developing a proactive approach to identify high-risk patients to improve the care of these patients and increase use of more appropriate health care resources. Other outcomes currently being studied include the impact of PACT ICU presentations on health care use, the impact on alternate health care consult patterns, and trainee participant opinions. Future directions for the interprofessional case conferences include expansion to other nonacademic primary care teams. The benefit of PACT ICU case conferences also extends to the primary care trainees as they continue to learn how to best work with other HCPs as part of a team and how to use the resources available through these other health care disciplines.

Conclusions

Presentation at an interprofessional case conference was not associated with a statistically significant change in mean A1c or BP values in a small group of high-risk patients at the Boise VAMC PACT academic clinic. Although there was a trend toward a decrease in A1c values, it is difficult to determine whether there is a relation to the interprofessional case conferences. Interprofessional case conferences are still occurring at the Boise VAMC with efforts in place to incorporate concurrent PACT ICU outcomes data collection and further the educational goals of primary care trainees.

Acknowledgments
The authors would like to express their appreciation to Rick Tivis, MPH, and Tim Gordon, MA, MPH, MS, for their assistance in the analysis and collection of data for this study.

Chronic conditions contribute to increasing health care expenditures, and a small number of patients with chronic medical conditions consume a disproportionately larger amount of health care resources.1,2 Naessens and colleagues showed that 2.6% of adult patients accounted for 20.7% of all primary care clinic visits during a calendar year.2 These high-risk patients may be using much of the health care resources but have unmet needs even with the increased amount of health care services they receive.

The impact of interprofessional forms of chronic disease management on patient outcomes is unclear.3-5 Definitions for high-risk patients and interprofessional care are broad, making comparison of studies difficult. In a team setting, it is difficult to discern the exact contributions of a single member of the team. Katon and colleagues concluded in a randomized, controlled trial that a nurse care manager collaborative treatment program added additional depression-free days and quality-adjusted life-years in adults with depression and poorly controlled diabetes mellitus (DM), coronary artery disease, or both.3 The intervention also resulted in improvements in a composite outcome of hemoglobin A1c (A1c), low-densitylipoprotein cholesterol, systolic blood pressure (BP) levels, and depression symptoms at 12 months, but these improvements were not sustained at 24 months.3,4

A study looked at interprofessional team care provided by primary care internal medicine residents, nurse practitioner students, and pharmacy students, compared with usual care by only internal medicine residents. The study showed improvements in patient assessments and a trend toward the decreased use of urgent care in patients with type 2 DM over 18 months but no significant improvements in A1c or BP values.5 The impact of pharmacists participating in team-based care and patient-centered medical home models has also been shown to be positive regarding metabolic parameters.6,7Patient aligned care teams (PACT), the VA patient-centered medical home model initiative, seek to optimize patient care through provision of interprofessional, team-based care. At the Boise VAMC in Idaho, PACT training occurs at a primary care academic training clinic that includes 40 primary care providers, supervisors, and trainees in internal medicine, nurse practitioner programs, pharmacy, and behavioral health.

The Boise VAMC is also 1 of 5 VA Centers of Excellence in Primary Care Education (CoEPCE), institutions that prepare health care trainees from many disciplines to participate in interprofessional PACTs, provide patient-centered, team-based care, and learn and understand the roles of other team members.8 This VAMC CoEPCE, implemented in 2010, is an academic partnership with area professional schools of medicine, nursing, and pharmacy.

Team-Based Care

At the Boise VAMC CoEPCE, primary care trainees are taught a team-based approach to providing more effective care for high-risk patients through a complex curriculum that includes interprofessional case conferences called PACT interprofessional care updates (ICU). During these case conferences, high-risk patients on a primary care trainee’s panel are presented to an interprofessional group of health care professionals (HCPs) for recommendations to improve care. Trainees from the various disciplines participate in these PACT ICU presentations during time spent rotating through the institution’s academic clinic.

The CoEPCE activities include PACT ICU, interprofessional didactic sessions, and provision of primary care to patients in an interprofessional clinic. Physician trainees participate in one-half day per week of ambulatory didactics and conferences during a 2-week clinic block, which occurs every 2 months. Other health care disciplines participate in PACT ICU during longitudinal experiences (ranging from 4 to 12 months) in the primary care training clinic throughout the academic year.

The PACT ICU case conferences occur weekly at the academic clinic with 2 patient cases presented and discussed at each meeting. Prior to each conference, a primary care trainee, generally an internal medicine resident, is given a list of the top 5 high-risk patients from their panel, determined by a care assessment needs score that is based on high health care use and risk of hospitalization or death within 90 days. To determine care assessment needs scores, patient electronic health records (EHRs) are scanned weekly to review more than 150 data elements, including vital signs; recent clinic, urgent care, and emergency department (ED) visits; medications; laboratory values; and the number and types of illnesses. Statistical analyses are run on the EHR data to provide up-to-date estimates of likelihood of hospital admission or death.

Trainees may also select any patient on their panel whose health care they feel would benefit from a case conference discussion. The trainee presents all medical and social problems related to the selected patient to a team of HCPs, including other trainees and their supervisors, from multiple different disciplines, such as medicine, nursing, pharmacy, behavioral health, and social work. The interprofessional team then provides recommendations.

 

 

A care plan is developed by the group to implement as appropriate. The care plan may consist of various recommendations from the different disciplines, such as consults to a pharmacist for medication review or medication management, referrals to social work to coordinate care with home health services, or asking the nurse care manager to follow up with a patient by phone on a more regular basis. Trainees are encouraged to use alternate forms of care, including team-based care from other health care disciplines as well as other methods of communication, such as secure electronic messaging to increase access.

Interprofessional patient case conferences could offer another tool for HCPs to improve the care of high-risk patients through team-based efforts if the effect on patient outcomes or health care use is beneficial. The objective of this study was to evaluate the relationship of interprofessional case conferences and A1c levels in high-risk patients with DM and BP measurements in patients with hypertension whose case was discussed at PACT ICU case conferences at the Boise VAMC. The authors hypothesized that the PACT ICU presentation intervention would lead to improved metabolic parameters as care plans were implemented. This evaluation is a subset of a larger study assessing the impact of PACT ICU presentation on various patient, trainee, and team level outcomes.

Methods

This study was a retrospective, observational analysis of patients seen at the Boise VAMC academic clinic whose cases were discussed at PACT ICU case conferences from January 2013 to April 2014. For the analysis of A1c values, patients must have been discussed at a PACT ICU presentation during the study time period and had a diagnosis of DM in the EHR. Those included must have A1c results in the EHR before and after the patient case presentation. The most recent A1c measured prior to presentation was chosen as the prepresentation value. The next measured value 2 to 6 months after the case presentation date was chosen as the postpresentation value. This was chosen as the postpresentation value because it may be more indicative of the impact of the PACT ICU care plan. An A1c measured at least 2 months following the case conference intervention was chosen to allow all possible measurements to be included in the analysis, according to usual care for measuring A1c at the clinic. The primary outcome was the mean change in A1c values pre- and post-PACT ICU presentation.

Blood pressure analyses were included if patients had a diagnosis of hypertension in the EHR as well as recorded BP values measured during the 6 months prior to PACT ICU presentation and 1 to 6 months after presentation. Blood pressure values were limited to 1 to 6 months after presentation to be more suggestive of the case conference care plan impact. Blood pressure measured during hospitalizations, urgent care, or ED visits were excluded from the analysis. The primary outcome in the BP analysis was the mean change in systolic and diastolic BP pre- and post-PACT ICU presentation. The mean of all in-clinic BP measurements was calculated as the prepresentation value and compared with the mean of all postpresentation BP measurements in the designated time period.

Assessment of DM or hypertension control was not a factor for inclusion in the study. The types of interventions and recommendations resulting from the case conferences were not evaluated.

Statistical analysis included paired t tests comparing mean values before and after PACT ICU presentation, with an a priori level for finding a significant difference at 0.05. This study was approved as expedited research by the institutional review board associated with the Boise VAMC.

Results

During the study period, 65 patients were discussed at a PACT ICU case conferences (Figure). The average age was 67 years, and 89% of patients were male. Of these patients, 32 had a DM diagnosis. A total of 12 patients had A1c values within the parameters specified for this study and were included in the final analysis for the A1c group.

The mean A1c value for patients before PACT ICU presentation was 8.5% (SD 2.11). After presentation, the mean A1c decreased to 7.9% (-0.6%, SD 1.32, P = .10; Table 1).

Of all patients discussed at a PACT ICU case conference, 52 had a diagnosis of hypertension (Table 2).

A total of 45 patients were included in the final BP analysis. The mean systolic BP prior to PACT ICU presentation was 134 mm Hg (SD 20.3), which decreased to 132.2 mm Hg (SD 21.6) following PACT ICU presentation (P = .23). Mean diastolic BP prepresentation was 81 mm Hg (SD 17.1) and 80.6 mm Hg (SD 16.8) postpresentation (P = .40).

 

 

Discussion

High-risk patients with DM enrolled in this primary care academic clinic and discussed at interprofessional case conferences did not have a statistically significant change in A1c values following the case conferences. There was also no statistically significant change in systolic and diastolic BP measurements following PACT ICU case conferences in high-risk patients with hypertension. The relationship between PACT ICU presentations and patient outcomes may not be direct, but the potential to decrease A1c values by 0.6% may be of clinical benefit to patients enrolled at the Boise VAMC academic clinic.

The results of this study are comparable with other studies where the impact of interprofessional forms of care on patient outcomes such as A1c and BP is not as apparent.3-5 The patients included in this study were high-risk compared with other patients, and patient outcome goals for DM and hypertension management according to clinical practice guidelines may be less stringent for these patients.9-11

Interprofessional case conferences are being used at the Boise VAMC academic clinic to teach primary care trainees how to improve care for patients by working on teams, with a goal of promoting alternate forms of health care. Referrals of patients to pharmacy services for chronic disease management may result from these case conferences, and patients could benefit from pharmacy review and management of medications for the treatment of DM and hypertension. There may be other advantages to patients and to the health system in the form of more appropriate health care use, increased contact with providers, and use of other health care resources to decrease costs and medication burden, although these are speculative at this time.

Limitations

This study had several limitations. The patients included in this study were high-risk patients seen by primary care trainees at the Boise VAMC academic clinic, and a small number of patients were included in the final analysis, limiting the generalizability of the results to other patient populations. Finding a difference in A1c and BP values before and after PACT ICU case conferences was also limited by the small number of patients who met inclusion criteria. Many patients included in the study also had reasonably controlled A1c and BP levels prior to PACT ICU case conferences; therefore, a difference would be more difficult to determine.

The PACT ICU case conferences occur at one point in time, but the impact of the intervention and recommendations may take longer to appreciate. A longer study duration may be needed to determine differences in A1c and BP values over time. Regression to the mean is also a possibility given the type of data collected. As each primary care trainee selects the patient to be discussed at a PACT ICU case conference, bias could also be present, because the provider may focus on patients with recent clinic visits or on patients who are the most difficult for the provider to manage or contact.

The Boise VAMC PACTs include many different health care disciplines; therefore, the institution may foster interprofessional, team-based care more easily compared with that of other health care systems. Trainees in the CoEPCE also are aware of other team members’ roles, and clinical pharmacists are currently part of PACTs at the institution. The idea of interprofessional case conferences may be simple, but the process at this institution requires time and effort from a nurse care manager who coordinates patient selection and information distribution and an attending physician supervisor who facilitates each case conference. The Boise VAMC also supports pharmacy chronic disease management services, and several of these patients with uncontrolled DM or resistant hypertension may have been seen by the pharmacy-managed insulin titration or hypertension clinics. Finally, there is also limited documentation of whether DM or hypertension management was discussed at the case conferences.

Despite the medical complexities seen in these patients, discussions during PACT ICU presentations may involve many social and behavioral interventions, and DM and hypertension issues may not be significant enough for review at a case conference. However, the intervention of PACT ICU case conferences encompassed a variety of care plans, and this study evaluated the impact of the entire discussion and recommendations and not any individual component. Other recommendations were not evaluated due to the wide variety of interventions that were potentially discussed, and a process for tracking these was not in place.

The results of this study did not show that the care plans that develop at PACT ICU case conferences impacted high-risk patients with DM or hypertension, likely due to small sample sizes (2 patient cases were discussed per week). The impact could be better determined through a larger sample size, longer duration, or assessment of patients whose disease was not controlled. The impact may also be more significant for individuals who benefit from the increased review and assessment of their chronic medical conditions and increased access to care.

 

 

Seeing a possible trend toward benefit in A1c values in this short time frame helps support continuing and expanding case conferences at the Boise VAMC. The goals of these interprofessional case conferences include developing a proactive approach to identify high-risk patients to improve the care of these patients and increase use of more appropriate health care resources. Other outcomes currently being studied include the impact of PACT ICU presentations on health care use, the impact on alternate health care consult patterns, and trainee participant opinions. Future directions for the interprofessional case conferences include expansion to other nonacademic primary care teams. The benefit of PACT ICU case conferences also extends to the primary care trainees as they continue to learn how to best work with other HCPs as part of a team and how to use the resources available through these other health care disciplines.

Conclusions

Presentation at an interprofessional case conference was not associated with a statistically significant change in mean A1c or BP values in a small group of high-risk patients at the Boise VAMC PACT academic clinic. Although there was a trend toward a decrease in A1c values, it is difficult to determine whether there is a relation to the interprofessional case conferences. Interprofessional case conferences are still occurring at the Boise VAMC with efforts in place to incorporate concurrent PACT ICU outcomes data collection and further the educational goals of primary care trainees.

Acknowledgments
The authors would like to express their appreciation to Rick Tivis, MPH, and Tim Gordon, MA, MPH, MS, for their assistance in the analysis and collection of data for this study.

References

 

1. Thorpe KE, Ogden LL, Galactionova K. Chronic conditions account for rise in Medicare spending from 1987 to 2006. Health Aff (Millwood). 2010;29(4):718-724.

2. Naessens JM, Baird MA, Van Houten HK, Vanness DJ, Campbell CR. Predicting persistently high primary care use. Ann Fam Med. 2005;3(4):324-330. 

3. Katon W, Russo J, Lin EH, et al. Cost-effectiveness of a multicondition collaborative care intervention: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2012;69(5):506-514. 

4. Katon WJ, Lin EH, Von Korff M, et al. Collaborative care for patients with depression and chronic illnesses. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(27):2611-2620.

5. Janson SL, Cooke M, McGrath K, Kroon LA, Robinson S, Baron RB. Improving chronic care of type 2 diabetes using teams of interprofessional learners. Acad Med. 2009;84 (11):1540-1548. 

6. Lamb KD, Baker JW, McFarland MS. Implementation of a pharmacotherapy clinic into the patient centered medical home model by a second year pharmacy resident. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2015;72(17)(suppl 2):S83-S89.

7. Chisholm-Burns MA, Kim Lee J, Spivey CA, et al. US pharmacists' effect as team members on patient care: systematic review and meta-analyses. Med Care. 2010;48(10):923-933. 

8. Gilman SC, Chokshi DA, Bowen JL, Rugen KW, Cox M. Connecting the dots: interprofessional health education and delivery system redesign at the Veterans Health Administration. Acad Med. 2014;89(8):1113-1116. 

9. Department of Veteran Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of diabetes mellitus (DM). Department of Veteran Affairs Website. http://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/diabetes/DM2010_FUL-v4e.pdf. Published August 2010. Accessed January 19, 2016. 

10. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes-2014. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(suppl 1):S14-S80.

11. James PA, Oparil S, Carter BL, et al. 2014 evidence-based guideline for the management of high blood pressure in adults: report from the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8). JAMA. 2014;311(5):507-520.

References

 

1. Thorpe KE, Ogden LL, Galactionova K. Chronic conditions account for rise in Medicare spending from 1987 to 2006. Health Aff (Millwood). 2010;29(4):718-724.

2. Naessens JM, Baird MA, Van Houten HK, Vanness DJ, Campbell CR. Predicting persistently high primary care use. Ann Fam Med. 2005;3(4):324-330. 

3. Katon W, Russo J, Lin EH, et al. Cost-effectiveness of a multicondition collaborative care intervention: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2012;69(5):506-514. 

4. Katon WJ, Lin EH, Von Korff M, et al. Collaborative care for patients with depression and chronic illnesses. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(27):2611-2620.

5. Janson SL, Cooke M, McGrath K, Kroon LA, Robinson S, Baron RB. Improving chronic care of type 2 diabetes using teams of interprofessional learners. Acad Med. 2009;84 (11):1540-1548. 

6. Lamb KD, Baker JW, McFarland MS. Implementation of a pharmacotherapy clinic into the patient centered medical home model by a second year pharmacy resident. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2015;72(17)(suppl 2):S83-S89.

7. Chisholm-Burns MA, Kim Lee J, Spivey CA, et al. US pharmacists' effect as team members on patient care: systematic review and meta-analyses. Med Care. 2010;48(10):923-933. 

8. Gilman SC, Chokshi DA, Bowen JL, Rugen KW, Cox M. Connecting the dots: interprofessional health education and delivery system redesign at the Veterans Health Administration. Acad Med. 2014;89(8):1113-1116. 

9. Department of Veteran Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of diabetes mellitus (DM). Department of Veteran Affairs Website. http://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/CD/diabetes/DM2010_FUL-v4e.pdf. Published August 2010. Accessed January 19, 2016. 

10. American Diabetes Association. Standards of medical care in diabetes-2014. Diabetes Care. 2014;37(suppl 1):S14-S80.

11. James PA, Oparil S, Carter BL, et al. 2014 evidence-based guideline for the management of high blood pressure in adults: report from the panel members appointed to the Eighth Joint National Committee (JNC 8). JAMA. 2014;311(5):507-520.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(2)
Page Number
44-48
Page Number
44-48
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Impact of Patient Aligned Care Team Interprofessional Care Updates on Metabolic Parameters
Display Headline
Impact of Patient Aligned Care Team Interprofessional Care Updates on Metabolic Parameters
Legacy Keywords
interprofessional care updates, chronic disease management, diabetes, hypertension, patient home, Jenni Buu , Amber Fisher, William Weppner, Barbara Mason
Legacy Keywords
interprofessional care updates, chronic disease management, diabetes, hypertension, patient home, Jenni Buu , Amber Fisher, William Weppner, Barbara Mason
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Promoting Mobility and Reducing LOS

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Promoting mobility and reducing length of stay in hospitalized general medicine patients: A quality‐improvement project

Annually, more than 35 million patients are hospitalized in the United States, with many experiencing hospital‐acquired impairments in physical functioning during their in‐patient stay.[1, 2, 3, 4] Such impairments include difficulties performing basic activities of daily living, such as rising from a chair, toileting, or ambulating. This functional decline may result in increased length of stay (LOS), nursing home placement, and decreased mobility and participation in community activities even years after hospitalization.[1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7] Ameliorating this hospital‐acquired functional impairment is important to improving patient outcomes and reducing healthcare utilization. Even the sickest hospitalized patients (eg, those in the intensive care unit [ICU]), can safely and feasibly benefit from early mobilization.[6, 8, 9, 10, 11] In the non‐ICU setting there is also evidence that patient mobilization reduces LOS and hospital costs, while improving patient satisfaction and physical and psychological outcomes.[12, 13, 14, 15, 16] These studies are, however, difficult to replicate as part of routine clinical care, because they often do not present the details of how early mobility was incorporated into daily practice, require additional hospital resources (eg, specially trained providers or additional staff), or are focused only on a select patient population.

The Johns Hopkins medical ICU started early rehabilitation quality‐improvement (QI) work in 2007, which has demonstrated ongoing reductions in LOS and been transformative in terms of helping to foster a culture of mobility at our institution. Previous research suggests that ICU‐based rehabilitation interventions are often not carried over to the ward setting, even in post‐ICU patients.[17] Moreover, trends for sicker patients being admitted in our general medicine units,[18] growing reports of patients spending most of their time in bed,[2, 19, 20] and healthcare policies emphasizing the importance of improving inpatient outcomes motivated the need for QI to improve patient mobility in this setting. Experience from the medical ICU‐based early rehabilitation program helped drive multidisciplinary collaboration of stakeholders to develop this nurse‐driven, mobility promotion QI project on 2 general medicine hospital units. The main goals of the project were to see whether a QI framework can be used in a general medicine setting to increase patient mobility and reduce LOS.[21, 22]

METHODS

Overview of Project

Mobility, for this project, was defined as a patient getting out of bed (eg, sitting out of bed, toileting at bedside commode or bathroom, standing, and ambulating). We aimed to increase patient mobility using preexisting unit staffing ratios of clinicians and support staff. This project was reported in accordance with the SQUIRE (Standards for QUality Improvement Reporting Excellence) guidelines and used a structured QI model that had been used to successfully promote early mobility in the intensive care unit.[21, 23, 24, 25] The planning phase of the QI project began in spring 2012, with initiation of the 12‐month project on March 1, 2013. During the 12‐month QI period, prospective collection of mobility status occurred for all patients, with no exclusions based on patient characteristics.

Setting

The QI project setting was 2, 24‐bed, general medicine units at the Johns Hopkins Hospital, a large academic medical center located in Baltimore, Maryland.

QI Process

The primary goals of the QI project were to mobilize patients 3 times daily, quantify and document the mobility of the patients, set daily goals to increase mobility (eg, move up 1 step on the scale today), and standardize the description of patient mobility across all hospital staff. We used a structured QI model that that has been used to implement an early mobility program in a medical ICU at our institution[21, 22, 24] (see Supporting Information, Appendix, in the online version of this article). At a programmatic level, we involved key stakeholders (nurses, physicians, rehabilitation therapists, administrators) in the QI project team, we identified local barriers to implementation through team meetings as well as a survey tool to identify perceived barriers,[26] and we developed a scale (the Johns Hopkins Highest Level of Mobility [JH‐HLM]) to document mobility. The JH‐HLM is an 8‐point ordinal scale that captures mobility milestones, where 1 = only lying, 2 = bed activities, 3 = sit at edge of bed, 4 = transfer to chair/commode, 5 = standing for 1 minute, 6 = walking 10+ steps, 7 = walking 25+ feet, and 8 = walking 250+ feet (see Supporting Information, Appendix and Supporting Figure 1, in the online version of this article for additional information on the JH‐HLM scale).

The 12‐month QI project was characterized by several phases and milestones and involved a number of intervention components. During the first 4 months (ramp‐up phase), nurses received education in the form of unit‐based presentations, hands‐on‐training, and online education modules. On a 5‐times weekly basis, nurses met with rehabilitation therapists for unit‐based huddles to discuss baseline patient mobility, current patient mobility levels, barriers to mobilizing patients, and daily goals to progress mobility. Mobility levels were included on daily nursing report sheets to facilitate communication with subsequent shifts. Discussion of JH‐HLM scores also occurred during daily unit‐based care‐coordination meetings of the nurses, physicians, and social‐workers to address barriers to mobilizing patients, such as optimizing pain control, facilitating discharge location planning, and expediting physician consultation with physical and occupational therapy for appropriate patients. Audit and feedback from huddles and care‐coordination rounds resulted in improved nurse attendance and engagement during these meetings. Nurses were expected to document patient mobility scores using the JH‐HLM 3 times daily in the patient medical record. On the fourth month, reports on JH‐HLM scores and documentation compliance were available to nurse managers, champions, and unit staff. Via twice‐monthly meetings with the units and quarterly meetings with hospital leadership and administration, problems arising during the QI intervention were evaluated and resolved on a timely basis. Seven months after project execution started, educational sessions were repeated to all staff, and feedback was provided based on the data collected, such as documentation compliance rates and patient mobility levels, and nurse champions presented the project during an American Nurses Credentialing Center magnet recognition program visit. Lastly, mobility scores and documentation compliance were continually assessed for 4 months after the project completion to determine sustainability of the intervention. Additional details of the QI project implementation are provided in the Supporting Information, Appendix, in the online version of this article.

Data Sources and Covariates for Project Evaluation

The Sunrise Clinical Manager system (Allscripts Healthcare Solutions Inc., Chicago, IL) was used to document and extract nursing‐documented JH‐HLM scores. The Johns Hopkins Hospital Datamart financial database, used for mandatory reporting to the State of Maryland, provided data on LOS, age, sex, race (white, black, other), payer (Medicare, Medicaid, other), primary admission diagnosis, and comorbidity index using Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) methodology.[27] Expected LOS was calculated using the risk adjustment method developed by the University Health System Consortium (UHC).[28] This calculation uses a combination of the Diagnostic‐Related Group grouper and the Sachs Complication Profiler[29] in conjunction with data on specific patient characteristics (age, sex, urgency of admission, payer category) to construct risk‐adjustment regression models that assign expected values for LOS, and is not based on actual LOS.[28] The databases were linked at the patient level using the patient's medical record and unique admission record number.

Outcome Measures

Two functional outcome measures were based on daily JH‐HLM scores, which frequently occurred several times on each patient‐day: (1) the maximum daily JH‐HLM scores for each patient‐day during hospitalization, and (2) the intrapatient change in JH‐HLM scores between the maximum JH‐HLM score within 24 hours of hospital admission and 24 hours before discharge for all patients who were on the unit >48 hours. We also compared the mean LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the 12‐months prior so we could more accurately address seasonal differences.[30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35] Lastly, because the perception of increased falls was an important barrier to address in the QI process, we compared the rate of injurious falls between the QI period and 12‐months prior.

Statistical Analysis

To evaluate changes in the percent of ambulatory patients (JH‐HLM 6), we compared the initial 4 months of the QI project (ramp‐up phase) with the same 4‐month period occurring immediately after project completion (post‐QI phase) using generalized estimating equations to account for clustering at the patient‐level. This test was also used to evaluate changes in documentation compliance rates between the 2 phases, with compliance defined as at least 1 instance of JH‐HLM documentation per day, excluding the day of admission and discharge. To evaluate if improved JH‐HLM results were driven by improved documentation compliance rates over time, we performed a sensitivity analysis by imputing a JH‐HLM score of 6 (ambulate 10+ steps) for any missing daily maximum JH‐HLM scores.

To assess unadjusted changes in LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the same period 1 year earlier, we compared mean and median LOS using a t test and Wilcoxon rank sum test, respectively. We used a multivariable linear regression model to estimate the change (expressed in days) in adjusted median LOS comparing the project months (March 2013March 2014) with 12 months prior (March 2012March 2013). The model adjusted for age, gender, race, payer, admission diagnostic category, UHC expected LOS, and AHRQ comorbidity index. We confirmed a lack of multicollinearity in the multivariable regression model using variance inflation factors. We evaluated residual versus predicted value plots and residual versus fitted value plots with a locally weighted scatterplot smoothing line to confirm model fit. P values are reported from the test of the null hypothesis that the change in adjusted median LOS is the same comparing the QI project months versus 12 months prior. Separate models estimated and tested the change in adjusted median LOS by tertiles of expected LOS (<4, 47, and >7 days). Lastly, we compared the rate of injurious falls (the number of injurious falls by total patient‐days) between the QI period and 12 months prior using an exact Poisson method.[36] Statistical significance was defined as a 2‐sided P < 0.05. Statistical analyses were conducted using R (version 3.1.0; The R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria; http://www.r‐project.org). This study was approved, with waiver of consent, by the Johns Hopkins Institutional Review Board as a research project.

RESULTS

During the QI project period, 3352 patients were admitted to the 2 general medicine units. Twelve (0.4%) patients expired on the units, but their data were retained in the analysis. Mean (standard deviation [SD]) age of the patients was 54.4 (18.3) years, with 47% male, and 54% African American. A total of 1896 of 6654 (28%) patients on the QI units were 65 years old. Patient characteristics were similar during the QI period versus 12 months prior (Table 1).

Patient Characteristics on the QI Units*
CharacteristicsComparison Period, March 2012March 2013, N = 3,302QI Period, March 2013March 2014, N = 3,352
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; QI, quality improvement; UHC, University Health Consortium. *Continuous variables are presented as mean (standard deviation), and dichotomous variables are presented as n (%)

Age, y53.3 (17.8)54.4 (18.3)
Male1467 (44%)1569 (47%)
Race  
African American1883 (57%)1809 (54%)
Caucasian1269 (38%)1348 (40%)
Other150 (5%)195 (6%)
Payer  
Medicare1310 (40%)1470 (44%)
Medicaid1015 (31%)925 (28%)
Other977 (30%)957 (29%)
Admission diagnostic category  
Infectious disease579 (18%)629 (19%)
Pulmonary519 (16%)559 (17%)
Gastrointestinal535 (16%)494 (15%)
Cardiovascular410 (12%)405 (12%)
Hematologic199 (6%)195 (6%)
Renal220 (7%)205 (6%)
Other840 (25%)865 (26%)
UHC expected length of stay, d5.5 (3.3)5.3 (3.2)
AHRQ comorbidity index3.3 (1.7)3.5 (1.8)

During the 12‐month QI project, there were a total of 13,815 patient‐days of documented mobility data and the median (interquartile range [IQR]) number of days of documentation for each hospital admission was 3 (25) days. Compliance with daily documentation of JH‐HLM was 85.0% over the entire 12‐month QI project. Documentation compliance started at 83% during the ramp‐up phase and increased to 89% during the last 4 months of the project (late‐QI phase, P < 0.001).

Comparing the ramp‐up phase versus post‐QI phase, the percentage of patient‐days in which patients ambulated (JH‐HLM 6) increased from 43% to 70% (P < 0.001), and the percentage of patients who experienced an improvement in their mobility scores between admission and discharge increased from 32% to 45% (P < 0.001), as shown in Table 2. In the sensitivity analysis imputing missing daily JH‐HLM scores and comparing the ramp‐up versus post‐QI phases, the results were similar to the primary analysis; the percent of patient‐days where patients ambulated increased from 60% to 78% (P < 0.001), and the percent of patients who experienced an improvement in their mobility scores increased from 26% to 48% (P < 0.001).

Change in Mobility Scores During the 12‐Month QI Project and the First 4 Months Thereafter
JH‐HLM CategoryRamp‐up Phase, March 1, 2013 June 30, 2013, n = 4,649Late‐QI Phase, November 1, 2013February 28, 2013, n = 4,515Post‐QI Phase, March 1, 2014 June 30, 2014, n = 4,298
Change in Mobility (Admission Versus Discharge)Ramp‐up Phase, March 1, 2013June 30, 2013, n = 968Late‐QI Phase, November 1, 2013February 28, 2013, n = 893Post‐QI Phase, March 1, 2014 June 30, 2014, n = 834
  • NOTE: Change in patient mobility during the 12‐month QI project and the 4 months after completion of the project, using the Johns Hopkins Highest Level of Mobility (JH‐HLM) scale. Values are presented as n (%). For all analyses, the maximum daily JH‐HLM score was used for each patient‐day of data. The top section refers to the percentage of patient‐days with mobility scores in each of the JH‐HLM categories (walk, stand/chair, bed). The bottom section refers to the percentage of patients in each category (improved, no change, declined) based on the difference in their discharge JH‐HLM scores compared to their admission scores for patients who were on the unit >48 hours. Abbreviations: QI, quality improvement.

Walk (JH‐HLM = 6, 7, or 8)1,994 (43)3,430 (76)2,986 (70)
Stand/chair (JH‐HLM = 4 or 5)1,772 (38)488 (10)511 (12)
Bed (JH‐HLM = 1, 2, or 3)883 (19)597 (13)801 (19)
Improved305 (32)392 (44)379 (45)
No change512 (53)428 (48)386 (46)
Declined151 (16)73 (8)69 (8)

LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the 12‐months immediately prior was shorter (Table 3), with an unadjusted median (IQR) LOS of 3 (26) versus 4 (27) days (P < 0.001) and an unadjusted mean (SD) LOS of 5.1 (5.6) versus 6.0 (7.6) (P < 0.001).

Comparison of the Absolute Change in Adjusted Median LOS for the Project Months Versus 12‐Months Prior*
 

Adjusted Median LOS, d

Absolute Change in Adjusted Median LOS (95% CI), dP Value
12 Months PriorQI Project Months
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; CI, confidence interval; ELOS, expected length of stay; LOS, length of stay, QI, quality improvement; UHC, University Health Consortium. *Absolute change (expressed in days) in adjusted median LOS compared project months (March 2013March 2014) with 12 months prior (March 2012March 2013) and were calculated using a linear regression analysis for the logarithm of LOS. Patients with an LOS >48 hours were included in the analyses. Analyses were adjusted for age, sex, race, payer, admission diagnostic category, UHC expected LOS, and AHRQ comorbidity index. P values are reported from the test of the null hypothesis that the change in adjusted median LOS is the same comparing the QI project months versus 12 months prior. Separate models estimated and tested the change in adjusted median LOS by tertiles of UHC expected LOS (<4, 47, and >7 days).

All patients6.015.610.40 (0.57 to 0.21), N = 4,411<0.001
Subgroups by ELOS
ELOS <4 days4.684.770.09 (0.13 to 0.32), N = 1,3570.42
ELOS 47 days5.685.380.30 (0.57 to 0.01), N = 1,5090.04
ELOS >7 days8.076.961.11 (1.53 to 0.65), N = 1,545<0.001

Table 3 displays the change in adjusted median LOS for the project months versus the 12 months prior among the QI units. We found that for all patients, there was an overall reduction in adjusted median LOS of 0.40 (95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.57 to 0.21, P<0.001) days. When we divided patients into tertiles based on their UHC expected LOS (ELOS), we observed that patients with longer ELOS had greater reductions in adjusted median LOS. Patients on the QI units with ELOS <4 days (lowest tertile) did not show a significant reduction in adjusted median LOS (0.09 days, 95% CI: 0.13 to 0.32, P = 0.42); however, patients with UHC ELOS 4 to 7 days (middle tertile) and ELOS >7 days (highest tertile) had a significant reduction in adjusted median LOS by 0.30 (95% CI: 0.57 to 0.01, P = 0.04) and 1.11 (95% CI: 1.53 to 0.65, P < 0.001) days during the QI project versus 12 months prior, respectively.

Lastly, we found that there was no difference in the rate of injurious falls on the QI units during QI period compared to 12 months prior (QI: 0.34 per 1000 patient‐days versus 12 months prior: 0.48 per 1000 patient‐days, P = 0.73).

DISCUSSION

We conducted a nurse‐driven, multidisciplinary mobility promotion QI project on 2 general medicine units at a large teaching hospital. The 12‐month QI project, conducted between March 1, 2013 and February 28, 2014, was associated with patients ambulating more frequently, with improved mobility status between hospital admission and discharge. These improvements in mobility were not associated with increased rates of injurious falls, and were sustained for at least 4 months after project completion. The QI project was associated with overall significant reduction in LOS for more complex patients with longer expected LOS (4 days or longer). Hence, such QI efforts may be important for maintaining or improving patients' functional status during hospitalization in a safe and cost‐effective manner.

Our findings are consistent with previous studies showing that mobility promotion in the acute hospital setting is feasible, can reduce length of stay, and can be applied to a diverse population including vulnerable medical patients with multiple comorbidities and the elderly.[12, 16, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42] These studies provide valuable evidence of the benefits of mobility promotion; however, it is difficult to translate these prior results into routine clinical practice because they used specially trained staff to mobilize patients, focused on a select patient population, or did not specify how the mobility intervention was delivered within daily clinical workflows. Research in the medical ICU at our institution has previously described the use of a structured QI model to successfully implement an early rehabilitation program.[22, 24] Here, we successfully adapted the same QI framework to a general medicine setting. Hence, our study contributes to the literature with respect to (1) use of a structured QI framework to develop a successful patient mobility program in a general medicine patient population, and (2) sharing best practices from 1 clinical setting, such as the ICU, as a source of learning and knowledge translation for other care settings, with the addition of novel tools, such as the JH‐HLM scale.

There may have been several factors that contributed to shorter stays in the hospital we observed during the QI project. First, we increased the number of ambulatory patient‐days, which may have helped prevent physiological complications of bed rest, such as muscle weakness, atelectasis, insulin resistance, vascular dysfunction, contractures, and pressure ulcers.[43] As such, mobility promotion has been associated with reduced rates of other hospital‐acquired complications, such as deep venous thrombosis, pneumonia, and delirium.[44, 45, 46] In our study, we saw the greatest LOS reduction in more complex patients who were expected to spend a longer time in the hospital and are at greater risk of developing complications from bed rest. Second, our early mobility project may have had a direct impact on care‐coordination processes as reported in prior studies.[47, 48, 49] An important component of our intervention was incorporating functional status into multidisciplinary discussions, either through nurse‐to‐therapist huddles or care‐coordination rounds between nurses, therapists, physicians, social workers, and case managers. During care‐coordination rounds, JH‐HLM scores were reported to expedite appropriate physical and occupational therapy consultations and assist in determining appropriate discharge location. During the QI project, we transitioned from a unit‐based daily huddle between nursing and rehabilitation therapists to a system where mobility status was discussed primarily during care coordination rounds 5 times per week. We saw that mobility scores were maintained after QI project completion, suggesting that reporting on patient function in a multidisciplinary setting is a potentially sustainable mechanism to improve care‐coordination processes that are affected by functional status.

Our study has several potential limitations. First, this is a single‐site study in 2 general medicine units of a large academic hospital. Further research is needed to determine if this structured QI intervention and its benefits can be generalized to different settings and different patient populations. Second, because the documentation was initially an optional element in the electronic medical record system, we observed higher rates of missing documentation during the first 4 months of the project versus the comparison period at 4 months after project completion. However, a sensitivity analysis conducted of these missing data demonstrated similar results to our primary analysis. Third, our nonrandomized pre‐post study design does not allow us to conclude a direct cause‐and‐effect relationship between our intervention and increased mobility and reduced LOS. Although patient characteristics were similar between the 2 periods and adjusted for in our multivariable regression analysis, we cannot rule out the possibility of secular trends in LOS on the project units and that broader QI efforts at our institution also contributed to reduction in LOS. Fourth, we do not have data on 30‐day readmissions and discharge location. Future studies should explore the impact of hospital‐based mobility interventions on these outcomes.[50] Fifth, although nurses consistently documented the highest level of mobility on a daily basis, these data did not capture other potentially important information about patient mobility such as the daily frequency that patients were mobilized, the length of time a patient was engaged in a mobility event (ie, number of hours sitting in a chair), or the mobility that occurred during physical therapy or occupational therapy sessions. Hence, although we used JH‐HLM as a marker of improved mobility during our QI project it is likely that our data cannot fully describe the total mobility and activity that patients experienced during hospitalization. Lastly, although the front‐line staff and QI team found the JH‐HLM scale to be a useful tool to measure and advance patient mobility, further studies are needed to evaluate the reliability and validity of this scale.

CONCLUSION

A structured QI process can improve patient mobility and may contribute to reduction in LOS, particularly for more complex patients in this setting. Active prevention of decline in physical function that commonly occurs during hospitalization may prove valuable for improving patient outcomes and reducing healthcare resource utilization.

Disclosures

The authors certify that no party having a direct interest in the results of the research supporting this article has or will confer a benefit on us or on any organization with which we are associated. The authors report no conflicts of interest.

Files
References
  1. Covinsky KE, Palmer RM, Fortinsky RH, et al. Loss of independence in activities of daily living in older adults hospitalized with medical illnesses: increased vulnerability with age. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2003;51(4):451458.
  2. Brown CJ, Friedkin RJ, Inouye SK. Prevalence and outcomes of low mobility in hospitalized older patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2004;52(8):12631270.
  3. Brown CJ, Roth DL, Allman RM, Sawyer P, Ritchie CS, Roseman JM. Trajectories of life‐space mobility after hospitalization. Ann Intern Med. 2009;150(6):372378.
  4. Covinsky KE, Pierluissi E, Johnston CB. Hospitalization‐associated disability: “She was probably able to ambulate, but I'm not sure”. JAMA. 2011;306(16):17821793.
  5. Blair SN, Kohl HW, Paffenbarger RS, Clark DG, Cooper KH, Gibbons LW. Physical fitness and all‐cause mortality. A prospective study of healthy men and women. JAMA. 1989;262(17):23952401.
  6. Needham DM. Mobilizing patients in the intensive care unit: improving neuromuscular weakness and physical function. JAMA. 2008;300(14):16851690.
  7. Brown CJ, Flood KL. Mobility limitation in the older patient: a clinical review. JAMA. 2013;310(11):11681177.
  8. Schweickert WD, Pohlman MC, Pohlman AS, et al. Early physical and occupational therapy in mechanically ventilated, critically ill patients: a randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2009;373(9678):18741882.
  9. Needham DM, Truong AD, Fan E. Technology to enhance physical rehabilitation of critically ill patients. Crit Care Med. 2009;37(10 suppl):S436S441.
  10. Morris PE, Griffin L, Berry M, et al. Receiving early mobility during an intensive care unit admission is a predictor of improved outcomes in acute respiratory failure. Am J Med Sci. 2011;341(5):373377.
  11. Stiller K. Physiotherapy in intensive care: an updated systematic review. Chest. 2013;144(3):825847.
  12. Morton NA, Keating JL, Jeffs K. Exercise for acutely hospitalised older medical patients. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007;(1):CD005955.
  13. Peiris CL, Taylor NF, Shields N. Extra physical therapy reduces patient length of stay and improves functional outcomes and quality of life in people with acute or subacute conditions: a systematic review. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2011;92(9):14901500.
  14. Pashikanti L, Ah D. Impact of early mobilization protocol on the medical‐surgical inpatient population: an integrated review of literature. Clin Nurse Spec. 2012;26(2):8794.
  15. Kalisch BJ, Lee S, Dabney BW. Outcomes of inpatient mobilization: a literature review. J Clin Nurs. 2014;23(11–12):14861501.
  16. Stolbrink M, McGowan L, Saman H, et al. The early mobility bundle: a simple enhancement of therapy which may reduce incidence of hospital‐acquired pneumonia and length of hospital stay. J Hosp Infect. 2014;88(1):3439.
  17. Hopkins RO, Miller RR, Rodriguez L, Spuhler V, Thomsen GE. Physical therapy on the wards after early physical activity and mobility in the intensive care unit. Phys Ther. 2012;92(12):15181523.
  18. Mendez CM, Harrington DW, Christenson P, Spellberg B. Impact of hospital variables on case mix index as a marker of disease severity. Popul Health Manag. 2014;17(1):2834.
  19. Callen BL, Mahoney JE, Grieves CB, Wells TJ, Enloe M. Frequency of hallway ambulation by hospitalized older adults on medical units of an academic hospital. Geriatr Nurs. 2004;25(4):212217.
  20. Kuys SS, Dolecka UE, Guard A. Activity level of hospital medical inpatients: an observational study. Arch Gerontol Geriatr. 2012;55(2):417421.
  21. Pronovost PJ, Berenholtz SM, Needham DM. Translating evidence into practice: a model for large scale knowledge translation. BMJ. 2008;337:a1714.
  22. Needham DM, Korupolu R, Zanni JM, et al. Early physical medicine and rehabilitation for patients with acute respiratory failure: a quality improvement project. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2010;91(4):536542.
  23. Davidoff F, Batalden P, Stevens D, Ogrinc G, Mooney SE; SQUIRE development group. Publication guidelines for quality improvement studies in health care: evolution of the SQUIRE project. BMJ. 2009;338:a3152.
  24. Needham DM, Korupolu R. Rehabilitation quality improvement in an intensive care unit setting: implementation of a quality improvement model. Top Stroke Rehabil. 2010;17(4):271281.
  25. Engel HJ, Needham DM, Morris PE, Gropper MA. ICU early mobilization: from recommendation to implementation at three medical centers. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(9 suppl 1):S69S80.
  26. Hoyer EH, Brotman DJ, Chan K, Needham DM. Barriers to early mobility of hospitalized general medicine patients: survey development and results. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2015;94(4):304312.
  27. Elixhauser A, Steiner C, Harris DR, Coffey RM. Comorbidity measures for use with administrative data. Med Care. 1998;36(1):827.
  28. UHC Clinical Information Management Risk Adjustment of the UHC Clinical Data Base. Chicago, IL: University HealthSystem Consortium; 1998.
  29. Sachs Complications Profiler, Version 1.0, User's Guide. Evanston, IL: Sachs Group; 1995.
  30. Jencks SF, Williams DK, Kay TL. Assessing hospital‐associated deaths from discharge data. The role of length of stay and comorbidities. JAMA. 1988;260(15):22402246.
  31. Martinez‐Selles M, Garcia Robles JA, Prieto L, et al. Annual rates of admission and seasonal variations in hospitalizations for heart failure. Eur J Heart Fail. 2002;4(6):779786.
  32. Kinnunen T, Saynajakangs O, Tuuponen T, Keistinen T. Regional and seasonal variation in the length of hospital stay for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in Finland. Int J Circumpolar Health. 2002;61(2):131135.
  33. Guru V, Anderson GM, Fremes SE, O'Connor GT, Grover FL, Tu JV; Canadian CABG Surgery Quality Indicator Consensus Panel. The identification and development of canadian coronary artery bypass graft surgery quality indicators. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg. 2005;130(5):1257.
  34. Svendsen ML, Ehlers LH, Andersen G, Johnsen SP. Quality of care and length of hospital stay among patients with stroke. Med Care. 2009;47(5):575582.
  35. Peterson MC. A systematic review of outcomes and quality measures in adult patients cared for by hospitalists vs nonhospitalists. Mayo Clin Proc. 2009;84(3):248254.
  36. Fay MP. Confidence intervals that match Fisher's exact or Blaker's exact tests. Biostatistics. 2010;11(2):373374.
  37. Inouye SK, Bogardus ST, Charpentier PA, et al. A multicomponent intervention to prevent delirium in hospitalized older patients. N Engl J Med. 1999;340(9):669676.
  38. Mundy LM, Leet TL, Darst K, Schnitzler MA, Dunagan WC. Early mobilization of patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia. Chest. 2003;124(3):883889.
  39. Chang P, Lai Y, Shun S, et al. Effects of a walking intervention on fatigue‐related experiences of hospitalized acute myelogenous leukemia patients undergoing chemotherapy: a randomized controlled trial. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2008;35(5):524534.
  40. Fisher SR, Kuo YF, Graham JE, Ottenbacher KJ, Ostir GV. Early ambulation and length of stay in older adults hospitalized for acute illness. Arch Intern Med. 2010;170(21):19421943.
  41. Padula CA, Hughes C, Baumhover L. Impact of a nurse‐driven mobility protocol on functional decline in hospitalized older adults. J Nurs Care Qual. 2009;24(4):325331.
  42. Mudge AM, Giebel AJ, Cutler AJ. Exercising body and mind: an integrated approach to functional independence in hospitalized older people. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2008;56(4):630635.
  43. Brower RG. Consequences of bed rest. Crit Care Med. 2009;37(10 suppl):S422S428.
  44. Kamel HK, Iqbal MA, Mogallapu R, Maas D, Hoffmann RG. Time to ambulation after hip fracture surgery: relation to hospitalization outcomes. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2003;58(11):M1042M1045.
  45. Chandrasekaran S, Ariaretnam SK, Tsung J, Dickison D. Early mobilization after total knee replacement reduces the incidence of deep venous thrombosis. ANZ J Surg. 2009;79(7–8):526529.
  46. Kurabe S, Ozawa T, Watanabe T, Aiba T. Efficacy and safety of postoperative early mobilization for chronic subdural hematoma in elderly patients. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2010;152(7):11711174.
  47. Gittell JH, Fairfield KM, Bierbaum B, et al. Impact of relational coordination on quality of care, postoperative pain and functioning, and length of stay: a nine‐hospital study of surgical patients. Med Care. 2000;38(8):807819.
  48. Care coordination cuts admissions, ED visits, LOS. Hosp Case Manag. 2013;21(5):6768.
  49. White SM, Hill A. A heart failure initiative to reduce the length of stay and readmission rates. Prof Case Manag. 2014;19(6):276284.
  50. Hoyer EH, Needham DM, Atanelov L, Knox B, Friedman M, Brotman DJ. Association of impaired functional status at hospital discharge and subsequent rehospitalization. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(5):277282.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 11(5)
Page Number
341-347
Sections
Files
Files
Article PDF
Article PDF

Annually, more than 35 million patients are hospitalized in the United States, with many experiencing hospital‐acquired impairments in physical functioning during their in‐patient stay.[1, 2, 3, 4] Such impairments include difficulties performing basic activities of daily living, such as rising from a chair, toileting, or ambulating. This functional decline may result in increased length of stay (LOS), nursing home placement, and decreased mobility and participation in community activities even years after hospitalization.[1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7] Ameliorating this hospital‐acquired functional impairment is important to improving patient outcomes and reducing healthcare utilization. Even the sickest hospitalized patients (eg, those in the intensive care unit [ICU]), can safely and feasibly benefit from early mobilization.[6, 8, 9, 10, 11] In the non‐ICU setting there is also evidence that patient mobilization reduces LOS and hospital costs, while improving patient satisfaction and physical and psychological outcomes.[12, 13, 14, 15, 16] These studies are, however, difficult to replicate as part of routine clinical care, because they often do not present the details of how early mobility was incorporated into daily practice, require additional hospital resources (eg, specially trained providers or additional staff), or are focused only on a select patient population.

The Johns Hopkins medical ICU started early rehabilitation quality‐improvement (QI) work in 2007, which has demonstrated ongoing reductions in LOS and been transformative in terms of helping to foster a culture of mobility at our institution. Previous research suggests that ICU‐based rehabilitation interventions are often not carried over to the ward setting, even in post‐ICU patients.[17] Moreover, trends for sicker patients being admitted in our general medicine units,[18] growing reports of patients spending most of their time in bed,[2, 19, 20] and healthcare policies emphasizing the importance of improving inpatient outcomes motivated the need for QI to improve patient mobility in this setting. Experience from the medical ICU‐based early rehabilitation program helped drive multidisciplinary collaboration of stakeholders to develop this nurse‐driven, mobility promotion QI project on 2 general medicine hospital units. The main goals of the project were to see whether a QI framework can be used in a general medicine setting to increase patient mobility and reduce LOS.[21, 22]

METHODS

Overview of Project

Mobility, for this project, was defined as a patient getting out of bed (eg, sitting out of bed, toileting at bedside commode or bathroom, standing, and ambulating). We aimed to increase patient mobility using preexisting unit staffing ratios of clinicians and support staff. This project was reported in accordance with the SQUIRE (Standards for QUality Improvement Reporting Excellence) guidelines and used a structured QI model that had been used to successfully promote early mobility in the intensive care unit.[21, 23, 24, 25] The planning phase of the QI project began in spring 2012, with initiation of the 12‐month project on March 1, 2013. During the 12‐month QI period, prospective collection of mobility status occurred for all patients, with no exclusions based on patient characteristics.

Setting

The QI project setting was 2, 24‐bed, general medicine units at the Johns Hopkins Hospital, a large academic medical center located in Baltimore, Maryland.

QI Process

The primary goals of the QI project were to mobilize patients 3 times daily, quantify and document the mobility of the patients, set daily goals to increase mobility (eg, move up 1 step on the scale today), and standardize the description of patient mobility across all hospital staff. We used a structured QI model that that has been used to implement an early mobility program in a medical ICU at our institution[21, 22, 24] (see Supporting Information, Appendix, in the online version of this article). At a programmatic level, we involved key stakeholders (nurses, physicians, rehabilitation therapists, administrators) in the QI project team, we identified local barriers to implementation through team meetings as well as a survey tool to identify perceived barriers,[26] and we developed a scale (the Johns Hopkins Highest Level of Mobility [JH‐HLM]) to document mobility. The JH‐HLM is an 8‐point ordinal scale that captures mobility milestones, where 1 = only lying, 2 = bed activities, 3 = sit at edge of bed, 4 = transfer to chair/commode, 5 = standing for 1 minute, 6 = walking 10+ steps, 7 = walking 25+ feet, and 8 = walking 250+ feet (see Supporting Information, Appendix and Supporting Figure 1, in the online version of this article for additional information on the JH‐HLM scale).

The 12‐month QI project was characterized by several phases and milestones and involved a number of intervention components. During the first 4 months (ramp‐up phase), nurses received education in the form of unit‐based presentations, hands‐on‐training, and online education modules. On a 5‐times weekly basis, nurses met with rehabilitation therapists for unit‐based huddles to discuss baseline patient mobility, current patient mobility levels, barriers to mobilizing patients, and daily goals to progress mobility. Mobility levels were included on daily nursing report sheets to facilitate communication with subsequent shifts. Discussion of JH‐HLM scores also occurred during daily unit‐based care‐coordination meetings of the nurses, physicians, and social‐workers to address barriers to mobilizing patients, such as optimizing pain control, facilitating discharge location planning, and expediting physician consultation with physical and occupational therapy for appropriate patients. Audit and feedback from huddles and care‐coordination rounds resulted in improved nurse attendance and engagement during these meetings. Nurses were expected to document patient mobility scores using the JH‐HLM 3 times daily in the patient medical record. On the fourth month, reports on JH‐HLM scores and documentation compliance were available to nurse managers, champions, and unit staff. Via twice‐monthly meetings with the units and quarterly meetings with hospital leadership and administration, problems arising during the QI intervention were evaluated and resolved on a timely basis. Seven months after project execution started, educational sessions were repeated to all staff, and feedback was provided based on the data collected, such as documentation compliance rates and patient mobility levels, and nurse champions presented the project during an American Nurses Credentialing Center magnet recognition program visit. Lastly, mobility scores and documentation compliance were continually assessed for 4 months after the project completion to determine sustainability of the intervention. Additional details of the QI project implementation are provided in the Supporting Information, Appendix, in the online version of this article.

Data Sources and Covariates for Project Evaluation

The Sunrise Clinical Manager system (Allscripts Healthcare Solutions Inc., Chicago, IL) was used to document and extract nursing‐documented JH‐HLM scores. The Johns Hopkins Hospital Datamart financial database, used for mandatory reporting to the State of Maryland, provided data on LOS, age, sex, race (white, black, other), payer (Medicare, Medicaid, other), primary admission diagnosis, and comorbidity index using Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) methodology.[27] Expected LOS was calculated using the risk adjustment method developed by the University Health System Consortium (UHC).[28] This calculation uses a combination of the Diagnostic‐Related Group grouper and the Sachs Complication Profiler[29] in conjunction with data on specific patient characteristics (age, sex, urgency of admission, payer category) to construct risk‐adjustment regression models that assign expected values for LOS, and is not based on actual LOS.[28] The databases were linked at the patient level using the patient's medical record and unique admission record number.

Outcome Measures

Two functional outcome measures were based on daily JH‐HLM scores, which frequently occurred several times on each patient‐day: (1) the maximum daily JH‐HLM scores for each patient‐day during hospitalization, and (2) the intrapatient change in JH‐HLM scores between the maximum JH‐HLM score within 24 hours of hospital admission and 24 hours before discharge for all patients who were on the unit >48 hours. We also compared the mean LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the 12‐months prior so we could more accurately address seasonal differences.[30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35] Lastly, because the perception of increased falls was an important barrier to address in the QI process, we compared the rate of injurious falls between the QI period and 12‐months prior.

Statistical Analysis

To evaluate changes in the percent of ambulatory patients (JH‐HLM 6), we compared the initial 4 months of the QI project (ramp‐up phase) with the same 4‐month period occurring immediately after project completion (post‐QI phase) using generalized estimating equations to account for clustering at the patient‐level. This test was also used to evaluate changes in documentation compliance rates between the 2 phases, with compliance defined as at least 1 instance of JH‐HLM documentation per day, excluding the day of admission and discharge. To evaluate if improved JH‐HLM results were driven by improved documentation compliance rates over time, we performed a sensitivity analysis by imputing a JH‐HLM score of 6 (ambulate 10+ steps) for any missing daily maximum JH‐HLM scores.

To assess unadjusted changes in LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the same period 1 year earlier, we compared mean and median LOS using a t test and Wilcoxon rank sum test, respectively. We used a multivariable linear regression model to estimate the change (expressed in days) in adjusted median LOS comparing the project months (March 2013March 2014) with 12 months prior (March 2012March 2013). The model adjusted for age, gender, race, payer, admission diagnostic category, UHC expected LOS, and AHRQ comorbidity index. We confirmed a lack of multicollinearity in the multivariable regression model using variance inflation factors. We evaluated residual versus predicted value plots and residual versus fitted value plots with a locally weighted scatterplot smoothing line to confirm model fit. P values are reported from the test of the null hypothesis that the change in adjusted median LOS is the same comparing the QI project months versus 12 months prior. Separate models estimated and tested the change in adjusted median LOS by tertiles of expected LOS (<4, 47, and >7 days). Lastly, we compared the rate of injurious falls (the number of injurious falls by total patient‐days) between the QI period and 12 months prior using an exact Poisson method.[36] Statistical significance was defined as a 2‐sided P < 0.05. Statistical analyses were conducted using R (version 3.1.0; The R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria; http://www.r‐project.org). This study was approved, with waiver of consent, by the Johns Hopkins Institutional Review Board as a research project.

RESULTS

During the QI project period, 3352 patients were admitted to the 2 general medicine units. Twelve (0.4%) patients expired on the units, but their data were retained in the analysis. Mean (standard deviation [SD]) age of the patients was 54.4 (18.3) years, with 47% male, and 54% African American. A total of 1896 of 6654 (28%) patients on the QI units were 65 years old. Patient characteristics were similar during the QI period versus 12 months prior (Table 1).

Patient Characteristics on the QI Units*
CharacteristicsComparison Period, March 2012March 2013, N = 3,302QI Period, March 2013March 2014, N = 3,352
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; QI, quality improvement; UHC, University Health Consortium. *Continuous variables are presented as mean (standard deviation), and dichotomous variables are presented as n (%)

Age, y53.3 (17.8)54.4 (18.3)
Male1467 (44%)1569 (47%)
Race  
African American1883 (57%)1809 (54%)
Caucasian1269 (38%)1348 (40%)
Other150 (5%)195 (6%)
Payer  
Medicare1310 (40%)1470 (44%)
Medicaid1015 (31%)925 (28%)
Other977 (30%)957 (29%)
Admission diagnostic category  
Infectious disease579 (18%)629 (19%)
Pulmonary519 (16%)559 (17%)
Gastrointestinal535 (16%)494 (15%)
Cardiovascular410 (12%)405 (12%)
Hematologic199 (6%)195 (6%)
Renal220 (7%)205 (6%)
Other840 (25%)865 (26%)
UHC expected length of stay, d5.5 (3.3)5.3 (3.2)
AHRQ comorbidity index3.3 (1.7)3.5 (1.8)

During the 12‐month QI project, there were a total of 13,815 patient‐days of documented mobility data and the median (interquartile range [IQR]) number of days of documentation for each hospital admission was 3 (25) days. Compliance with daily documentation of JH‐HLM was 85.0% over the entire 12‐month QI project. Documentation compliance started at 83% during the ramp‐up phase and increased to 89% during the last 4 months of the project (late‐QI phase, P < 0.001).

Comparing the ramp‐up phase versus post‐QI phase, the percentage of patient‐days in which patients ambulated (JH‐HLM 6) increased from 43% to 70% (P < 0.001), and the percentage of patients who experienced an improvement in their mobility scores between admission and discharge increased from 32% to 45% (P < 0.001), as shown in Table 2. In the sensitivity analysis imputing missing daily JH‐HLM scores and comparing the ramp‐up versus post‐QI phases, the results were similar to the primary analysis; the percent of patient‐days where patients ambulated increased from 60% to 78% (P < 0.001), and the percent of patients who experienced an improvement in their mobility scores increased from 26% to 48% (P < 0.001).

Change in Mobility Scores During the 12‐Month QI Project and the First 4 Months Thereafter
JH‐HLM CategoryRamp‐up Phase, March 1, 2013 June 30, 2013, n = 4,649Late‐QI Phase, November 1, 2013February 28, 2013, n = 4,515Post‐QI Phase, March 1, 2014 June 30, 2014, n = 4,298
Change in Mobility (Admission Versus Discharge)Ramp‐up Phase, March 1, 2013June 30, 2013, n = 968Late‐QI Phase, November 1, 2013February 28, 2013, n = 893Post‐QI Phase, March 1, 2014 June 30, 2014, n = 834
  • NOTE: Change in patient mobility during the 12‐month QI project and the 4 months after completion of the project, using the Johns Hopkins Highest Level of Mobility (JH‐HLM) scale. Values are presented as n (%). For all analyses, the maximum daily JH‐HLM score was used for each patient‐day of data. The top section refers to the percentage of patient‐days with mobility scores in each of the JH‐HLM categories (walk, stand/chair, bed). The bottom section refers to the percentage of patients in each category (improved, no change, declined) based on the difference in their discharge JH‐HLM scores compared to their admission scores for patients who were on the unit >48 hours. Abbreviations: QI, quality improvement.

Walk (JH‐HLM = 6, 7, or 8)1,994 (43)3,430 (76)2,986 (70)
Stand/chair (JH‐HLM = 4 or 5)1,772 (38)488 (10)511 (12)
Bed (JH‐HLM = 1, 2, or 3)883 (19)597 (13)801 (19)
Improved305 (32)392 (44)379 (45)
No change512 (53)428 (48)386 (46)
Declined151 (16)73 (8)69 (8)

LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the 12‐months immediately prior was shorter (Table 3), with an unadjusted median (IQR) LOS of 3 (26) versus 4 (27) days (P < 0.001) and an unadjusted mean (SD) LOS of 5.1 (5.6) versus 6.0 (7.6) (P < 0.001).

Comparison of the Absolute Change in Adjusted Median LOS for the Project Months Versus 12‐Months Prior*
 

Adjusted Median LOS, d

Absolute Change in Adjusted Median LOS (95% CI), dP Value
12 Months PriorQI Project Months
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; CI, confidence interval; ELOS, expected length of stay; LOS, length of stay, QI, quality improvement; UHC, University Health Consortium. *Absolute change (expressed in days) in adjusted median LOS compared project months (March 2013March 2014) with 12 months prior (March 2012March 2013) and were calculated using a linear regression analysis for the logarithm of LOS. Patients with an LOS >48 hours were included in the analyses. Analyses were adjusted for age, sex, race, payer, admission diagnostic category, UHC expected LOS, and AHRQ comorbidity index. P values are reported from the test of the null hypothesis that the change in adjusted median LOS is the same comparing the QI project months versus 12 months prior. Separate models estimated and tested the change in adjusted median LOS by tertiles of UHC expected LOS (<4, 47, and >7 days).

All patients6.015.610.40 (0.57 to 0.21), N = 4,411<0.001
Subgroups by ELOS
ELOS <4 days4.684.770.09 (0.13 to 0.32), N = 1,3570.42
ELOS 47 days5.685.380.30 (0.57 to 0.01), N = 1,5090.04
ELOS >7 days8.076.961.11 (1.53 to 0.65), N = 1,545<0.001

Table 3 displays the change in adjusted median LOS for the project months versus the 12 months prior among the QI units. We found that for all patients, there was an overall reduction in adjusted median LOS of 0.40 (95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.57 to 0.21, P<0.001) days. When we divided patients into tertiles based on their UHC expected LOS (ELOS), we observed that patients with longer ELOS had greater reductions in adjusted median LOS. Patients on the QI units with ELOS <4 days (lowest tertile) did not show a significant reduction in adjusted median LOS (0.09 days, 95% CI: 0.13 to 0.32, P = 0.42); however, patients with UHC ELOS 4 to 7 days (middle tertile) and ELOS >7 days (highest tertile) had a significant reduction in adjusted median LOS by 0.30 (95% CI: 0.57 to 0.01, P = 0.04) and 1.11 (95% CI: 1.53 to 0.65, P < 0.001) days during the QI project versus 12 months prior, respectively.

Lastly, we found that there was no difference in the rate of injurious falls on the QI units during QI period compared to 12 months prior (QI: 0.34 per 1000 patient‐days versus 12 months prior: 0.48 per 1000 patient‐days, P = 0.73).

DISCUSSION

We conducted a nurse‐driven, multidisciplinary mobility promotion QI project on 2 general medicine units at a large teaching hospital. The 12‐month QI project, conducted between March 1, 2013 and February 28, 2014, was associated with patients ambulating more frequently, with improved mobility status between hospital admission and discharge. These improvements in mobility were not associated with increased rates of injurious falls, and were sustained for at least 4 months after project completion. The QI project was associated with overall significant reduction in LOS for more complex patients with longer expected LOS (4 days or longer). Hence, such QI efforts may be important for maintaining or improving patients' functional status during hospitalization in a safe and cost‐effective manner.

Our findings are consistent with previous studies showing that mobility promotion in the acute hospital setting is feasible, can reduce length of stay, and can be applied to a diverse population including vulnerable medical patients with multiple comorbidities and the elderly.[12, 16, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42] These studies provide valuable evidence of the benefits of mobility promotion; however, it is difficult to translate these prior results into routine clinical practice because they used specially trained staff to mobilize patients, focused on a select patient population, or did not specify how the mobility intervention was delivered within daily clinical workflows. Research in the medical ICU at our institution has previously described the use of a structured QI model to successfully implement an early rehabilitation program.[22, 24] Here, we successfully adapted the same QI framework to a general medicine setting. Hence, our study contributes to the literature with respect to (1) use of a structured QI framework to develop a successful patient mobility program in a general medicine patient population, and (2) sharing best practices from 1 clinical setting, such as the ICU, as a source of learning and knowledge translation for other care settings, with the addition of novel tools, such as the JH‐HLM scale.

There may have been several factors that contributed to shorter stays in the hospital we observed during the QI project. First, we increased the number of ambulatory patient‐days, which may have helped prevent physiological complications of bed rest, such as muscle weakness, atelectasis, insulin resistance, vascular dysfunction, contractures, and pressure ulcers.[43] As such, mobility promotion has been associated with reduced rates of other hospital‐acquired complications, such as deep venous thrombosis, pneumonia, and delirium.[44, 45, 46] In our study, we saw the greatest LOS reduction in more complex patients who were expected to spend a longer time in the hospital and are at greater risk of developing complications from bed rest. Second, our early mobility project may have had a direct impact on care‐coordination processes as reported in prior studies.[47, 48, 49] An important component of our intervention was incorporating functional status into multidisciplinary discussions, either through nurse‐to‐therapist huddles or care‐coordination rounds between nurses, therapists, physicians, social workers, and case managers. During care‐coordination rounds, JH‐HLM scores were reported to expedite appropriate physical and occupational therapy consultations and assist in determining appropriate discharge location. During the QI project, we transitioned from a unit‐based daily huddle between nursing and rehabilitation therapists to a system where mobility status was discussed primarily during care coordination rounds 5 times per week. We saw that mobility scores were maintained after QI project completion, suggesting that reporting on patient function in a multidisciplinary setting is a potentially sustainable mechanism to improve care‐coordination processes that are affected by functional status.

Our study has several potential limitations. First, this is a single‐site study in 2 general medicine units of a large academic hospital. Further research is needed to determine if this structured QI intervention and its benefits can be generalized to different settings and different patient populations. Second, because the documentation was initially an optional element in the electronic medical record system, we observed higher rates of missing documentation during the first 4 months of the project versus the comparison period at 4 months after project completion. However, a sensitivity analysis conducted of these missing data demonstrated similar results to our primary analysis. Third, our nonrandomized pre‐post study design does not allow us to conclude a direct cause‐and‐effect relationship between our intervention and increased mobility and reduced LOS. Although patient characteristics were similar between the 2 periods and adjusted for in our multivariable regression analysis, we cannot rule out the possibility of secular trends in LOS on the project units and that broader QI efforts at our institution also contributed to reduction in LOS. Fourth, we do not have data on 30‐day readmissions and discharge location. Future studies should explore the impact of hospital‐based mobility interventions on these outcomes.[50] Fifth, although nurses consistently documented the highest level of mobility on a daily basis, these data did not capture other potentially important information about patient mobility such as the daily frequency that patients were mobilized, the length of time a patient was engaged in a mobility event (ie, number of hours sitting in a chair), or the mobility that occurred during physical therapy or occupational therapy sessions. Hence, although we used JH‐HLM as a marker of improved mobility during our QI project it is likely that our data cannot fully describe the total mobility and activity that patients experienced during hospitalization. Lastly, although the front‐line staff and QI team found the JH‐HLM scale to be a useful tool to measure and advance patient mobility, further studies are needed to evaluate the reliability and validity of this scale.

CONCLUSION

A structured QI process can improve patient mobility and may contribute to reduction in LOS, particularly for more complex patients in this setting. Active prevention of decline in physical function that commonly occurs during hospitalization may prove valuable for improving patient outcomes and reducing healthcare resource utilization.

Disclosures

The authors certify that no party having a direct interest in the results of the research supporting this article has or will confer a benefit on us or on any organization with which we are associated. The authors report no conflicts of interest.

Annually, more than 35 million patients are hospitalized in the United States, with many experiencing hospital‐acquired impairments in physical functioning during their in‐patient stay.[1, 2, 3, 4] Such impairments include difficulties performing basic activities of daily living, such as rising from a chair, toileting, or ambulating. This functional decline may result in increased length of stay (LOS), nursing home placement, and decreased mobility and participation in community activities even years after hospitalization.[1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7] Ameliorating this hospital‐acquired functional impairment is important to improving patient outcomes and reducing healthcare utilization. Even the sickest hospitalized patients (eg, those in the intensive care unit [ICU]), can safely and feasibly benefit from early mobilization.[6, 8, 9, 10, 11] In the non‐ICU setting there is also evidence that patient mobilization reduces LOS and hospital costs, while improving patient satisfaction and physical and psychological outcomes.[12, 13, 14, 15, 16] These studies are, however, difficult to replicate as part of routine clinical care, because they often do not present the details of how early mobility was incorporated into daily practice, require additional hospital resources (eg, specially trained providers or additional staff), or are focused only on a select patient population.

The Johns Hopkins medical ICU started early rehabilitation quality‐improvement (QI) work in 2007, which has demonstrated ongoing reductions in LOS and been transformative in terms of helping to foster a culture of mobility at our institution. Previous research suggests that ICU‐based rehabilitation interventions are often not carried over to the ward setting, even in post‐ICU patients.[17] Moreover, trends for sicker patients being admitted in our general medicine units,[18] growing reports of patients spending most of their time in bed,[2, 19, 20] and healthcare policies emphasizing the importance of improving inpatient outcomes motivated the need for QI to improve patient mobility in this setting. Experience from the medical ICU‐based early rehabilitation program helped drive multidisciplinary collaboration of stakeholders to develop this nurse‐driven, mobility promotion QI project on 2 general medicine hospital units. The main goals of the project were to see whether a QI framework can be used in a general medicine setting to increase patient mobility and reduce LOS.[21, 22]

METHODS

Overview of Project

Mobility, for this project, was defined as a patient getting out of bed (eg, sitting out of bed, toileting at bedside commode or bathroom, standing, and ambulating). We aimed to increase patient mobility using preexisting unit staffing ratios of clinicians and support staff. This project was reported in accordance with the SQUIRE (Standards for QUality Improvement Reporting Excellence) guidelines and used a structured QI model that had been used to successfully promote early mobility in the intensive care unit.[21, 23, 24, 25] The planning phase of the QI project began in spring 2012, with initiation of the 12‐month project on March 1, 2013. During the 12‐month QI period, prospective collection of mobility status occurred for all patients, with no exclusions based on patient characteristics.

Setting

The QI project setting was 2, 24‐bed, general medicine units at the Johns Hopkins Hospital, a large academic medical center located in Baltimore, Maryland.

QI Process

The primary goals of the QI project were to mobilize patients 3 times daily, quantify and document the mobility of the patients, set daily goals to increase mobility (eg, move up 1 step on the scale today), and standardize the description of patient mobility across all hospital staff. We used a structured QI model that that has been used to implement an early mobility program in a medical ICU at our institution[21, 22, 24] (see Supporting Information, Appendix, in the online version of this article). At a programmatic level, we involved key stakeholders (nurses, physicians, rehabilitation therapists, administrators) in the QI project team, we identified local barriers to implementation through team meetings as well as a survey tool to identify perceived barriers,[26] and we developed a scale (the Johns Hopkins Highest Level of Mobility [JH‐HLM]) to document mobility. The JH‐HLM is an 8‐point ordinal scale that captures mobility milestones, where 1 = only lying, 2 = bed activities, 3 = sit at edge of bed, 4 = transfer to chair/commode, 5 = standing for 1 minute, 6 = walking 10+ steps, 7 = walking 25+ feet, and 8 = walking 250+ feet (see Supporting Information, Appendix and Supporting Figure 1, in the online version of this article for additional information on the JH‐HLM scale).

The 12‐month QI project was characterized by several phases and milestones and involved a number of intervention components. During the first 4 months (ramp‐up phase), nurses received education in the form of unit‐based presentations, hands‐on‐training, and online education modules. On a 5‐times weekly basis, nurses met with rehabilitation therapists for unit‐based huddles to discuss baseline patient mobility, current patient mobility levels, barriers to mobilizing patients, and daily goals to progress mobility. Mobility levels were included on daily nursing report sheets to facilitate communication with subsequent shifts. Discussion of JH‐HLM scores also occurred during daily unit‐based care‐coordination meetings of the nurses, physicians, and social‐workers to address barriers to mobilizing patients, such as optimizing pain control, facilitating discharge location planning, and expediting physician consultation with physical and occupational therapy for appropriate patients. Audit and feedback from huddles and care‐coordination rounds resulted in improved nurse attendance and engagement during these meetings. Nurses were expected to document patient mobility scores using the JH‐HLM 3 times daily in the patient medical record. On the fourth month, reports on JH‐HLM scores and documentation compliance were available to nurse managers, champions, and unit staff. Via twice‐monthly meetings with the units and quarterly meetings with hospital leadership and administration, problems arising during the QI intervention were evaluated and resolved on a timely basis. Seven months after project execution started, educational sessions were repeated to all staff, and feedback was provided based on the data collected, such as documentation compliance rates and patient mobility levels, and nurse champions presented the project during an American Nurses Credentialing Center magnet recognition program visit. Lastly, mobility scores and documentation compliance were continually assessed for 4 months after the project completion to determine sustainability of the intervention. Additional details of the QI project implementation are provided in the Supporting Information, Appendix, in the online version of this article.

Data Sources and Covariates for Project Evaluation

The Sunrise Clinical Manager system (Allscripts Healthcare Solutions Inc., Chicago, IL) was used to document and extract nursing‐documented JH‐HLM scores. The Johns Hopkins Hospital Datamart financial database, used for mandatory reporting to the State of Maryland, provided data on LOS, age, sex, race (white, black, other), payer (Medicare, Medicaid, other), primary admission diagnosis, and comorbidity index using Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) methodology.[27] Expected LOS was calculated using the risk adjustment method developed by the University Health System Consortium (UHC).[28] This calculation uses a combination of the Diagnostic‐Related Group grouper and the Sachs Complication Profiler[29] in conjunction with data on specific patient characteristics (age, sex, urgency of admission, payer category) to construct risk‐adjustment regression models that assign expected values for LOS, and is not based on actual LOS.[28] The databases were linked at the patient level using the patient's medical record and unique admission record number.

Outcome Measures

Two functional outcome measures were based on daily JH‐HLM scores, which frequently occurred several times on each patient‐day: (1) the maximum daily JH‐HLM scores for each patient‐day during hospitalization, and (2) the intrapatient change in JH‐HLM scores between the maximum JH‐HLM score within 24 hours of hospital admission and 24 hours before discharge for all patients who were on the unit >48 hours. We also compared the mean LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the 12‐months prior so we could more accurately address seasonal differences.[30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35] Lastly, because the perception of increased falls was an important barrier to address in the QI process, we compared the rate of injurious falls between the QI period and 12‐months prior.

Statistical Analysis

To evaluate changes in the percent of ambulatory patients (JH‐HLM 6), we compared the initial 4 months of the QI project (ramp‐up phase) with the same 4‐month period occurring immediately after project completion (post‐QI phase) using generalized estimating equations to account for clustering at the patient‐level. This test was also used to evaluate changes in documentation compliance rates between the 2 phases, with compliance defined as at least 1 instance of JH‐HLM documentation per day, excluding the day of admission and discharge. To evaluate if improved JH‐HLM results were driven by improved documentation compliance rates over time, we performed a sensitivity analysis by imputing a JH‐HLM score of 6 (ambulate 10+ steps) for any missing daily maximum JH‐HLM scores.

To assess unadjusted changes in LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the same period 1 year earlier, we compared mean and median LOS using a t test and Wilcoxon rank sum test, respectively. We used a multivariable linear regression model to estimate the change (expressed in days) in adjusted median LOS comparing the project months (March 2013March 2014) with 12 months prior (March 2012March 2013). The model adjusted for age, gender, race, payer, admission diagnostic category, UHC expected LOS, and AHRQ comorbidity index. We confirmed a lack of multicollinearity in the multivariable regression model using variance inflation factors. We evaluated residual versus predicted value plots and residual versus fitted value plots with a locally weighted scatterplot smoothing line to confirm model fit. P values are reported from the test of the null hypothesis that the change in adjusted median LOS is the same comparing the QI project months versus 12 months prior. Separate models estimated and tested the change in adjusted median LOS by tertiles of expected LOS (<4, 47, and >7 days). Lastly, we compared the rate of injurious falls (the number of injurious falls by total patient‐days) between the QI period and 12 months prior using an exact Poisson method.[36] Statistical significance was defined as a 2‐sided P < 0.05. Statistical analyses were conducted using R (version 3.1.0; The R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria; http://www.r‐project.org). This study was approved, with waiver of consent, by the Johns Hopkins Institutional Review Board as a research project.

RESULTS

During the QI project period, 3352 patients were admitted to the 2 general medicine units. Twelve (0.4%) patients expired on the units, but their data were retained in the analysis. Mean (standard deviation [SD]) age of the patients was 54.4 (18.3) years, with 47% male, and 54% African American. A total of 1896 of 6654 (28%) patients on the QI units were 65 years old. Patient characteristics were similar during the QI period versus 12 months prior (Table 1).

Patient Characteristics on the QI Units*
CharacteristicsComparison Period, March 2012March 2013, N = 3,302QI Period, March 2013March 2014, N = 3,352
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; QI, quality improvement; UHC, University Health Consortium. *Continuous variables are presented as mean (standard deviation), and dichotomous variables are presented as n (%)

Age, y53.3 (17.8)54.4 (18.3)
Male1467 (44%)1569 (47%)
Race  
African American1883 (57%)1809 (54%)
Caucasian1269 (38%)1348 (40%)
Other150 (5%)195 (6%)
Payer  
Medicare1310 (40%)1470 (44%)
Medicaid1015 (31%)925 (28%)
Other977 (30%)957 (29%)
Admission diagnostic category  
Infectious disease579 (18%)629 (19%)
Pulmonary519 (16%)559 (17%)
Gastrointestinal535 (16%)494 (15%)
Cardiovascular410 (12%)405 (12%)
Hematologic199 (6%)195 (6%)
Renal220 (7%)205 (6%)
Other840 (25%)865 (26%)
UHC expected length of stay, d5.5 (3.3)5.3 (3.2)
AHRQ comorbidity index3.3 (1.7)3.5 (1.8)

During the 12‐month QI project, there were a total of 13,815 patient‐days of documented mobility data and the median (interquartile range [IQR]) number of days of documentation for each hospital admission was 3 (25) days. Compliance with daily documentation of JH‐HLM was 85.0% over the entire 12‐month QI project. Documentation compliance started at 83% during the ramp‐up phase and increased to 89% during the last 4 months of the project (late‐QI phase, P < 0.001).

Comparing the ramp‐up phase versus post‐QI phase, the percentage of patient‐days in which patients ambulated (JH‐HLM 6) increased from 43% to 70% (P < 0.001), and the percentage of patients who experienced an improvement in their mobility scores between admission and discharge increased from 32% to 45% (P < 0.001), as shown in Table 2. In the sensitivity analysis imputing missing daily JH‐HLM scores and comparing the ramp‐up versus post‐QI phases, the results were similar to the primary analysis; the percent of patient‐days where patients ambulated increased from 60% to 78% (P < 0.001), and the percent of patients who experienced an improvement in their mobility scores increased from 26% to 48% (P < 0.001).

Change in Mobility Scores During the 12‐Month QI Project and the First 4 Months Thereafter
JH‐HLM CategoryRamp‐up Phase, March 1, 2013 June 30, 2013, n = 4,649Late‐QI Phase, November 1, 2013February 28, 2013, n = 4,515Post‐QI Phase, March 1, 2014 June 30, 2014, n = 4,298
Change in Mobility (Admission Versus Discharge)Ramp‐up Phase, March 1, 2013June 30, 2013, n = 968Late‐QI Phase, November 1, 2013February 28, 2013, n = 893Post‐QI Phase, March 1, 2014 June 30, 2014, n = 834
  • NOTE: Change in patient mobility during the 12‐month QI project and the 4 months after completion of the project, using the Johns Hopkins Highest Level of Mobility (JH‐HLM) scale. Values are presented as n (%). For all analyses, the maximum daily JH‐HLM score was used for each patient‐day of data. The top section refers to the percentage of patient‐days with mobility scores in each of the JH‐HLM categories (walk, stand/chair, bed). The bottom section refers to the percentage of patients in each category (improved, no change, declined) based on the difference in their discharge JH‐HLM scores compared to their admission scores for patients who were on the unit >48 hours. Abbreviations: QI, quality improvement.

Walk (JH‐HLM = 6, 7, or 8)1,994 (43)3,430 (76)2,986 (70)
Stand/chair (JH‐HLM = 4 or 5)1,772 (38)488 (10)511 (12)
Bed (JH‐HLM = 1, 2, or 3)883 (19)597 (13)801 (19)
Improved305 (32)392 (44)379 (45)
No change512 (53)428 (48)386 (46)
Declined151 (16)73 (8)69 (8)

LOS during the 12‐month QI project versus the 12‐months immediately prior was shorter (Table 3), with an unadjusted median (IQR) LOS of 3 (26) versus 4 (27) days (P < 0.001) and an unadjusted mean (SD) LOS of 5.1 (5.6) versus 6.0 (7.6) (P < 0.001).

Comparison of the Absolute Change in Adjusted Median LOS for the Project Months Versus 12‐Months Prior*
 

Adjusted Median LOS, d

Absolute Change in Adjusted Median LOS (95% CI), dP Value
12 Months PriorQI Project Months
  • NOTE: Abbreviations: AHRQ, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; CI, confidence interval; ELOS, expected length of stay; LOS, length of stay, QI, quality improvement; UHC, University Health Consortium. *Absolute change (expressed in days) in adjusted median LOS compared project months (March 2013March 2014) with 12 months prior (March 2012March 2013) and were calculated using a linear regression analysis for the logarithm of LOS. Patients with an LOS >48 hours were included in the analyses. Analyses were adjusted for age, sex, race, payer, admission diagnostic category, UHC expected LOS, and AHRQ comorbidity index. P values are reported from the test of the null hypothesis that the change in adjusted median LOS is the same comparing the QI project months versus 12 months prior. Separate models estimated and tested the change in adjusted median LOS by tertiles of UHC expected LOS (<4, 47, and >7 days).

All patients6.015.610.40 (0.57 to 0.21), N = 4,411<0.001
Subgroups by ELOS
ELOS <4 days4.684.770.09 (0.13 to 0.32), N = 1,3570.42
ELOS 47 days5.685.380.30 (0.57 to 0.01), N = 1,5090.04
ELOS >7 days8.076.961.11 (1.53 to 0.65), N = 1,545<0.001

Table 3 displays the change in adjusted median LOS for the project months versus the 12 months prior among the QI units. We found that for all patients, there was an overall reduction in adjusted median LOS of 0.40 (95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.57 to 0.21, P<0.001) days. When we divided patients into tertiles based on their UHC expected LOS (ELOS), we observed that patients with longer ELOS had greater reductions in adjusted median LOS. Patients on the QI units with ELOS <4 days (lowest tertile) did not show a significant reduction in adjusted median LOS (0.09 days, 95% CI: 0.13 to 0.32, P = 0.42); however, patients with UHC ELOS 4 to 7 days (middle tertile) and ELOS >7 days (highest tertile) had a significant reduction in adjusted median LOS by 0.30 (95% CI: 0.57 to 0.01, P = 0.04) and 1.11 (95% CI: 1.53 to 0.65, P < 0.001) days during the QI project versus 12 months prior, respectively.

Lastly, we found that there was no difference in the rate of injurious falls on the QI units during QI period compared to 12 months prior (QI: 0.34 per 1000 patient‐days versus 12 months prior: 0.48 per 1000 patient‐days, P = 0.73).

DISCUSSION

We conducted a nurse‐driven, multidisciplinary mobility promotion QI project on 2 general medicine units at a large teaching hospital. The 12‐month QI project, conducted between March 1, 2013 and February 28, 2014, was associated with patients ambulating more frequently, with improved mobility status between hospital admission and discharge. These improvements in mobility were not associated with increased rates of injurious falls, and were sustained for at least 4 months after project completion. The QI project was associated with overall significant reduction in LOS for more complex patients with longer expected LOS (4 days or longer). Hence, such QI efforts may be important for maintaining or improving patients' functional status during hospitalization in a safe and cost‐effective manner.

Our findings are consistent with previous studies showing that mobility promotion in the acute hospital setting is feasible, can reduce length of stay, and can be applied to a diverse population including vulnerable medical patients with multiple comorbidities and the elderly.[12, 16, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42] These studies provide valuable evidence of the benefits of mobility promotion; however, it is difficult to translate these prior results into routine clinical practice because they used specially trained staff to mobilize patients, focused on a select patient population, or did not specify how the mobility intervention was delivered within daily clinical workflows. Research in the medical ICU at our institution has previously described the use of a structured QI model to successfully implement an early rehabilitation program.[22, 24] Here, we successfully adapted the same QI framework to a general medicine setting. Hence, our study contributes to the literature with respect to (1) use of a structured QI framework to develop a successful patient mobility program in a general medicine patient population, and (2) sharing best practices from 1 clinical setting, such as the ICU, as a source of learning and knowledge translation for other care settings, with the addition of novel tools, such as the JH‐HLM scale.

There may have been several factors that contributed to shorter stays in the hospital we observed during the QI project. First, we increased the number of ambulatory patient‐days, which may have helped prevent physiological complications of bed rest, such as muscle weakness, atelectasis, insulin resistance, vascular dysfunction, contractures, and pressure ulcers.[43] As such, mobility promotion has been associated with reduced rates of other hospital‐acquired complications, such as deep venous thrombosis, pneumonia, and delirium.[44, 45, 46] In our study, we saw the greatest LOS reduction in more complex patients who were expected to spend a longer time in the hospital and are at greater risk of developing complications from bed rest. Second, our early mobility project may have had a direct impact on care‐coordination processes as reported in prior studies.[47, 48, 49] An important component of our intervention was incorporating functional status into multidisciplinary discussions, either through nurse‐to‐therapist huddles or care‐coordination rounds between nurses, therapists, physicians, social workers, and case managers. During care‐coordination rounds, JH‐HLM scores were reported to expedite appropriate physical and occupational therapy consultations and assist in determining appropriate discharge location. During the QI project, we transitioned from a unit‐based daily huddle between nursing and rehabilitation therapists to a system where mobility status was discussed primarily during care coordination rounds 5 times per week. We saw that mobility scores were maintained after QI project completion, suggesting that reporting on patient function in a multidisciplinary setting is a potentially sustainable mechanism to improve care‐coordination processes that are affected by functional status.

Our study has several potential limitations. First, this is a single‐site study in 2 general medicine units of a large academic hospital. Further research is needed to determine if this structured QI intervention and its benefits can be generalized to different settings and different patient populations. Second, because the documentation was initially an optional element in the electronic medical record system, we observed higher rates of missing documentation during the first 4 months of the project versus the comparison period at 4 months after project completion. However, a sensitivity analysis conducted of these missing data demonstrated similar results to our primary analysis. Third, our nonrandomized pre‐post study design does not allow us to conclude a direct cause‐and‐effect relationship between our intervention and increased mobility and reduced LOS. Although patient characteristics were similar between the 2 periods and adjusted for in our multivariable regression analysis, we cannot rule out the possibility of secular trends in LOS on the project units and that broader QI efforts at our institution also contributed to reduction in LOS. Fourth, we do not have data on 30‐day readmissions and discharge location. Future studies should explore the impact of hospital‐based mobility interventions on these outcomes.[50] Fifth, although nurses consistently documented the highest level of mobility on a daily basis, these data did not capture other potentially important information about patient mobility such as the daily frequency that patients were mobilized, the length of time a patient was engaged in a mobility event (ie, number of hours sitting in a chair), or the mobility that occurred during physical therapy or occupational therapy sessions. Hence, although we used JH‐HLM as a marker of improved mobility during our QI project it is likely that our data cannot fully describe the total mobility and activity that patients experienced during hospitalization. Lastly, although the front‐line staff and QI team found the JH‐HLM scale to be a useful tool to measure and advance patient mobility, further studies are needed to evaluate the reliability and validity of this scale.

CONCLUSION

A structured QI process can improve patient mobility and may contribute to reduction in LOS, particularly for more complex patients in this setting. Active prevention of decline in physical function that commonly occurs during hospitalization may prove valuable for improving patient outcomes and reducing healthcare resource utilization.

Disclosures

The authors certify that no party having a direct interest in the results of the research supporting this article has or will confer a benefit on us or on any organization with which we are associated. The authors report no conflicts of interest.

References
  1. Covinsky KE, Palmer RM, Fortinsky RH, et al. Loss of independence in activities of daily living in older adults hospitalized with medical illnesses: increased vulnerability with age. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2003;51(4):451458.
  2. Brown CJ, Friedkin RJ, Inouye SK. Prevalence and outcomes of low mobility in hospitalized older patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2004;52(8):12631270.
  3. Brown CJ, Roth DL, Allman RM, Sawyer P, Ritchie CS, Roseman JM. Trajectories of life‐space mobility after hospitalization. Ann Intern Med. 2009;150(6):372378.
  4. Covinsky KE, Pierluissi E, Johnston CB. Hospitalization‐associated disability: “She was probably able to ambulate, but I'm not sure”. JAMA. 2011;306(16):17821793.
  5. Blair SN, Kohl HW, Paffenbarger RS, Clark DG, Cooper KH, Gibbons LW. Physical fitness and all‐cause mortality. A prospective study of healthy men and women. JAMA. 1989;262(17):23952401.
  6. Needham DM. Mobilizing patients in the intensive care unit: improving neuromuscular weakness and physical function. JAMA. 2008;300(14):16851690.
  7. Brown CJ, Flood KL. Mobility limitation in the older patient: a clinical review. JAMA. 2013;310(11):11681177.
  8. Schweickert WD, Pohlman MC, Pohlman AS, et al. Early physical and occupational therapy in mechanically ventilated, critically ill patients: a randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2009;373(9678):18741882.
  9. Needham DM, Truong AD, Fan E. Technology to enhance physical rehabilitation of critically ill patients. Crit Care Med. 2009;37(10 suppl):S436S441.
  10. Morris PE, Griffin L, Berry M, et al. Receiving early mobility during an intensive care unit admission is a predictor of improved outcomes in acute respiratory failure. Am J Med Sci. 2011;341(5):373377.
  11. Stiller K. Physiotherapy in intensive care: an updated systematic review. Chest. 2013;144(3):825847.
  12. Morton NA, Keating JL, Jeffs K. Exercise for acutely hospitalised older medical patients. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007;(1):CD005955.
  13. Peiris CL, Taylor NF, Shields N. Extra physical therapy reduces patient length of stay and improves functional outcomes and quality of life in people with acute or subacute conditions: a systematic review. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2011;92(9):14901500.
  14. Pashikanti L, Ah D. Impact of early mobilization protocol on the medical‐surgical inpatient population: an integrated review of literature. Clin Nurse Spec. 2012;26(2):8794.
  15. Kalisch BJ, Lee S, Dabney BW. Outcomes of inpatient mobilization: a literature review. J Clin Nurs. 2014;23(11–12):14861501.
  16. Stolbrink M, McGowan L, Saman H, et al. The early mobility bundle: a simple enhancement of therapy which may reduce incidence of hospital‐acquired pneumonia and length of hospital stay. J Hosp Infect. 2014;88(1):3439.
  17. Hopkins RO, Miller RR, Rodriguez L, Spuhler V, Thomsen GE. Physical therapy on the wards after early physical activity and mobility in the intensive care unit. Phys Ther. 2012;92(12):15181523.
  18. Mendez CM, Harrington DW, Christenson P, Spellberg B. Impact of hospital variables on case mix index as a marker of disease severity. Popul Health Manag. 2014;17(1):2834.
  19. Callen BL, Mahoney JE, Grieves CB, Wells TJ, Enloe M. Frequency of hallway ambulation by hospitalized older adults on medical units of an academic hospital. Geriatr Nurs. 2004;25(4):212217.
  20. Kuys SS, Dolecka UE, Guard A. Activity level of hospital medical inpatients: an observational study. Arch Gerontol Geriatr. 2012;55(2):417421.
  21. Pronovost PJ, Berenholtz SM, Needham DM. Translating evidence into practice: a model for large scale knowledge translation. BMJ. 2008;337:a1714.
  22. Needham DM, Korupolu R, Zanni JM, et al. Early physical medicine and rehabilitation for patients with acute respiratory failure: a quality improvement project. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2010;91(4):536542.
  23. Davidoff F, Batalden P, Stevens D, Ogrinc G, Mooney SE; SQUIRE development group. Publication guidelines for quality improvement studies in health care: evolution of the SQUIRE project. BMJ. 2009;338:a3152.
  24. Needham DM, Korupolu R. Rehabilitation quality improvement in an intensive care unit setting: implementation of a quality improvement model. Top Stroke Rehabil. 2010;17(4):271281.
  25. Engel HJ, Needham DM, Morris PE, Gropper MA. ICU early mobilization: from recommendation to implementation at three medical centers. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(9 suppl 1):S69S80.
  26. Hoyer EH, Brotman DJ, Chan K, Needham DM. Barriers to early mobility of hospitalized general medicine patients: survey development and results. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2015;94(4):304312.
  27. Elixhauser A, Steiner C, Harris DR, Coffey RM. Comorbidity measures for use with administrative data. Med Care. 1998;36(1):827.
  28. UHC Clinical Information Management Risk Adjustment of the UHC Clinical Data Base. Chicago, IL: University HealthSystem Consortium; 1998.
  29. Sachs Complications Profiler, Version 1.0, User's Guide. Evanston, IL: Sachs Group; 1995.
  30. Jencks SF, Williams DK, Kay TL. Assessing hospital‐associated deaths from discharge data. The role of length of stay and comorbidities. JAMA. 1988;260(15):22402246.
  31. Martinez‐Selles M, Garcia Robles JA, Prieto L, et al. Annual rates of admission and seasonal variations in hospitalizations for heart failure. Eur J Heart Fail. 2002;4(6):779786.
  32. Kinnunen T, Saynajakangs O, Tuuponen T, Keistinen T. Regional and seasonal variation in the length of hospital stay for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in Finland. Int J Circumpolar Health. 2002;61(2):131135.
  33. Guru V, Anderson GM, Fremes SE, O'Connor GT, Grover FL, Tu JV; Canadian CABG Surgery Quality Indicator Consensus Panel. The identification and development of canadian coronary artery bypass graft surgery quality indicators. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg. 2005;130(5):1257.
  34. Svendsen ML, Ehlers LH, Andersen G, Johnsen SP. Quality of care and length of hospital stay among patients with stroke. Med Care. 2009;47(5):575582.
  35. Peterson MC. A systematic review of outcomes and quality measures in adult patients cared for by hospitalists vs nonhospitalists. Mayo Clin Proc. 2009;84(3):248254.
  36. Fay MP. Confidence intervals that match Fisher's exact or Blaker's exact tests. Biostatistics. 2010;11(2):373374.
  37. Inouye SK, Bogardus ST, Charpentier PA, et al. A multicomponent intervention to prevent delirium in hospitalized older patients. N Engl J Med. 1999;340(9):669676.
  38. Mundy LM, Leet TL, Darst K, Schnitzler MA, Dunagan WC. Early mobilization of patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia. Chest. 2003;124(3):883889.
  39. Chang P, Lai Y, Shun S, et al. Effects of a walking intervention on fatigue‐related experiences of hospitalized acute myelogenous leukemia patients undergoing chemotherapy: a randomized controlled trial. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2008;35(5):524534.
  40. Fisher SR, Kuo YF, Graham JE, Ottenbacher KJ, Ostir GV. Early ambulation and length of stay in older adults hospitalized for acute illness. Arch Intern Med. 2010;170(21):19421943.
  41. Padula CA, Hughes C, Baumhover L. Impact of a nurse‐driven mobility protocol on functional decline in hospitalized older adults. J Nurs Care Qual. 2009;24(4):325331.
  42. Mudge AM, Giebel AJ, Cutler AJ. Exercising body and mind: an integrated approach to functional independence in hospitalized older people. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2008;56(4):630635.
  43. Brower RG. Consequences of bed rest. Crit Care Med. 2009;37(10 suppl):S422S428.
  44. Kamel HK, Iqbal MA, Mogallapu R, Maas D, Hoffmann RG. Time to ambulation after hip fracture surgery: relation to hospitalization outcomes. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2003;58(11):M1042M1045.
  45. Chandrasekaran S, Ariaretnam SK, Tsung J, Dickison D. Early mobilization after total knee replacement reduces the incidence of deep venous thrombosis. ANZ J Surg. 2009;79(7–8):526529.
  46. Kurabe S, Ozawa T, Watanabe T, Aiba T. Efficacy and safety of postoperative early mobilization for chronic subdural hematoma in elderly patients. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2010;152(7):11711174.
  47. Gittell JH, Fairfield KM, Bierbaum B, et al. Impact of relational coordination on quality of care, postoperative pain and functioning, and length of stay: a nine‐hospital study of surgical patients. Med Care. 2000;38(8):807819.
  48. Care coordination cuts admissions, ED visits, LOS. Hosp Case Manag. 2013;21(5):6768.
  49. White SM, Hill A. A heart failure initiative to reduce the length of stay and readmission rates. Prof Case Manag. 2014;19(6):276284.
  50. Hoyer EH, Needham DM, Atanelov L, Knox B, Friedman M, Brotman DJ. Association of impaired functional status at hospital discharge and subsequent rehospitalization. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(5):277282.
References
  1. Covinsky KE, Palmer RM, Fortinsky RH, et al. Loss of independence in activities of daily living in older adults hospitalized with medical illnesses: increased vulnerability with age. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2003;51(4):451458.
  2. Brown CJ, Friedkin RJ, Inouye SK. Prevalence and outcomes of low mobility in hospitalized older patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2004;52(8):12631270.
  3. Brown CJ, Roth DL, Allman RM, Sawyer P, Ritchie CS, Roseman JM. Trajectories of life‐space mobility after hospitalization. Ann Intern Med. 2009;150(6):372378.
  4. Covinsky KE, Pierluissi E, Johnston CB. Hospitalization‐associated disability: “She was probably able to ambulate, but I'm not sure”. JAMA. 2011;306(16):17821793.
  5. Blair SN, Kohl HW, Paffenbarger RS, Clark DG, Cooper KH, Gibbons LW. Physical fitness and all‐cause mortality. A prospective study of healthy men and women. JAMA. 1989;262(17):23952401.
  6. Needham DM. Mobilizing patients in the intensive care unit: improving neuromuscular weakness and physical function. JAMA. 2008;300(14):16851690.
  7. Brown CJ, Flood KL. Mobility limitation in the older patient: a clinical review. JAMA. 2013;310(11):11681177.
  8. Schweickert WD, Pohlman MC, Pohlman AS, et al. Early physical and occupational therapy in mechanically ventilated, critically ill patients: a randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2009;373(9678):18741882.
  9. Needham DM, Truong AD, Fan E. Technology to enhance physical rehabilitation of critically ill patients. Crit Care Med. 2009;37(10 suppl):S436S441.
  10. Morris PE, Griffin L, Berry M, et al. Receiving early mobility during an intensive care unit admission is a predictor of improved outcomes in acute respiratory failure. Am J Med Sci. 2011;341(5):373377.
  11. Stiller K. Physiotherapy in intensive care: an updated systematic review. Chest. 2013;144(3):825847.
  12. Morton NA, Keating JL, Jeffs K. Exercise for acutely hospitalised older medical patients. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007;(1):CD005955.
  13. Peiris CL, Taylor NF, Shields N. Extra physical therapy reduces patient length of stay and improves functional outcomes and quality of life in people with acute or subacute conditions: a systematic review. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2011;92(9):14901500.
  14. Pashikanti L, Ah D. Impact of early mobilization protocol on the medical‐surgical inpatient population: an integrated review of literature. Clin Nurse Spec. 2012;26(2):8794.
  15. Kalisch BJ, Lee S, Dabney BW. Outcomes of inpatient mobilization: a literature review. J Clin Nurs. 2014;23(11–12):14861501.
  16. Stolbrink M, McGowan L, Saman H, et al. The early mobility bundle: a simple enhancement of therapy which may reduce incidence of hospital‐acquired pneumonia and length of hospital stay. J Hosp Infect. 2014;88(1):3439.
  17. Hopkins RO, Miller RR, Rodriguez L, Spuhler V, Thomsen GE. Physical therapy on the wards after early physical activity and mobility in the intensive care unit. Phys Ther. 2012;92(12):15181523.
  18. Mendez CM, Harrington DW, Christenson P, Spellberg B. Impact of hospital variables on case mix index as a marker of disease severity. Popul Health Manag. 2014;17(1):2834.
  19. Callen BL, Mahoney JE, Grieves CB, Wells TJ, Enloe M. Frequency of hallway ambulation by hospitalized older adults on medical units of an academic hospital. Geriatr Nurs. 2004;25(4):212217.
  20. Kuys SS, Dolecka UE, Guard A. Activity level of hospital medical inpatients: an observational study. Arch Gerontol Geriatr. 2012;55(2):417421.
  21. Pronovost PJ, Berenholtz SM, Needham DM. Translating evidence into practice: a model for large scale knowledge translation. BMJ. 2008;337:a1714.
  22. Needham DM, Korupolu R, Zanni JM, et al. Early physical medicine and rehabilitation for patients with acute respiratory failure: a quality improvement project. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2010;91(4):536542.
  23. Davidoff F, Batalden P, Stevens D, Ogrinc G, Mooney SE; SQUIRE development group. Publication guidelines for quality improvement studies in health care: evolution of the SQUIRE project. BMJ. 2009;338:a3152.
  24. Needham DM, Korupolu R. Rehabilitation quality improvement in an intensive care unit setting: implementation of a quality improvement model. Top Stroke Rehabil. 2010;17(4):271281.
  25. Engel HJ, Needham DM, Morris PE, Gropper MA. ICU early mobilization: from recommendation to implementation at three medical centers. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(9 suppl 1):S69S80.
  26. Hoyer EH, Brotman DJ, Chan K, Needham DM. Barriers to early mobility of hospitalized general medicine patients: survey development and results. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2015;94(4):304312.
  27. Elixhauser A, Steiner C, Harris DR, Coffey RM. Comorbidity measures for use with administrative data. Med Care. 1998;36(1):827.
  28. UHC Clinical Information Management Risk Adjustment of the UHC Clinical Data Base. Chicago, IL: University HealthSystem Consortium; 1998.
  29. Sachs Complications Profiler, Version 1.0, User's Guide. Evanston, IL: Sachs Group; 1995.
  30. Jencks SF, Williams DK, Kay TL. Assessing hospital‐associated deaths from discharge data. The role of length of stay and comorbidities. JAMA. 1988;260(15):22402246.
  31. Martinez‐Selles M, Garcia Robles JA, Prieto L, et al. Annual rates of admission and seasonal variations in hospitalizations for heart failure. Eur J Heart Fail. 2002;4(6):779786.
  32. Kinnunen T, Saynajakangs O, Tuuponen T, Keistinen T. Regional and seasonal variation in the length of hospital stay for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in Finland. Int J Circumpolar Health. 2002;61(2):131135.
  33. Guru V, Anderson GM, Fremes SE, O'Connor GT, Grover FL, Tu JV; Canadian CABG Surgery Quality Indicator Consensus Panel. The identification and development of canadian coronary artery bypass graft surgery quality indicators. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg. 2005;130(5):1257.
  34. Svendsen ML, Ehlers LH, Andersen G, Johnsen SP. Quality of care and length of hospital stay among patients with stroke. Med Care. 2009;47(5):575582.
  35. Peterson MC. A systematic review of outcomes and quality measures in adult patients cared for by hospitalists vs nonhospitalists. Mayo Clin Proc. 2009;84(3):248254.
  36. Fay MP. Confidence intervals that match Fisher's exact or Blaker's exact tests. Biostatistics. 2010;11(2):373374.
  37. Inouye SK, Bogardus ST, Charpentier PA, et al. A multicomponent intervention to prevent delirium in hospitalized older patients. N Engl J Med. 1999;340(9):669676.
  38. Mundy LM, Leet TL, Darst K, Schnitzler MA, Dunagan WC. Early mobilization of patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia. Chest. 2003;124(3):883889.
  39. Chang P, Lai Y, Shun S, et al. Effects of a walking intervention on fatigue‐related experiences of hospitalized acute myelogenous leukemia patients undergoing chemotherapy: a randomized controlled trial. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2008;35(5):524534.
  40. Fisher SR, Kuo YF, Graham JE, Ottenbacher KJ, Ostir GV. Early ambulation and length of stay in older adults hospitalized for acute illness. Arch Intern Med. 2010;170(21):19421943.
  41. Padula CA, Hughes C, Baumhover L. Impact of a nurse‐driven mobility protocol on functional decline in hospitalized older adults. J Nurs Care Qual. 2009;24(4):325331.
  42. Mudge AM, Giebel AJ, Cutler AJ. Exercising body and mind: an integrated approach to functional independence in hospitalized older people. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2008;56(4):630635.
  43. Brower RG. Consequences of bed rest. Crit Care Med. 2009;37(10 suppl):S422S428.
  44. Kamel HK, Iqbal MA, Mogallapu R, Maas D, Hoffmann RG. Time to ambulation after hip fracture surgery: relation to hospitalization outcomes. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2003;58(11):M1042M1045.
  45. Chandrasekaran S, Ariaretnam SK, Tsung J, Dickison D. Early mobilization after total knee replacement reduces the incidence of deep venous thrombosis. ANZ J Surg. 2009;79(7–8):526529.
  46. Kurabe S, Ozawa T, Watanabe T, Aiba T. Efficacy and safety of postoperative early mobilization for chronic subdural hematoma in elderly patients. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2010;152(7):11711174.
  47. Gittell JH, Fairfield KM, Bierbaum B, et al. Impact of relational coordination on quality of care, postoperative pain and functioning, and length of stay: a nine‐hospital study of surgical patients. Med Care. 2000;38(8):807819.
  48. Care coordination cuts admissions, ED visits, LOS. Hosp Case Manag. 2013;21(5):6768.
  49. White SM, Hill A. A heart failure initiative to reduce the length of stay and readmission rates. Prof Case Manag. 2014;19(6):276284.
  50. Hoyer EH, Needham DM, Atanelov L, Knox B, Friedman M, Brotman DJ. Association of impaired functional status at hospital discharge and subsequent rehospitalization. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(5):277282.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 11(5)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 11(5)
Page Number
341-347
Page Number
341-347
Article Type
Display Headline
Promoting mobility and reducing length of stay in hospitalized general medicine patients: A quality‐improvement project
Display Headline
Promoting mobility and reducing length of stay in hospitalized general medicine patients: A quality‐improvement project
Sections
Article Source

© 2016 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Address for correspondence and reprint requests: Erik H Hoyer, MD, 600 N Wolfe Street, Phipps 174, Baltimore, MD 21287; Telephone: 410‐502‐2438; Fax: 410‐502‐2419; E‐mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media
Media Files